AI_Slop/DVX_GUI
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull requests Projects Releases Packages Wiki Activity Actions

MAJOR refactoring. Everything is dynamically loaded now. All new bugs to squash!

Browse source
This commit is contained in:
Scott Duensing 2026-03-24 23:03:05 -05:00
parent 3b2d87845e
commit 9ee73c8806
111 changed files with 8400 additions and 9686 deletions
Show stats Download patch file Download diff file Expand all files Collapse all files

16
Makefile
View file

@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
# DVX GUI -- Top-level Makefile
#
# Builds the full DVX stack: core library, task switcher,
# bootstrap loader, widgets, shell, and apps.
# bootstrap loader, text help library, widgets, shell, and apps.
.PHONY: all clean core tasks loader widgets shell apps
.PHONY: all clean core tasks loader texthelp listhelp widgets shell apps
all: core tasks loader widgets shell apps
all: core tasks loader texthelp listhelp widgets shell apps
core:
$(MAKE) -C core
@ -16,7 +16,13 @@ tasks:
loader: core tasks
$(MAKE) -C loader
widgets: core tasks
texthelp: core tasks
$(MAKE) -C texthelp
listhelp: core tasks
$(MAKE) -C listhelp
widgets: core tasks texthelp listhelp
$(MAKE) -C widgets
shell: core tasks
@ -29,6 +35,8 @@ clean:
$(MAKE) -C core clean
$(MAKE) -C tasks clean
$(MAKE) -C loader clean
$(MAKE) -C texthelp clean
$(MAKE) -C listhelp clean
$(MAKE) -C widgets clean
$(MAKE) -C shell clean
$(MAKE) -C apps clean

2
apps/Makefile
View file

@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ DJGPP_PREFIX = $(HOME)/djgpp/djgpp
DJGPP_LIBPATH = $(HOME)/claude/windriver/tools/lib
CC = $(DJGPP_PREFIX)/bin/i586-pc-msdosdjgpp-gcc
DXE3GEN = PATH=$(DJGPP_PREFIX)/bin:$(PATH) DJDIR=$(DJGPP_PREFIX)/i586-pc-msdosdjgpp $(DJGPP_PREFIX)/i586-pc-msdosdjgpp/bin/dxe3gen
CFLAGS = -O2 -Wall -Wextra -march=i486 -mtune=i586 -I../core -I../core/platform -I../core/thirdparty -I../tasks -I../tasks/thirdparty -I../shell
CFLAGS = -O2 -Wall -Wextra -march=i486 -mtune=i586 -I../core -I../core/platform -I../core/thirdparty -I../widgets -I../tasks -I../core/thirdparty -I../shell
OBJDIR = ../obj/apps
BINDIR = ../bin/apps

9
apps/cpanel/cpanel.c
View file

@ -13,6 +13,15 @@
#include "dvxDialog.h"
#include "dvxPrefs.h"
#include "dvxWidget.h"
#include "widgetBox.h"
#include "widgetButton.h"
#include "widgetCanvas.h"
#include "widgetDropdown.h"
#include "widgetLabel.h"
#include "widgetListBox.h"
#include "widgetSlider.h"
#include "widgetSpacer.h"
#include "widgetTabControl.h"
#include "dvxWm.h"
#include "dvxPlatform.h"
#include "shellApp.h"

39
apps/dvxdemo/dvxdemo.c
View file

@ -17,6 +17,30 @@
#include "dvxApp.h"
#include "dvxDialog.h"
#include "dvxWidget.h"
#include "widgetAnsiTerm.h"
#include "widgetBox.h"
#include "widgetButton.h"
#include "widgetCanvas.h"
#include "widgetCheckbox.h"
#include "widgetComboBox.h"
#include "widgetDropdown.h"
#include "widgetImage.h"
#include "widgetImageButton.h"
#include "widgetLabel.h"
#include "widgetListBox.h"
#include "widgetProgressBar.h"
#include "widgetRadio.h"
#include "widgetScrollPane.h"
#include "widgetSeparator.h"
#include "widgetSlider.h"
#include "widgetSpacer.h"
#include "widgetSpinner.h"
#include "widgetSplitter.h"
#include "widgetStatusBar.h"
#include "widgetTabControl.h"
#include "widgetTextInput.h"
#include "widgetToolbar.h"
#include "widgetTreeView.h"
#include "dvxWm.h"
#include "shellApp.h"
@ -105,11 +129,8 @@ AppDescriptorT appDescriptor = {
// ============================================================
static void onCanvasDraw(WidgetT *w, int32_t cx, int32_t cy, bool drag) {
if (drag && w->as.canvas.lastX >= 0) {
wgtCanvasDrawLine(w, w->as.canvas.lastX, w->as.canvas.lastY, cx, cy);
} else {
wgtCanvasDrawLine(w, cx, cy, cx, cy);
}
(void)drag;
wgtCanvasDrawLine(w, cx, cy, cx, cy);
}
@ -709,12 +730,12 @@ static void setupControlsWindow(void) {
wgtButton(enCol, "A &button");
WidgetT *enChk = wgtCheckbox(enCol, "&Check me");
enChk->as.checkbox.checked = true;
wgtCheckboxSetChecked(enChk, true);
WidgetT *enRg = wgtRadioGroup(enCol);
wgtRadio(enRg, "&Radio 1");
WidgetT *enR2 = wgtRadio(enRg, "R&adio 2");
enRg->as.radioGroup.selectedIdx = enR2->as.radio.index;
wgtRadioGroupSetSelected(enRg, wgtRadioGetIndex(enR2));
static const char *disItems[] = {"Alpha", "Beta", "Gamma"};
@ -747,13 +768,13 @@ static void setupControlsWindow(void) {
wgtSetEnabled(dBtn, false);
WidgetT *dChk = wgtCheckbox(disCol, "&Check me");
dChk->as.checkbox.checked = true;
wgtCheckboxSetChecked(dChk, true);
wgtSetEnabled(dChk, false);
WidgetT *dRg = wgtRadioGroup(disCol);
WidgetT *dR1 = wgtRadio(dRg, "&Radio 1");
WidgetT *dR2 = wgtRadio(dRg, "R&adio 2");
dRg->as.radioGroup.selectedIdx = dR2->as.radio.index;
wgtRadioGroupSetSelected(dRg, wgtRadioGetIndex(dR2));
wgtSetEnabled(dR1, false);
wgtSetEnabled(dR2, false);

1
apps/notepad/notepad.c
View file

@ -13,6 +13,7 @@
#include "dvxApp.h"
#include "dvxDialog.h"
#include "dvxWidget.h"
#include "widgetTextInput.h"
#include "dvxWm.h"
#include "dvxPlatform.h"
#include "shellApp.h"

6
apps/progman/progman.c
View file

@ -22,6 +22,11 @@
#include "dvxDialog.h"
#include "dvxPrefs.h"
#include "dvxWidget.h"
#include "widgetBox.h"
#include "widgetButton.h"
#include "widgetLabel.h"
#include "widgetStatusBar.h"
#include "widgetTextInput.h"
#include "dvxWm.h"
#include "dvxPlatform.h"
#include "shellApp.h"
@ -195,7 +200,6 @@ static void buildPmWindow(void) {
btn->onDblClick = onAppButtonClick;
btn->onClick = onAppButtonClick;
}
}
// Status bar at bottom; weight=100 on the label makes it fill the bar

2
config/combobox.dep Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
texthelp
listhelp

1
config/dropdown.dep Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1 @@
listhelp

14
config/dvxshell.dep
View file

@ -1,14 +1,4 @@
libtasks
libdvx
box
button
checkbox
dropdown
label
listbox
listview
radio
separator
spacer
statbar
textinpt
texthelp
listhelp

1
config/listbox.dep Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1 @@
listhelp

2
config/listhelp.dep Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
libtasks
libdvx

1
config/listview.dep Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1 @@
listhelp

1
config/spinner.dep Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1 @@
texthelp

1
config/terminal.dep Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1 @@
texthelp

2
config/texthelp.dep Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
libtasks
libdvx

1
config/textinpt.dep Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1 @@
texthelp

1
config/treeview.dep Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1 @@
listhelp

16
core/Makefile
View file

@ -7,13 +7,13 @@
DJGPP_PREFIX = $(HOME)/djgpp/djgpp
CC = $(DJGPP_PREFIX)/bin/i586-pc-msdosdjgpp-gcc
DXE3GEN = PATH=$(DJGPP_PREFIX)/bin:$(PATH) DJDIR=$(DJGPP_PREFIX)/i586-pc-msdosdjgpp $(DJGPP_PREFIX)/i586-pc-msdosdjgpp/bin/dxe3gen
CFLAGS = -O2 -Wall -Wextra -march=i486 -mtune=i586 -I. -Iplatform -I../tasks
CFLAGS = -O2 -Wall -Wextra -march=i486 -mtune=i586 -I. -Iplatform -I../tasks -Ithirdparty
OBJDIR = ../obj/core
LIBSDIR = ../bin/libs
# Core sources
SRCS = dvxVideo.c dvxDraw.c dvxComp.c dvxWm.c dvxIcon.c dvxImageWrite.c \
SRCS = dvxVideo.c dvxDraw.c dvxComp.c dvxWm.c dvxImage.c dvxImageWrite.c \
dvxApp.c dvxDialog.c dvxPrefs.c \
widgetClass.c widgetCore.c widgetScrollbar.c \
widgetLayout.c widgetEvent.c widgetOps.c
@ -28,8 +28,7 @@ DVX_EXPORTS = -E _dvx -E _wgt -E _wm -E _prefs -E _rect -E _draw -E _pack -E _te
-E _sCursor -E _sDbl -E _sDebug -E _sClosed -E _sFocused -E _sKey \
-E _sOpen -E _sPressed -E _sDrag -E _sDrawing -E _sResize \
-E _sListView -E _sSplitter -E _sTreeView \
-E _accelParse \
-E _clearOther -E _clipboard -E _isWord -E _multiClick -E _wordStart -E _wordEnd
-E _accelParse -E _clipboard -E _multiClick
.PHONY: all clean
@ -39,7 +38,8 @@ $(LIBSDIR)/libdvx.dep: ../config/libdvx.dep | $(LIBSDIR)
sed 's/$$/\r/' $< > $@
$(TARGET): $(OBJS) | $(LIBSDIR)
$(DXE3GEN) -o $@ $(DVX_EXPORTS) -U $(OBJS)
$(DXE3GEN) -o $(LIBSDIR)/libdvx.dxe $(DVX_EXPORTS) -U $(OBJS)
mv $(LIBSDIR)/libdvx.dxe $@
$(OBJDIR)/%.o: %.c | $(OBJDIR)
$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -c -o $@ $<
@ -56,13 +56,13 @@ $(OBJDIR)/dvxVideo.o: dvxVideo.c dvxVideo.h platform/dvxPlatform.h dvxTypes
$(OBJDIR)/dvxDraw.o: dvxDraw.c dvxDraw.h platform/dvxPlatform.h dvxTypes.h
$(OBJDIR)/dvxComp.o: dvxComp.c dvxComp.h platform/dvxPlatform.h dvxTypes.h
$(OBJDIR)/dvxWm.o: dvxWm.c dvxWm.h dvxTypes.h dvxDraw.h dvxComp.h dvxVideo.h dvxWidget.h thirdparty/stb_image.h
$(OBJDIR)/dvxIcon.o: dvxIcon.c thirdparty/stb_image.h
$(OBJDIR)/dvxImage.o: dvxImage.c thirdparty/stb_image.h
$(OBJDIR)/dvxImageWrite.o: dvxImageWrite.c thirdparty/stb_image_write.h
$(OBJDIR)/dvxApp.o: dvxApp.c dvxApp.h platform/dvxPlatform.h dvxTypes.h dvxVideo.h dvxDraw.h dvxComp.h dvxWm.h dvxFont.h dvxCursor.h
$(OBJDIR)/dvxDialog.o: dvxDialog.c dvxDialog.h platform/dvxPlatform.h dvxApp.h dvxWidget.h widgetInternal.h dvxTypes.h dvxDraw.h
$(OBJDIR)/dvxDialog.o: dvxDialog.c dvxDialog.h platform/dvxPlatform.h dvxApp.h dvxWidget.h dvxWidgetPlugin.h dvxTypes.h dvxDraw.h
$(OBJDIR)/dvxPrefs.o: dvxPrefs.c dvxPrefs.h
WIDGET_DEPS = widgetInternal.h dvxWidget.h dvxTypes.h dvxApp.h dvxDraw.h dvxWm.h dvxVideo.h
WIDGET_DEPS = dvxWidgetPlugin.h dvxWidget.h dvxTypes.h dvxApp.h dvxDraw.h dvxWm.h dvxVideo.h
$(OBJDIR)/widgetClass.o: widgetClass.c $(WIDGET_DEPS)
$(OBJDIR)/widgetCore.o: widgetCore.c $(WIDGET_DEPS)
$(OBJDIR)/widgetScrollbar.o: widgetScrollbar.c $(WIDGET_DEPS)

2
core/README.md
View file

@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ DXE modules in `../widgets/`.
| File | Purpose |
|------|---------|
| `widgetInternal.h` | Internal header for widget implementation files: vtable externs, shared state, helper prototypes |
| `dvxWidgetPlugin.h` | Internal header for widget implementation files: vtable externs, shared state, helper prototypes |
| `widgetClass.c` | Widget class table (`widgetClassTable[]`, starts empty) and `wgtRegisterClass()` dynamic registration |
| `widgetCore.c` | Widget allocation, tree ops, hit testing, focus management, shared helpers |
| `widgetScrollbar.c` | Widget-internal scrollbar drawing and hit testing (shared by ListBox, TreeView, etc.) |

275
core/dvxApp.c
View file

@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
#define DVX_WIDGET_IMPL
// dvx_app.c -- Layer 5: Application API for DVX GUI
//
// Top-level layer of the DVX windowing system. This is the only layer
@ -31,7 +32,8 @@
#include "dvxApp.h"
#include "dvxDialog.h"
#include "dvxWidget.h"
#include "widgetInternal.h"
#include "dvxWidgetPlugin.h"
#include "../widgets/widgetTimer.h"
#include "dvxFont.h"
#include "dvxCursor.h"
@ -119,8 +121,8 @@ static void openContextMenu(AppContextT *ctx, WindowT *win, MenuT *menu, int32_t
static void openPopupAtMenu(AppContextT *ctx, WindowT *win, int32_t menuIdx);
static void openSubMenu(AppContextT *ctx);
static void openSysMenu(AppContextT *ctx, WindowT *win);
static void pollAnsiTermWidgets(AppContextT *ctx);
static void pollAnsiTermWidgetsWalk(AppContextT *ctx, WidgetT *w, WindowT *win);
static void pollWidgets(AppContextT *ctx);
static void pollWidgetsWalk(AppContextT *ctx, WidgetT *w, WindowT *win);
static void pollKeyboard(AppContextT *ctx);
static void pollMouse(AppContextT *ctx);
static void refreshMinimizedIcons(AppContextT *ctx);
@ -713,135 +715,31 @@ static bool dispatchAccelKey(AppContextT *ctx, char key) {
if (win->widgetRoot) {
WidgetT *target = widgetFindByAccel(win->widgetRoot, key);
if (target) {
switch (target->type) {
case WidgetButtonE:
if (target && target->wclass) {
if (target->wclass->flags & WCLASS_FOCUS_FORWARD) {
// Label/Frame: focus-forward to next focusable
WidgetT *next = widgetFindNextFocusable(win->widgetRoot, target);
if (next) {
if (sFocusedWidget) { sFocusedWidget->focused = false; }
sFocusedWidget = target;
target->focused = true;
target->as.button.pressed = true;
sKeyPressedBtn = target;
wgtInvalidate(target);
return true;
sFocusedWidget = next;
next->focused = true;
case WidgetCheckboxE:
if (sFocusedWidget) { sFocusedWidget->focused = false; }
if (target->wclass && target->wclass->onMouse) {
target->wclass->onMouse(target, win->widgetRoot, 0, 0);
}
sFocusedWidget = target;
wgtInvalidate(target);
return true;
case WidgetRadioE:
if (sFocusedWidget) { sFocusedWidget->focused = false; }
if (target->wclass && target->wclass->onMouse) {
target->wclass->onMouse(target, win->widgetRoot, 0, 0);
}
sFocusedWidget = target;
wgtInvalidate(target);
return true;
case WidgetImageButtonE:
if (sFocusedWidget) { sFocusedWidget->focused = false; }
sFocusedWidget = target;
target->focused = true;
target->as.imageButton.pressed = true;
sKeyPressedBtn = target;
wgtInvalidate(target);
return true;
case WidgetTabPageE:
{
// Close any open dropdown/combobox popup
if (sOpenPopup) {
if (sOpenPopup->type == WidgetDropdownE) {
sOpenPopup->as.dropdown.open = false;
} else if (sOpenPopup->type == WidgetComboBoxE) {
sOpenPopup->as.comboBox.open = false;
}
sOpenPopup = NULL;
if (next->wclass && next->wclass->onAccelActivate) {
next->wclass->onAccelActivate(next, win->widgetRoot);
}
// Activate this tab in its parent TabControl
if (target->parent && target->parent->type == WidgetTabControlE) {
int32_t tabIdx = 0;
for (WidgetT *c = target->parent->firstChild; c; c = c->nextSibling) {
if (c == target) {
wgtTabControlSetActive(target->parent, tabIdx);
break;
}
if (c->type == WidgetTabPageE) {
tabIdx++;
}
}
}
return true;
}
case WidgetDropdownE:
target->as.dropdown.open = true;
target->as.dropdown.hoverIdx = target->as.dropdown.selectedIdx;
sOpenPopup = target;
if (sFocusedWidget) { sFocusedWidget->focused = false; }
sFocusedWidget = target;
target->focused = true;
wgtInvalidate(win->widgetRoot);
return true;
case WidgetComboBoxE:
target->as.comboBox.open = true;
target->as.comboBox.hoverIdx = target->as.comboBox.selectedIdx;
sOpenPopup = target;
if (sFocusedWidget) { sFocusedWidget->focused = false; }
sFocusedWidget = target;
target->focused = true;
wgtInvalidate(win->widgetRoot);
return true;
case WidgetLabelE:
case WidgetFrameE:
{
// Focus the next focusable widget
WidgetT *next = widgetFindNextFocusable(win->widgetRoot, target);
if (next) {
if (sFocusedWidget) { sFocusedWidget->focused = false; }
sFocusedWidget = next;
next->focused = true;
// Open dropdown/combobox if that's the focused target
if (next->type == WidgetDropdownE) {
next->as.dropdown.open = true;
next->as.dropdown.hoverIdx = next->as.dropdown.selectedIdx;
sOpenPopup = next;
} else if (next->type == WidgetComboBoxE) {
next->as.comboBox.open = true;
next->as.comboBox.hoverIdx = next->as.comboBox.selectedIdx;
sOpenPopup = next;
}
wgtInvalidate(win->widgetRoot);
}
return true;
}
default:
// For focusable widgets, just focus them
if (widgetIsFocusable(target->type)) {
if (sFocusedWidget) { sFocusedWidget->focused = false; }
sFocusedWidget = target;
target->focused = true;
wgtInvalidate(win->widgetRoot);
return true;
}
break;
} else if (target->wclass->onAccelActivate) {
if (sFocusedWidget) { sFocusedWidget->focused = false; }
sFocusedWidget = target;
target->focused = true;
target->wclass->onAccelActivate(target, win->widgetRoot);
wgtInvalidate(win->widgetRoot);
}
return true;
}
}
@ -1237,20 +1135,12 @@ static void dispatchEvents(AppContextT *ctx) {
// itself or a ScrollPane ancestor that contains it.
WidgetT *target = NULL;
if (focus->type == WidgetListBoxE ||
focus->type == WidgetListViewE ||
focus->type == WidgetTreeViewE ||
focus->type == WidgetTextAreaE ||
focus->type == WidgetAnsiTermE ||
focus->type == WidgetSliderE ||
focus->type == WidgetSpinnerE ||
focus->type == WidgetDropdownE ||
focus->type == WidgetComboBoxE) {
if (focus->wclass && (focus->wclass->flags & WCLASS_SCROLLABLE)) {
target = focus;
} else {
// Walk up to find a ScrollPane ancestor
for (WidgetT *p = focus->parent; p; p = p->parent) {
if (p->type == WidgetScrollPaneE) {
if (p->wclass && (p->wclass->flags & WCLASS_SCROLL_CONTAINER)) {
target = p;
break;
}
@ -1704,7 +1594,7 @@ void dvxResetColorScheme(AppContextT *ctx) {
// Arranges windows in the classic cascade pattern: each window is the same
// size (2/3 of screen), offset diagonally by the title bar height so each
// title bar remains visible. When the cascade would go off-screen, it wraps
// back to (0,0). This matches DESQview/X and Windows 3.x cascade behavior.
// back to (0,0). This matches the Windows 3.x cascade behavior.
// The step size is title_height + border_width so exactly one title bar's
// worth of the previous window peeks out above and to the left.
@ -2692,7 +2582,7 @@ bool dvxUpdate(AppContextT *ctx) {
pollKeyboard(ctx);
dispatchEvents(ctx);
updateTooltip(ctx);
pollAnsiTermWidgets(ctx);
pollWidgets(ctx);
wgtUpdateCursorBlink();
wgtUpdateTimers();
@ -2715,10 +2605,8 @@ bool dvxUpdate(AppContextT *ctx) {
// onClick. The one-frame delay ensures the pressed visual state
// renders before the callback runs (which may open a dialog, etc.).
if (sKeyPressedBtn) {
if (sKeyPressedBtn->type == WidgetImageButtonE) {
sKeyPressedBtn->as.imageButton.pressed = false;
} else {
sKeyPressedBtn->as.button.pressed = false;
if (sKeyPressedBtn->wclass && sKeyPressedBtn->wclass->setPressed) {
sKeyPressedBtn->wclass->setPressed(sKeyPressedBtn, false);
}
if (sKeyPressedBtn->onClick) {
@ -3088,7 +2976,7 @@ static void interactiveWindowScreenshot(AppContextT *ctx, WindowT *win) {
// ============================================================
//
// Executes a system menu (window control menu) command. The system menu
// is the DESQview/X equivalent of the Win3.x control-menu box -- it
// is the DVX equivalent of the Win3.x control-menu box -- it
// provides Restore, Move, Size, Minimize, Maximize, and Close. Keyboard
// move/resize mode is entered by setting kbMoveResize state, which causes
// pollKeyboard to intercept arrow keys until Enter/Esc.
@ -3188,7 +3076,7 @@ static WindowT *findWindowById(AppContextT *ctx, int32_t id) {
// hitPart 0: content area (forwarded to window's onMouse callback)
// hitPart 1: title bar (begins mouse drag)
// hitPart 2: close/sys-menu gadget (single-click opens sys menu,
// double-click closes -- DESQview/X convention)
// double-click closes -- DVX convention)
// hitPart 3: resize border (begins edge/corner resize)
// hitPart 4: menu bar (opens popup for clicked menu)
// hitPart 5/6: vertical/horizontal scrollbar
@ -3371,7 +3259,7 @@ static void handleMouseButton(AppContextT *ctx, int32_t mx, int32_t my, int32_t
// by GEOS Ensemble with Motif-style 3D bevels: teal desktop, grey window
// chrome with white highlights and dark shadows to create the raised/sunken
// illusion. The dark charcoal active title bar distinguishes it from
// GEOS's blue, giving DV/X its own identity.
// GEOS's blue, giving DVX its own identity.
static void initColorScheme(AppContextT *ctx) {
// Load defaults into the RGB source array, then pack all at once
@ -3660,56 +3548,37 @@ static void openSysMenu(AppContextT *ctx, WindowT *win) {
// ============================================================
// pollAnsiTermWidgets -- poll and repaint all ANSI term widgets
// pollWidgets -- poll widgets that need periodic updates
// ============================================================
//
// ANSI terminal widgets have asynchronous data sources (PTYs, serial
// ports) that produce output between frames. This function walks every
// window's widget tree looking for AnsiTerm widgets, polls them for new
// data, and if data arrived, triggers a targeted repaint of just the
// affected rows. The fine-grained dirty rect (just the changed rows
// rather than the whole window) is critical for terminal performance --
// a single character echo should only flush one row to the LFB, not
// the entire terminal viewport.
// Widgets with WCLASS_NEEDS_POLL (e.g. ANSI terminals with asynchronous
// data sources) need periodic polling between frames. This function walks
// every window's widget tree and calls the poll vtable method on matching
// widgets. The poll method handles data ingestion and targeted dirty
// rect generation for efficient repainting.
static void pollAnsiTermWidgets(AppContextT *ctx) {
static void pollWidgets(AppContextT *ctx) {
for (int32_t i = 0; i < ctx->stack.count; i++) {
WindowT *win = ctx->stack.windows[i];
if (win->widgetRoot) {
pollAnsiTermWidgetsWalk(ctx, win->widgetRoot, win);
pollWidgetsWalk(ctx, win->widgetRoot, win);
}
}
}
// ============================================================
// pollAnsiTermWidgetsWalk -- recursive helper
// pollWidgetsWalk -- recursive helper
// ============================================================
static void pollAnsiTermWidgetsWalk(AppContextT *ctx, WidgetT *w, WindowT *win) {
if (w->type == WidgetAnsiTermE) {
wgtAnsiTermPoll(w);
int32_t dirtyY = 0;
int32_t dirtyH = 0;
if (wgtAnsiTermRepaint(w, &dirtyY, &dirtyH) > 0) {
win->contentDirty = true;
// Dirty only the affected rows (in screen coords) instead of
// the entire window. This dramatically reduces compositor and
// LFB flush work for cursor blink and single-row updates.
int32_t scrollY = win->vScroll ? win->vScroll->value : 0;
int32_t rectX = win->x + win->contentX;
int32_t rectY = win->y + win->contentY + dirtyY - scrollY;
int32_t rectW = win->contentW;
dirtyListAdd(&ctx->dirty, rectX, rectY, rectW, dirtyH);
}
static void pollWidgetsWalk(AppContextT *ctx, WidgetT *w, WindowT *win) {
if (w->wclass && (w->wclass->flags & WCLASS_NEEDS_POLL) && w->wclass->poll) {
w->wclass->poll(w, win);
}
for (WidgetT *child = w->firstChild; child; child = child->nextSibling) {
pollAnsiTermWidgetsWalk(ctx, child, win);
pollWidgetsWalk(ctx, child, win);
}
}
@ -4273,16 +4142,16 @@ static void pollKeyboard(AppContextT *ctx) {
int32_t popY;
int32_t popW;
int32_t popH;
widgetDropdownPopupRect(sOpenPopup, &ctx->font, popWin->contentH, &popX, &popY, &popW, &popH);
if (sOpenPopup->wclass && sOpenPopup->wclass->getPopupRect) {
sOpenPopup->wclass->getPopupRect(sOpenPopup, &ctx->font, popWin->contentH, &popX, &popY, &popW, &popH);
}
dirtyListAdd(&ctx->dirty, popWin->x + popWin->contentX + popX, popWin->y + popWin->contentY + popY, popW, popH);
WidgetT *closing = sOpenPopup;
sOpenPopup = NULL;
if (closing->type == WidgetDropdownE) {
closing->as.dropdown.open = false;
} else if (closing->type == WidgetComboBoxE) {
closing->as.comboBox.open = false;
if (closing->wclass && closing->wclass->closePopup) {
closing->wclass->closePopup(closing);
}
wgtInvalidate(closing);
@ -4323,8 +4192,8 @@ static void pollKeyboard(AppContextT *ctx) {
WidgetT *w = fstack[--ftop];
if (w->focused && widgetIsFocusable(w->type)) {
// Don't tab out of the terminal -- it swallows Tab
if (w->type == WidgetAnsiTermE) {
// Don't tab out of widgets that swallow Tab
if (w->wclass && (w->wclass->flags & WCLASS_SWALLOWS_TAB)) {
current = NULL;
break;
}
@ -4350,7 +4219,7 @@ static void pollKeyboard(AppContextT *ctx) {
while (ftop > 0) {
WidgetT *w = fstack[--ftop];
if (w->focused && w->type == WidgetAnsiTermE) {
if (w->focused && w->wclass && (w->wclass->flags & WCLASS_SWALLOWS_TAB)) {
termFocused = true;
break;
}
@ -4592,7 +4461,9 @@ static void updateCursorShape(AppContextT *ctx) {
}
// Active splitter drag
else if (sDragSplitter) {
newCursor = sDragSplitter->as.splitter.vertical ? CURSOR_RESIZE_H : CURSOR_RESIZE_V;
if (sDragSplitter->wclass && sDragSplitter->wclass->getCursorShape) {
newCursor = sDragSplitter->wclass->getCursorShape(sDragSplitter, 0, 0);
}
}
// Not in an active drag/resize -- check what we're hovering
else if (ctx->stack.dragWindow < 0 && ctx->stack.scrollWindow < 0) {
@ -4632,38 +4503,12 @@ static void updateCursorShape(AppContextT *ctx) {
WidgetT *hit = widgetHitTest(win->widgetRoot, vx, vy);
if (hit && hit->type == WidgetListViewE && sListViewColBorderHitFn && sListViewColBorderHitFn(hit, vx, vy)) {
newCursor = CURSOR_RESIZE_H;
}
if (hit && hit->wclass && hit->wclass->getCursorShape) {
int32_t shape = hit->wclass->getCursorShape(hit, vx, vy);
// Walk into splitters (NO_HIT_RECURSE stops widgetHitTest at the outermost one)
while (hit && hit->type == WidgetSplitterE) {
int32_t pos = hit->as.splitter.dividerPos;
bool onBar;
if (hit->as.splitter.vertical) {
int32_t barX = hit->x + pos;
onBar = (vx >= barX && vx < barX + SPLITTER_BAR_W);
} else {
int32_t barY = hit->y + pos;
onBar = (vy >= barY && vy < barY + SPLITTER_BAR_W);
if (shape > 0) {
newCursor = shape;
}
if (onBar) {
newCursor = hit->as.splitter.vertical ? CURSOR_RESIZE_H : CURSOR_RESIZE_V;
break;
}
// Not on this splitter's bar -- check children for nested splitters
WidgetT *inner = NULL;
for (WidgetT *c = hit->firstChild; c; c = c->nextSibling) {
if (c->visible && vx >= c->x && vx < c->x + c->w && vy >= c->y && vy < c->y + c->h) {
inner = c;
}
}
hit = inner;
}
}
}

4
core/dvxApp.h
View file

@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ typedef struct AppContextT {
// buffer down to icon size.
int32_t iconRefreshIdx; // next minimized icon to refresh (staggered)
int32_t frameCount; // frame counter for periodic tasks
// The idle callback allows the host application (e.g. the DV/X shell)
// The idle callback allows the host application (e.g. the DVX shell)
// to do background work (poll serial ports, service DXE apps) during
// frames where no GUI events occurred, instead of just yielding the CPU.
void (*idleCallback)(void *ctx); // called instead of yield when non-NULL
@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ void dvxShutdown(AppContextT *ctx);
void dvxRun(AppContextT *ctx);
// Process exactly one frame of the event loop. Provided for applications
// that need to integrate the GUI into their own main loop (e.g. the DV/X
// that need to integrate the GUI into their own main loop (e.g. the DVX
// shell polling serial ports between frames). Returns false when the GUI
// wants to exit.
bool dvxUpdate(AppContextT *ctx);

10
core/dvxDialog.c
View file

@ -23,7 +23,14 @@
#include "dvxDialog.h"
#include "dvxPlatform.h"
#include "dvxWidget.h"
#include "widgetInternal.h"
#include "dvxWidgetPlugin.h"
#include "../widgets/widgetBox.h"
#include "../widgets/widgetButton.h"
#include "../widgets/widgetDropdown.h"
#include "../widgets/widgetLabel.h"
#include "../widgets/widgetListBox.h"
#include "../widgets/widgetSpacer.h"
#include "../widgets/widgetTextInput.h"
#include <ctype.h>
#include <dirent.h>
@ -864,7 +871,6 @@ static void fdLoadDir(void) {
wgtListBoxSetItems(sFd.fileList, sFd.listItems, sFd.entryCount);
wgtListBoxSetSelected(sFd.fileList, 0);
sFd.fileList->as.listBox.scrollPos = 0;
// Update path display
wgtSetText(sFd.pathInput, sFd.curDir);

8
core/dvxDraw.c
View file

@ -169,16 +169,16 @@ static inline void clipRect(const DisplayT *d, int32_t *x, int32_t *y, int32_t *
// drawBevel
// ============================================================
//
// Draws a Motif/DESQview-style beveled rectangular frame. The bevel
// Draws a Motif-style beveled rectangular frame. The bevel
// creates the illusion of a raised or sunken 3D surface by drawing
// lighter "highlight" edges on the top and left, and darker "shadow"
// edges on the bottom and right. Swapping highlight and shadow gives
// a sunken appearance (see BEVEL_RAISED/BEVEL_SUNKEN macros in
// dvxTypes.h).
//
// BevelStyleT.width controls the border thickness. DV/X uses 2px
// bevels for most window chrome (matching the original DESQview/X
// and Motif look), 1px for inner borders and scrollbar elements.
// BevelStyleT.width controls the border thickness. DVX uses 2px
// bevels for most window chrome (matching the Motif look), 1px for
// inner borders and scrollbar elements.
//
// The implementation has special-cased fast paths for bw==2 and bw==1
// that emit exact spans via rectFill rather than looping. This

561
core/dvxFont.h
View file

@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
// dvx_font.h -- Embedded VGA bitmap font data (CP437) for DVX GUI
//
// Contains the raw glyph bitmaps for two standard VGA ROM fonts (8x14 and
// 8x16) covering the full IBM Code Page 437 character set (256 glyphs).
// These are byte-for-byte copies of the fonts stored in the VGA BIOS ROM.
// Contains the raw glyph bitmaps for the 8x16 VGA ROM font covering the
// full IBM Code Page 437 character set (256 glyphs). This is a byte-for-
// byte copy of the font stored in the VGA BIOS ROM.
//
// Embedding them as static const arrays (rather than reading from the VGA
// ROM at INT 10h) serves two purposes:
// Embedding as a static const array (rather than reading from the VGA ROM
// at INT 10h) serves two purposes:
// 1. The data is available on non-DOS platforms (Linux/SDL) where no
// VGA BIOS exists.
// 2. On DOS, reading the VGA ROM font requires a real-mode interrupt
@ -13,13 +13,13 @@
// anyway. Compiling it in is simpler and more portable.
//
// The glyph format is 1 bit per pixel, 8 pixels wide, with MSB = leftmost
// pixel. Each glyph occupies charHeight consecutive bytes (14 or 16).
// The drawing code in dvxDraw.c processes one byte per scanline, testing
// each bit to decide foreground vs. background -- the 8-pixel width means
// no bit-shifting across byte boundaries is ever needed.
// pixel. Each glyph occupies 16 consecutive bytes. The drawing code in
// dvxDraw.c processes one byte per scanline, testing each bit to decide
// foreground vs. background -- the 8-pixel width means no bit-shifting
// across byte boundaries is ever needed.
//
// CP437 includes the full ASCII printable range (32-126) plus box-drawing
// characters (176-223), which are essential for the Motif/DV/X look
// characters (176-223), which are essential for the Motif/DVX look
// (scrollbar arrows, window close gadget, etc.), as well as international
// characters, math symbols, and the classic smiley/card suit characters
// in positions 1-31.
@ -29,529 +29,7 @@
#include "dvxTypes.h"
// ============================================================
// 8x14 VGA ROM font -- standard IBM CP437 character set
// 256 glyphs, 14 bytes per glyph, MSB = leftmost pixel
// ============================================================
static const uint8_t font8x14[256 * 14] = {
// Char 0: NULL (blank)
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 1: Smiley (outline)
0x00, 0x00, 0x7E, 0x81, 0xA5, 0x81, 0x81, 0xBD, 0x99, 0x81, 0x7E, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 2: Smiley (filled)
0x00, 0x00, 0x7E, 0xFF, 0xDB, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xC3, 0xE7, 0xFF, 0x7E, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 3: Heart
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x6C, 0xFE, 0xFE, 0xFE, 0x7C, 0x38, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 4: Diamond
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x38, 0x7C, 0xFE, 0x7C, 0x38, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 5: Club
0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x3C, 0x3C, 0xE7, 0xE7, 0xE7, 0x18, 0x18, 0x3C, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 6: Spade
0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x3C, 0x7E, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0x7E, 0x18, 0x18, 0x7E, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 7: Bullet
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x3C, 0x3C, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 8: Inverse bullet
0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xE7, 0xC3, 0xC3, 0xE7, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 9: Circle (outline)
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3C, 0x66, 0x42, 0x66, 0x3C, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 10: Inverse circle
0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xC3, 0x99, 0xBD, 0x99, 0xC3, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 11: Male sign
0x00, 0x00, 0x1E, 0x0E, 0x1A, 0x32, 0x78, 0xCC, 0xCC, 0x78, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 12: Female sign
0x00, 0x00, 0x3C, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x3C, 0x18, 0x7E, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 13: Note single
0x00, 0x00, 0x3F, 0x33, 0x3F, 0x30, 0x30, 0x30, 0x70, 0xF0, 0xE0, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 14: Note double
0x00, 0x00, 0x7F, 0x63, 0x7F, 0x63, 0x63, 0x63, 0x67, 0xE7, 0xE6, 0xC0, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 15: Sun
0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0xDB, 0x3C, 0xE7, 0x3C, 0xDB, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 16: Right triangle
0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0xC0, 0xE0, 0xF8, 0xFE, 0xF8, 0xE0, 0xC0, 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 17: Left triangle
0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x06, 0x0E, 0x3E, 0xFE, 0x3E, 0x0E, 0x06, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 18: Up-down arrow
0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x3C, 0x7E, 0x18, 0x18, 0x7E, 0x3C, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 19: Double exclamation
0x00, 0x00, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x00, 0x66, 0x66, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 20: Paragraph
0x00, 0x00, 0x7F, 0xDB, 0xDB, 0x7B, 0x1B, 0x1B, 0x1B, 0x1B, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 21: Section
0x00, 0x7C, 0xC6, 0x60, 0x38, 0x6C, 0xC6, 0x6C, 0x38, 0x0C, 0xC6, 0x7C, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 22: Bottom bar
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xFE, 0xFE, 0xFE, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 23: Up-down arrow with base
0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x3C, 0x7E, 0x18, 0x18, 0x7E, 0x3C, 0x18, 0x7E, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 24: Up arrow
0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x3C, 0x7E, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 25: Down arrow
0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x7E, 0x3C, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 26: Right arrow
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x0C, 0xFE, 0x0C, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 27: Left arrow
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x30, 0x60, 0xFE, 0x60, 0x30, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 28: Right angle
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xC0, 0xC0, 0xC0, 0xFE, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 29: Left-right arrow
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x24, 0x66, 0xFF, 0x66, 0x24, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 30: Up triangle
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x38, 0x38, 0x7C, 0x7C, 0xFE, 0xFE, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 31: Down triangle
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xFE, 0xFE, 0x7C, 0x7C, 0x38, 0x38, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 32: Space
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 33: !
0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x3C, 0x3C, 0x3C, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 34: "
0x00, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x24, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 35: #
0x00, 0x00, 0x6C, 0x6C, 0xFE, 0x6C, 0x6C, 0xFE, 0x6C, 0x6C, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 36: $
0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x7C, 0xC6, 0xC0, 0x7C, 0x06, 0xC6, 0x7C, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 37: %
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xC2, 0xC6, 0x0C, 0x18, 0x30, 0x66, 0xC6, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 38: &
0x00, 0x00, 0x38, 0x6C, 0x6C, 0x38, 0x76, 0xDC, 0xCC, 0xCC, 0x76, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 39: '
0x00, 0x30, 0x30, 0x30, 0x60, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 40: (
0x00, 0x00, 0x0C, 0x18, 0x30, 0x30, 0x30, 0x30, 0x30, 0x18, 0x0C, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 41: )
0x00, 0x00, 0x30, 0x18, 0x0C, 0x0C, 0x0C, 0x0C, 0x0C, 0x18, 0x30, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 42: *
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x66, 0x3C, 0xFF, 0x3C, 0x66, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 43: +
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x7E, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 44: ,
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x30, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 45: -
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xFE, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 46: .
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 47: /
0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x06, 0x0C, 0x18, 0x30, 0x60, 0xC0, 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 48: 0
0x00, 0x00, 0x7C, 0xC6, 0xCE, 0xDE, 0xF6, 0xE6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0x7C, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 49: 1
0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x38, 0x78, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x7E, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 50: 2
0x00, 0x00, 0x7C, 0xC6, 0x06, 0x0C, 0x18, 0x30, 0x60, 0xC6, 0xFE, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 51: 3
0x00, 0x00, 0x7C, 0xC6, 0x06, 0x06, 0x3C, 0x06, 0x06, 0xC6, 0x7C, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 52: 4
0x00, 0x00, 0x0C, 0x1C, 0x3C, 0x6C, 0xCC, 0xFE, 0x0C, 0x0C, 0x1E, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 53: 5
0x00, 0x00, 0xFE, 0xC0, 0xC0, 0xFC, 0x06, 0x06, 0x06, 0xC6, 0x7C, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 54: 6
0x00, 0x00, 0x38, 0x60, 0xC0, 0xC0, 0xFC, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0x7C, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 55: 7
0x00, 0x00, 0xFE, 0xC6, 0x06, 0x0C, 0x18, 0x30, 0x30, 0x30, 0x30, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 56: 8
0x00, 0x00, 0x7C, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0x7C, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0x7C, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 57: 9
0x00, 0x00, 0x7C, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0x7E, 0x06, 0x06, 0x0C, 0x78, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 58: :
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 59: ;
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x30, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 60: <
0x00, 0x00, 0x06, 0x0C, 0x18, 0x30, 0x60, 0x30, 0x18, 0x0C, 0x06, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 61: =
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x7E, 0x00, 0x00, 0x7E, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 62: >
0x00, 0x00, 0x60, 0x30, 0x18, 0x0C, 0x06, 0x0C, 0x18, 0x30, 0x60, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 63: ?
0x00, 0x00, 0x7C, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0x0C, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 64: @
0x00, 0x00, 0x7C, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xDE, 0xDE, 0xDE, 0xDC, 0xC0, 0x7C, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 65: A
0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x38, 0x6C, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xFE, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 66: B
0x00, 0x00, 0xFC, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x7C, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0xFC, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 67: C
0x00, 0x00, 0x3C, 0x66, 0xC2, 0xC0, 0xC0, 0xC0, 0xC2, 0x66, 0x3C, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 68: D
0x00, 0x00, 0xF8, 0x6C, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x6C, 0xF8, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 69: E
0x00, 0x00, 0xFE, 0x66, 0x62, 0x68, 0x78, 0x68, 0x62, 0x66, 0xFE, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 70: F
0x00, 0x00, 0xFE, 0x66, 0x62, 0x68, 0x78, 0x68, 0x60, 0x60, 0xF0, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 71: G
0x00, 0x00, 0x3C, 0x66, 0xC2, 0xC0, 0xC0, 0xDE, 0xC6, 0x66, 0x3A, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 72: H
0x00, 0x00, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xFE, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 73: I
0x00, 0x00, 0x3C, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x3C, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 74: J
0x00, 0x00, 0x1E, 0x0C, 0x0C, 0x0C, 0x0C, 0x0C, 0xCC, 0xCC, 0x78, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 75: K
0x00, 0x00, 0xE6, 0x66, 0x6C, 0x6C, 0x78, 0x6C, 0x6C, 0x66, 0xE6, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 76: L
0x00, 0x00, 0xF0, 0x60, 0x60, 0x60, 0x60, 0x60, 0x62, 0x66, 0xFE, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 77: M
0x00, 0x00, 0xC6, 0xEE, 0xFE, 0xFE, 0xD6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 78: N
0x00, 0x00, 0xC6, 0xE6, 0xF6, 0xFE, 0xDE, 0xCE, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 79: O
0x00, 0x00, 0x38, 0x6C, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0x6C, 0x38, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 80: P
0x00, 0x00, 0xFC, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x7C, 0x60, 0x60, 0x60, 0xF0, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 81: Q
0x00, 0x00, 0x7C, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xD6, 0xDE, 0x7C, 0x0C, 0x0E, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 82: R
0x00, 0x00, 0xFC, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x7C, 0x6C, 0x66, 0x66, 0xE6, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 83: S
0x00, 0x00, 0x7C, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0x60, 0x38, 0x0C, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0x7C, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 84: T
0x00, 0x00, 0x7E, 0x7E, 0x5A, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x3C, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 85: U
0x00, 0x00, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0x7C, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 86: V
0x00, 0x00, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0x6C, 0x38, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 87: W
0x00, 0x00, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xD6, 0xD6, 0xFE, 0x7C, 0x6C, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 88: X
0x00, 0x00, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0x6C, 0x38, 0x38, 0x38, 0x6C, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 89: Y
0x00, 0x00, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x3C, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x3C, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 90: Z
0x00, 0x00, 0xFE, 0xC6, 0x8C, 0x18, 0x30, 0x60, 0xC2, 0xC6, 0xFE, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 91: [
0x00, 0x00, 0x3C, 0x30, 0x30, 0x30, 0x30, 0x30, 0x30, 0x30, 0x3C, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 92: backslash
0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0xC0, 0xE0, 0x70, 0x38, 0x1C, 0x0E, 0x06, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 93: ]
0x00, 0x00, 0x3C, 0x0C, 0x0C, 0x0C, 0x0C, 0x0C, 0x0C, 0x0C, 0x3C, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 94: ^
0x10, 0x38, 0x6C, 0xC6, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 95: _
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xFE, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 96: `
0x00, 0x30, 0x18, 0x0C, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 97: a
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x78, 0x0C, 0x7C, 0xCC, 0xCC, 0x76, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 98: b
0x00, 0x00, 0xE0, 0x60, 0x60, 0x78, 0x6C, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x7C, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 99: c
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x7C, 0xC6, 0xC0, 0xC0, 0xC6, 0x7C, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 100: d
0x00, 0x00, 0x1C, 0x0C, 0x0C, 0x3C, 0x6C, 0xCC, 0xCC, 0xCC, 0x76, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 101: e
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x7C, 0xC6, 0xFE, 0xC0, 0xC6, 0x7C, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 102: f
0x00, 0x00, 0x1C, 0x36, 0x32, 0x30, 0x7C, 0x30, 0x30, 0x30, 0x78, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 103: g
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x76, 0xCC, 0xCC, 0xCC, 0x7C, 0x0C, 0xCC, 0x78, 0x00,
// Char 104: h
0x00, 0x00, 0xE0, 0x60, 0x60, 0x6C, 0x76, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0xE6, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 105: i
0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x38, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x3C, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 106: j
0x00, 0x00, 0x06, 0x06, 0x00, 0x0E, 0x06, 0x06, 0x06, 0x06, 0x66, 0x66, 0x3C, 0x00,
// Char 107: k
0x00, 0x00, 0xE0, 0x60, 0x60, 0x66, 0x6C, 0x78, 0x6C, 0x66, 0xE6, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 108: l
0x00, 0x00, 0x38, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x3C, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 109: m
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xEC, 0xFE, 0xD6, 0xD6, 0xD6, 0xC6, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 110: n
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xDC, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 111: o
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x7C, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0x7C, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 112: p
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xDC, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x7C, 0x60, 0x60, 0xF0, 0x00,
// Char 113: q
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x76, 0xCC, 0xCC, 0xCC, 0x7C, 0x0C, 0x0C, 0x1E, 0x00,
// Char 114: r
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xDC, 0x76, 0x66, 0x60, 0x60, 0xF0, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 115: s
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x7C, 0xC6, 0x70, 0x1C, 0xC6, 0x7C, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 116: t
0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x30, 0x30, 0xFC, 0x30, 0x30, 0x30, 0x36, 0x1C, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 117: u
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xCC, 0xCC, 0xCC, 0xCC, 0xCC, 0x76, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 118: v
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0x6C, 0x38, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 119: w
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xD6, 0xD6, 0xFE, 0x6C, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 120: x
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xC6, 0x6C, 0x38, 0x38, 0x6C, 0xC6, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 121: y
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0x7E, 0x06, 0x0C, 0xF8, 0x00,
// Char 122: z
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xFE, 0xCC, 0x18, 0x30, 0x66, 0xFE, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 123: {
0x00, 0x00, 0x0E, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x70, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x0E, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 124: |
0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 125: }
0x00, 0x00, 0x70, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x0E, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x70, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 126: ~
0x00, 0x00, 0x76, 0xDC, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 127: House/Delete
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x38, 0x6C, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xFE, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 128: C-cedilla (upper)
0x00, 0x00, 0x3C, 0x66, 0xC2, 0xC0, 0xC0, 0xC0, 0xC2, 0x66, 0x3C, 0x0C, 0x06, 0x7C,
// Char 129: u-diaeresis
0x00, 0x00, 0xCC, 0xCC, 0x00, 0xCC, 0xCC, 0xCC, 0xCC, 0xCC, 0x76, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 130: e-acute
0x00, 0x0C, 0x18, 0x30, 0x00, 0x7C, 0xC6, 0xFE, 0xC0, 0xC6, 0x7C, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 131: a-circumflex
0x00, 0x10, 0x38, 0x6C, 0x00, 0x78, 0x0C, 0x7C, 0xCC, 0xCC, 0x76, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 132: a-diaeresis
0x00, 0x00, 0xCC, 0xCC, 0x00, 0x78, 0x0C, 0x7C, 0xCC, 0xCC, 0x76, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 133: a-grave
0x00, 0x60, 0x30, 0x18, 0x00, 0x78, 0x0C, 0x7C, 0xCC, 0xCC, 0x76, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 134: a-ring
0x00, 0x38, 0x6C, 0x38, 0x00, 0x78, 0x0C, 0x7C, 0xCC, 0xCC, 0x76, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 135: c-cedilla
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x7C, 0xC6, 0xC0, 0xC0, 0xC6, 0x7C, 0x18, 0x0C, 0x78,
// Char 136: e-circumflex
0x00, 0x10, 0x38, 0x6C, 0x00, 0x7C, 0xC6, 0xFE, 0xC0, 0xC6, 0x7C, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 137: e-diaeresis
0x00, 0x00, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0x00, 0x7C, 0xC6, 0xFE, 0xC0, 0xC6, 0x7C, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 138: e-grave
0x00, 0x60, 0x30, 0x18, 0x00, 0x7C, 0xC6, 0xFE, 0xC0, 0xC6, 0x7C, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 139: i-diaeresis
0x00, 0x00, 0x66, 0x66, 0x00, 0x38, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x3C, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 140: i-circumflex
0x00, 0x18, 0x3C, 0x66, 0x00, 0x38, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x3C, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 141: i-grave
0x00, 0x60, 0x30, 0x18, 0x00, 0x38, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x3C, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 142: A-diaeresis
0x00, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0x10, 0x38, 0x6C, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xFE, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 143: A-ring
0x38, 0x6C, 0x38, 0x00, 0x38, 0x6C, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xFE, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 144: E-acute
0x0C, 0x18, 0x00, 0xFE, 0x66, 0x62, 0x68, 0x78, 0x68, 0x66, 0xFE, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 145: ae ligature
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xEC, 0x36, 0x76, 0xDC, 0xD8, 0x6E, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 146: AE ligature
0x00, 0x00, 0x3E, 0x6C, 0xCC, 0xCC, 0xFE, 0xCC, 0xCC, 0xCC, 0xCE, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 147: o-circumflex
0x00, 0x10, 0x38, 0x6C, 0x00, 0x7C, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0x7C, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 148: o-diaeresis
0x00, 0x00, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0x00, 0x7C, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0x7C, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 149: o-grave
0x00, 0x60, 0x30, 0x18, 0x00, 0x7C, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0x7C, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 150: u-circumflex
0x00, 0x30, 0x78, 0xCC, 0x00, 0xCC, 0xCC, 0xCC, 0xCC, 0xCC, 0x76, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 151: u-grave
0x00, 0x60, 0x30, 0x18, 0x00, 0xCC, 0xCC, 0xCC, 0xCC, 0xCC, 0x76, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 152: y-diaeresis
0x00, 0x00, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0x00, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0x7E, 0x06, 0x0C, 0x78, 0x00,
// Char 153: O-diaeresis
0x00, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0x00, 0x38, 0x6C, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0x6C, 0x38, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 154: U-diaeresis
0x00, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0x00, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0x7C, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 155: Cent sign
0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x7C, 0xC6, 0xC0, 0xC0, 0xC6, 0x7C, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 156: Pound sterling
0x00, 0x38, 0x6C, 0x64, 0x60, 0xF0, 0x60, 0x60, 0x60, 0xE6, 0xFC, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 157: Yen sign
0x00, 0x00, 0x66, 0x66, 0x3C, 0x18, 0x7E, 0x18, 0x7E, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 158: Peseta
0x00, 0xF8, 0xCC, 0xCC, 0xF8, 0xC4, 0xCC, 0xDE, 0xCC, 0xCC, 0xC6, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 159: f-hook
0x00, 0x0E, 0x1B, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x7E, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0xD8, 0x70, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 160: a-acute
0x00, 0x18, 0x30, 0x60, 0x00, 0x78, 0x0C, 0x7C, 0xCC, 0xCC, 0x76, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 161: i-acute
0x00, 0x0C, 0x18, 0x30, 0x00, 0x38, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x3C, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 162: o-acute
0x00, 0x18, 0x30, 0x60, 0x00, 0x7C, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0x7C, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 163: u-acute
0x00, 0x18, 0x30, 0x60, 0x00, 0xCC, 0xCC, 0xCC, 0xCC, 0xCC, 0x76, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 164: n-tilde
0x00, 0x00, 0x76, 0xDC, 0x00, 0xDC, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 165: N-tilde
0x76, 0xDC, 0x00, 0xC6, 0xE6, 0xF6, 0xFE, 0xDE, 0xCE, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 166: Feminine ordinal
0x00, 0x00, 0x3C, 0x6C, 0x6C, 0x3E, 0x00, 0x7E, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 167: Masculine ordinal
0x00, 0x00, 0x38, 0x6C, 0x6C, 0x38, 0x00, 0x7C, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 168: Inverted question mark
0x00, 0x00, 0x30, 0x30, 0x00, 0x30, 0x30, 0x60, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0x7C, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 169: Reversed not sign (left corner)
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xFE, 0xC0, 0xC0, 0xC0, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 170: Not sign (right corner)
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xFE, 0x06, 0x06, 0x06, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 171: 1/2
0x00, 0xC0, 0xC0, 0xC2, 0xC6, 0xCC, 0x18, 0x30, 0x66, 0xCE, 0x9E, 0x06, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 172: 1/4
0x00, 0xC0, 0xC0, 0xC2, 0xC6, 0xCC, 0x18, 0x30, 0x60, 0xDC, 0x86, 0x0C, 0x18, 0x00,
// Char 173: Inverted exclamation mark
0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x3C, 0x3C, 0x3C, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 174: Left-pointing double angle
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x36, 0x6C, 0xD8, 0x6C, 0x36, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 175: Right-pointing double angle
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xD8, 0x6C, 0x36, 0x6C, 0xD8, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 176: Light shade
0x11, 0x44, 0x11, 0x44, 0x11, 0x44, 0x11, 0x44, 0x11, 0x44, 0x11, 0x44, 0x11, 0x44,
// Char 177: Medium shade
0x55, 0xAA, 0x55, 0xAA, 0x55, 0xAA, 0x55, 0xAA, 0x55, 0xAA, 0x55, 0xAA, 0x55, 0xAA,
// Char 178: Dark shade
0xDD, 0x77, 0xDD, 0x77, 0xDD, 0x77, 0xDD, 0x77, 0xDD, 0x77, 0xDD, 0x77, 0xDD, 0x77,
// Char 179: Box light vertical
0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18,
// Char 180: Box light vertical and left
0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0xF8, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18,
// Char 181: Box vertical single and left double
0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0xF8, 0x18, 0xF8, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18,
// Char 182: Box double vertical and left
0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0xF6, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36,
// Char 183: Box down single and left double
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xFE, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36,
// Char 184: Box down double and left single
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xF8, 0x18, 0xF8, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18,
// Char 185: Box double vertical and left
0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0xF6, 0x06, 0xF6, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36,
// Char 186: Box double vertical
0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36,
// Char 187: Box double down and left
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xFE, 0x06, 0xF6, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36,
// Char 188: Box double up and left
0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0xF6, 0x06, 0xFE, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 189: Box double up and right (via left)
0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0xFE, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 190: Box up single and left double
0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0xF8, 0x18, 0xF8, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 191: Box light down and left
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xF8, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18,
// Char 192: Box light up and right
0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x1F, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 193: Box light up and horizontal
0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0xFF, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 194: Box light down and horizontal
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xFF, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18,
// Char 195: Box light vertical and right
0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x1F, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18,
// Char 196: Box light horizontal
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xFF, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 197: Box light vertical and horizontal
0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0xFF, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18,
// Char 198: Box vertical single and right double
0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x1F, 0x18, 0x1F, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18,
// Char 199: Box double vertical and right
0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x37, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36,
// Char 200: Box double up and right
0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x37, 0x30, 0x3F, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 201: Box double down and right
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3F, 0x30, 0x37, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36,
// Char 202: Box double up and horizontal
0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0xF7, 0x00, 0xFF, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 203: Box double down and horizontal
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xFF, 0x00, 0xF7, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36,
// Char 204: Box double vertical and right
0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x37, 0x30, 0x37, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36,
// Char 205: Box double horizontal
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xFF, 0x00, 0xFF, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 206: Box double vertical and horizontal
0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0xF7, 0x00, 0xF7, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36,
// Char 207: Box up double and horizontal single
0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0xFF, 0x00, 0xFF, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 208: Box double up and horizontal single (upper)
0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0xFF, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 209: Box down double and horizontal single
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xFF, 0x00, 0xFF, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18,
// Char 210: Box double down and horizontal single (upper)
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xFF, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36,
// Char 211: Box double up and right single
0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x3F, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 212: Box up single and right double
0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x1F, 0x18, 0x1F, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 213: Box down single and right double
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x1F, 0x18, 0x1F, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18,
// Char 214: Box double down and right single
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3F, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36,
// Char 215: Box double vertical and horizontal single
0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0xFF, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36, 0x36,
// Char 216: Box vertical single and horizontal double
0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0xFF, 0x18, 0xFF, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18,
// Char 217: Box light up and left
0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0xF8, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 218: Box light down and right
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x1F, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18,
// Char 219: Full block
0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF,
// Char 220: Lower half block
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF,
// Char 221: Left half block
0xF0, 0xF0, 0xF0, 0xF0, 0xF0, 0xF0, 0xF0, 0xF0, 0xF0, 0xF0, 0xF0, 0xF0, 0xF0, 0xF0,
// Char 222: Right half block
0x0F, 0x0F, 0x0F, 0x0F, 0x0F, 0x0F, 0x0F, 0x0F, 0x0F, 0x0F, 0x0F, 0x0F, 0x0F, 0x0F,
// Char 223: Upper half block
0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 224: alpha
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x76, 0xDC, 0xD8, 0xD8, 0xDC, 0x76, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 225: beta (sharp s)
0x00, 0x00, 0x78, 0xCC, 0xCC, 0xD8, 0xCC, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xCC, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 226: Gamma
0x00, 0x00, 0xFE, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC0, 0xC0, 0xC0, 0xC0, 0xC0, 0xC0, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 227: pi
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xFE, 0x6C, 0x6C, 0x6C, 0x6C, 0x6C, 0x6C, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 228: Sigma (upper)
0x00, 0x00, 0xFE, 0xC6, 0x60, 0x30, 0x18, 0x30, 0x60, 0xC6, 0xFE, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 229: sigma (lower)
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x7E, 0xD8, 0xD8, 0xD8, 0xD8, 0x70, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 230: mu
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x7C, 0x60, 0x60, 0xC0, 0x00,
// Char 231: tau
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x76, 0xDC, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 232: Phi
0x00, 0x00, 0x7E, 0x18, 0x3C, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x3C, 0x18, 0x7E, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 233: Theta
0x00, 0x00, 0x38, 0x6C, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xFE, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0x6C, 0x38, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 234: Omega
0x00, 0x00, 0x38, 0x6C, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0x6C, 0x6C, 0x6C, 0xEE, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 235: delta
0x00, 0x00, 0x1C, 0x30, 0x18, 0x0C, 0x3C, 0x66, 0x66, 0x66, 0x3C, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 236: infinity
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x7E, 0xDB, 0xDB, 0x7E, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 237: phi (lower)
0x00, 0x00, 0x06, 0x0C, 0x7C, 0xDE, 0xD6, 0xF6, 0x7C, 0x60, 0xC0, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 238: epsilon
0x00, 0x00, 0x38, 0x60, 0xC0, 0xC0, 0xF8, 0xC0, 0xC0, 0x60, 0x38, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 239: intersection
0x00, 0x00, 0x7C, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0xC6, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 240: triple bar (equiv)
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xFE, 0x00, 0x00, 0xFE, 0x00, 0x00, 0xFE, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 241: plus-minus
0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x7E, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x7E, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 242: greater-than-or-equal
0x00, 0x00, 0x30, 0x18, 0x0C, 0x06, 0x0C, 0x18, 0x30, 0x00, 0x7E, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 243: less-than-or-equal
0x00, 0x00, 0x0C, 0x18, 0x30, 0x60, 0x30, 0x18, 0x0C, 0x00, 0x7E, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 244: top of integral
0x00, 0x0E, 0x1B, 0x1B, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18,
// Char 245: bottom of integral
0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0x18, 0xD8, 0xD8, 0x70, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 246: division sign
0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x7E, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 247: approximately equal
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x76, 0xDC, 0x00, 0x76, 0xDC, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 248: degree
0x00, 0x38, 0x6C, 0x6C, 0x38, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 249: bullet (middle dot)
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 250: small bullet
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 251: square root
0x00, 0x0F, 0x0C, 0x0C, 0x0C, 0x0C, 0x0C, 0xEC, 0x6C, 0x3C, 0x1C, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 252: superscript n
0x00, 0xD8, 0x6C, 0x6C, 0x6C, 0x6C, 0x6C, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 253: superscript 2
0x00, 0x70, 0xD8, 0x30, 0x60, 0xC8, 0xF8, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 254: filled square
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x7C, 0x7C, 0x7C, 0x7C, 0x7C, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
// Char 255: Non-breaking space (blank)
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
};
// ============================================================
// 8x16 VGA ROM font -- standard IBM CP437 character set
// 8x16 VGA ROM font -- standard IBM CP437 character set
// 256 glyphs, 16 bytes per glyph, MSB = leftmost pixel
// ============================================================
@ -1073,23 +551,8 @@ static const uint8_t font8x16[256 * 16] = {
};
// ============================================================
// Font descriptor structs
// Font descriptor struct
// ============================================================
//
// Pre-built BitmapFontT instances ready to pass to dvxInit() or use
// directly with draw functions. The 8x14 font fits more rows on screen
// (34 rows at 480 pixels) while 8x16 matches the standard VGA text mode
// cell height (30 rows at 480). DVX defaults to 8x14 for maximum usable
// content area, but 8x16 is available for applications that want the
// classic DOS text mode look.
static const BitmapFontT dvxFont8x14 = {
.charWidth = 8,
.charHeight = 14,
.firstChar = 0,
.numChars = 256,
.glyphData = font8x14,
};
static const BitmapFontT dvxFont8x16 = {
.charWidth = 8,

0
core/dvxIcon.c → core/dvxImage.c
View file

6
core/dvxTypes.h
View file

@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ typedef struct {
// Bevel style
// ============================================================
//
// Bevels are the defining visual element of the Motif/DESQview/X aesthetic.
// Bevels are the defining visual element of the Motif aesthetic.
// Swapping highlight and shadow colors flips between raised and sunken
// appearance -- the BEVEL_RAISED and BEVEL_SUNKEN macros encode this
// convention so callers don't get the colors backwards.
@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ typedef struct {
// ============================================================
//
// These define the pixel geometry of the window frame (border, title bar,
// menu bar). They're compile-time constants because the DV/X look demands
// menu bar). They're compile-time constants because the DVX look demands
// a fixed, uniform chrome thickness across all windows -- there's no
// per-window customization of frame geometry.
//
@ -484,7 +484,7 @@ typedef struct {
#define SCROLL_HORIZONTAL 1
// Minimized windows display as icons at the bottom of the screen,
// similar to DESQview/X's original icon bar behavior.
// similar to a classic desktop icon bar.
#define ICON_SIZE 64
#define ICON_BORDER 2
#define ICON_TOTAL_SIZE (ICON_SIZE + ICON_BORDER * 2)

849
core/dvxWidget.h
View file

@ -8,11 +8,15 @@
//
// Design decisions and rationale:
//
// - Single WidgetT struct with a tagged union: avoids the overhead of a
// class hierarchy and virtual dispatch (no C++ vtable indirection).
// The wclass pointer provides vtable-style dispatch only for the few
// operations that genuinely differ per widget type (paint, layout, events).
// Type-specific data lives in the `as` union to keep the struct compact.
// - Generic WidgetT with void *data: core knows nothing about individual
// widget types. Each widget DXE allocates and manages its own private
// data struct via w->data. The wclass vtable provides polymorphic
// dispatch for paint, layout, events, and all type-specific operations.
// No widget-specific enums, structs, or union members in this header.
//
// - Dynamic type IDs: wgtRegisterClass() returns a runtime ID at load
// time. No compile-time enum. Adding a new widget requires zero core
// changes -- just drop a .wgt DXE in the widgets directory.
//
// - Tagged size values (wgtPixels/wgtChars/wgtPercent): encoding the unit
// in the high bits of a single int32_t avoids extra struct fields for
@ -23,11 +27,6 @@
// this halves the pointer overhead per widget and insertion/removal is
// still O(n) in the worst case, which is acceptable given typical tree
// depths of 5-10 nodes.
//
// - Large widget data (AnsiTermDataT, ListViewDataT) is separately
// allocated and stored as a pointer in the union rather than inlined,
// because these structures are hundreds of bytes and would bloat every
// WidgetT even for simple labels and buttons.
#ifndef DVX_WIDGET_H
#define DVX_WIDGET_H
@ -63,62 +62,14 @@ struct WidgetClassT;
#define wgtChars(v) ((int32_t)(WGT_SIZE_CHARS | ((uint32_t)(v) & WGT_SIZE_VAL_MASK)))
#define wgtPercent(v) ((int32_t)(WGT_SIZE_PERCENT | ((uint32_t)(v) & WGT_SIZE_VAL_MASK)))
// ============================================================
// Widget type enum
// ============================================================
//
// Used as the index into widgetClassTable[] to look up the vtable for
// each widget type. Built-in types occupy slots 0..WGT_TYPE_BUILTIN_COUNT-1.
// Dynamic types registered via wgtRegisterClass() start at
// WGT_TYPE_DYNAMIC_BASE.
typedef enum {
WidgetVBoxE,
WidgetHBoxE,
WidgetLabelE,
WidgetButtonE,
WidgetCheckboxE,
WidgetRadioGroupE,
WidgetRadioE,
WidgetTextInputE,
WidgetTextAreaE,
WidgetListBoxE,
WidgetSpacerE,
WidgetSeparatorE,
WidgetFrameE,
WidgetDropdownE,
WidgetComboBoxE,
WidgetProgressBarE,
WidgetSliderE,
WidgetTabControlE,
WidgetTabPageE,
WidgetStatusBarE,
WidgetToolbarE,
WidgetTreeViewE,
WidgetTreeItemE,
WidgetImageE,
WidgetImageButtonE,
WidgetCanvasE,
WidgetAnsiTermE,
WidgetListViewE,
WidgetSpinnerE,
WidgetScrollPaneE,
WidgetSplitterE,
WidgetTimerE,
WGT_TYPE_BUILTIN_COUNT // must be last built-in entry
} WidgetTypeE;
// Dynamic widget type IDs start here. External DXEs register new
// widget types via wgtRegisterClass() and receive IDs >= this value.
#define WGT_TYPE_DYNAMIC_BASE 32
#define WGT_MAX_TYPES 64
// Widget type IDs are assigned dynamically by wgtRegisterClass() at
// runtime. There is no compile-time enum. Each widget DXE stores
// its assigned ID(s) in file-scope globals.
// ============================================================
// ListView types
// ListView column types (used by ListView API in widgetListView.h)
// ============================================================
#define LISTVIEW_MAX_COLS 16
typedef enum {
ListViewAlignLeftE,
ListViewAlignCenterE,
@ -152,131 +103,12 @@ typedef enum {
} WidgetAlignE;
// ============================================================
// Frame style enum
// ============================================================
typedef enum {
FrameInE, // beveled inward (sunken) -- default
FrameOutE, // beveled outward (raised)
FrameFlatE // solid color line
} FrameStyleE;
// ============================================================
// Text input mode enum
// ============================================================
typedef enum {
InputNormalE, // default free-form text
InputPasswordE, // displays bullets, no copy
InputMaskedE // format mask (e.g. "(###) ###-####")
} InputModeE;
// ============================================================
// Large widget data (separately allocated to reduce WidgetT size)
// Widget-specific enums and types used by the public API
// ============================================================
//
// AnsiTermDataT and ListViewDataT are heap-allocated and stored as
// pointers in the WidgetT union. Inlining them would add hundreds of
// bytes to every WidgetT instance (even labels and buttons), wasting
// memory on the 30+ simple widgets that don't need terminal or listview
// state. The pointer indirection adds one dereference but saves
// significant memory across a typical widget tree.
// AnsiTermDataT -- full VT100/ANSI terminal emulator state.
// Implements a subset of DEC VT100 escape sequences sufficient for BBS
// and DOS ANSI art rendering: cursor movement, color attributes (16-color
// with bold-as-bright), scrolling regions, and blink. The parser is a
// simple state machine (normal -> ESC -> CSI) with parameter accumulation.
typedef struct {
uint8_t *cells; // character cells: (ch, attr) pairs, cols*rows*2 bytes
int32_t cols; // columns (default 80)
int32_t rows; // rows (default 25)
int32_t cursorRow; // 0-based cursor row
int32_t cursorCol; // 0-based cursor column
bool cursorVisible;
bool wrapMode; // auto-wrap at right margin
bool bold; // SGR bold flag (brightens foreground)
bool originMode; // cursor positioning relative to scroll region
bool csiPrivate; // '?' prefix in CSI sequence
uint8_t curAttr; // current text attribute (fg | bg<<4)
uint8_t parseState; // 0=normal, 1=ESC, 2=CSI
int32_t params[8]; // CSI parameter accumulator
int32_t paramCount; // number of CSI params collected
int32_t savedRow; // saved cursor position (SCP)
int32_t savedCol;
// Scrolling region (0-based, inclusive)
int32_t scrollTop; // top row of scroll region
int32_t scrollBot; // bottom row of scroll region
// Scrollback -- circular buffer so old lines age out naturally without
// memmove. Each line is cols*2 bytes (same ch/attr format as cells).
// scrollPos tracks the view offset: when equal to scrollbackCount,
// the user sees the live screen; when less, they're viewing history.
uint8_t *scrollback; // circular buffer of scrollback lines
int32_t scrollbackMax; // max lines in scrollback buffer
int32_t scrollbackCount; // current number of lines stored
int32_t scrollbackHead; // write position (circular index)
int32_t scrollPos; // view position (scrollbackCount = live)
// Blink support
bool blinkVisible; // current blink phase (true = text visible)
clock_t blinkTime; // timestamp of last blink toggle
// Cursor blink
bool cursorOn; // current cursor blink phase
clock_t cursorTime; // timestamp of last cursor toggle
// Dirty tracking -- a 32-bit bitmask where each bit corresponds to one
// terminal row. Only dirty rows are repainted, which is critical because
// the ANSI terminal can receive data every frame (at 9600+ baud) and
// re-rendering all 25 rows of 80 columns each frame would dominate the
// CPU budget. Limits terminal height to 32 rows, which is fine for the
// 25-row default target.
uint32_t dirtyRows; // bitmask of rows needing repaint
int32_t lastCursorRow; // cursor row at last repaint
int32_t lastCursorCol; // cursor col at last repaint
// Pre-packed 16-color palette avoids calling packColor() (which involves
// shift/mask arithmetic) 80*25 = 2000 times per full repaint.
uint32_t packedPalette[16];
bool paletteValid;
// Selection (line indices in scrollback+screen space)
int32_t selStartLine;
int32_t selStartCol;
int32_t selEndLine;
int32_t selEndCol;
bool selecting;
// Communications interface -- abstracted so the terminal can connect to
// different backends (serial port, secLink channel, local pipe) without
// knowing the transport details. When all are NULL, the terminal is in
// offline/disconnected mode (useful for viewing .ANS files).
void *commCtx;
int32_t (*commRead)(void *ctx, uint8_t *buf, int32_t maxLen);
int32_t (*commWrite)(void *ctx, const uint8_t *buf, int32_t len);
} AnsiTermDataT;
// ListViewDataT -- multi-column list with sortable headers and optional
// multi-select. cellData is a flat array of strings indexed as
// cellData[row * colCount + col]. The sortIndex is an indirection array
// that maps displayed row numbers to data row numbers, allowing sort
// without rearranging the actual data. resolvedColW[] caches pixel widths
// after resolving tagged column sizes, avoiding re-resolution on every paint.
typedef struct {
const ListViewColT *cols;
int32_t colCount;
const char **cellData;
int32_t rowCount;
int32_t selectedIdx;
int32_t scrollPos;
int32_t scrollPosH;
int32_t sortCol;
ListViewSortE sortDir;
int32_t resolvedColW[LISTVIEW_MAX_COLS];
int32_t totalColW;
int32_t *sortIndex;
bool multiSelect;
int32_t anchorIdx;
uint8_t *selBits;
bool reorderable;
int32_t dragIdx;
int32_t dropIdx;
void (*onHeaderClick)(struct WidgetT *w, int32_t col, ListViewSortE dir);
} ListViewDataT;
// These types are referenced by application code through the wgtApi
// function table. Widget-private types (data structs) are defined
// in their respective widget .c files.
// ============================================================
// Widget class vtable
@ -294,23 +126,79 @@ typedef struct {
// PAINTS_CHILDREN -- widget handles child rendering itself
// NO_HIT_RECURSE -- hit testing stops here, no child recursion
#define WCLASS_FOCUSABLE 0x0001
#define WCLASS_BOX_CONTAINER 0x0002
#define WCLASS_HORIZ_CONTAINER 0x0004
#define WCLASS_PAINTS_CHILDREN 0x0008
#define WCLASS_NO_HIT_RECURSE 0x0010
// Flags encode static properties checked by the framework.
// Widgets set these in their WidgetClassT definition.
#define WCLASS_FOCUSABLE 0x00000001
#define WCLASS_BOX_CONTAINER 0x00000002
#define WCLASS_HORIZ_CONTAINER 0x00000004
#define WCLASS_PAINTS_CHILDREN 0x00000008
#define WCLASS_NO_HIT_RECURSE 0x00000010
#define WCLASS_FOCUS_FORWARD 0x00000020 // accel hit forwards focus to next focusable
#define WCLASS_HAS_POPUP 0x00000040 // has dropdown popup overlay
#define WCLASS_SCROLLABLE 0x00000080 // accepts mouse wheel events
#define WCLASS_SCROLL_CONTAINER 0x00000100 // scroll container (ScrollPane)
#define WCLASS_NEEDS_POLL 0x00000200 // needs periodic polling (AnsiTerm comms)
#define WCLASS_SWALLOWS_TAB 0x00000400 // Tab key goes to widget, not focus nav
#define WCLASS_RELAYOUT_ON_SCROLL 0x00000800 // full relayout on scrollbar drag
#define WCLASS_PRESS_RELEASE 0x00001000 // click = press+release (Button, ImageButton)
#define WCLASS_ACCEL_WHEN_HIDDEN 0x00002000 // accel matching works even when invisible
typedef struct WidgetClassT {
uint32_t flags;
// Rendering
void (*paint)(struct WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors);
void (*paintOverlay)(struct WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors);
// Layout
void (*calcMinSize)(struct WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font);
void (*layout)(struct WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font);
void (*getLayoutMetrics)(const struct WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font, int32_t *pad, int32_t *gap, int32_t *extraTop, int32_t *borderW);
// Input
void (*onMouse)(struct WidgetT *w, struct WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy);
void (*onKey)(struct WidgetT *w, int32_t key, int32_t mod);
void (*onAccelActivate)(struct WidgetT *w, struct WidgetT *root);
// Lifecycle
void (*destroy)(struct WidgetT *w);
void (*onChildChanged)(struct WidgetT *parent, struct WidgetT *child);
// Text
const char *(*getText)(const struct WidgetT *w);
void (*setText)(struct WidgetT *w, const char *text);
// Selection / drag-select
bool (*clearSelection)(struct WidgetT *w);
void (*dragSelect)(struct WidgetT *w, struct WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy);
// Popup (dropdown/combobox)
void (*openPopup)(struct WidgetT *w);
void (*closePopup)(struct WidgetT *w);
int32_t (*getPopupItemCount)(const struct WidgetT *w);
void (*getPopupRect)(const struct WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font, int32_t contentH, int32_t *popX, int32_t *popY, int32_t *popW, int32_t *popH);
// Button press state
void (*setPressed)(struct WidgetT *w, bool pressed);
// Drag reorder (listbox/listview/treeview)
void (*reorderDrop)(struct WidgetT *w);
void (*reorderUpdate)(struct WidgetT *w, struct WidgetT *root, int32_t x, int32_t y);
// Cursor shape (returns cursor ID, 0 = default)
int32_t (*getCursorShape)(const struct WidgetT *w, int32_t vx, int32_t vy);
// Polling (AnsiTerm comms)
void (*poll)(struct WidgetT *w, WindowT *win);
// Fast incremental repaint (returns dirty row count, 0 = none)
int32_t (*quickRepaint)(struct WidgetT *w, int32_t *outY, int32_t *outH);
// Text field width (for scroll calculations; 0 = use widget width)
int32_t (*getTextFieldWidth)(const struct WidgetT *w);
// Scrollbar drag update (orient: 0=vert, 1=horiz)
void (*scrollDragUpdate)(struct WidgetT *w, int32_t orient, int32_t dragOff, int32_t mouseX, int32_t mouseY);
} WidgetClassT;
// ============================================================
@ -320,17 +208,13 @@ typedef struct WidgetClassT {
#define MAX_WIDGET_NAME 32
typedef struct WidgetT {
WidgetTypeE type;
int32_t type; // assigned by wgtRegisterClass()
// wclass points to the vtable for this widget type. Looked up once at
// creation from widgetClassTable[type]. This avoids a switch on type
// in every paint/layout/event dispatch -- the cost is one pointer per
// widget, which is negligible.
const struct WidgetClassT *wclass;
char name[MAX_WIDGET_NAME];
// djb2 hash of the name string, computed at wgtSetName() time.
// wgtFind() compares hashes before strcmp, making name lookups fast
// for the common no-match case in a tree with many unnamed widgets.
uint32_t nameHash; // djb2 hash of name, 0 if unnamed
// Tree linkage
struct WidgetT *parent;
@ -389,7 +273,7 @@ typedef struct WidgetT {
// Type-specific handlers (e.g. button press animation, listbox
// selection) run first, then these universal callbacks fire.
void *userData;
void *customData; // DXE widget plugin private data (NULL for built-in types)
void *data; // widget-private data (allocated by widget DXE)
const char *tooltip; // tooltip text (NULL = none, caller owns string)
MenuT *contextMenu; // right-click context menu (NULL = none, caller owns)
void (*onClick)(struct WidgetT *w);
@ -398,249 +282,6 @@ typedef struct WidgetT {
void (*onFocus)(struct WidgetT *w);
void (*onBlur)(struct WidgetT *w);
// Type-specific data -- tagged union keyed by the `type` field.
// Only the member corresponding to `type` is valid. This is the C
// equivalent of a discriminated union / variant type. Using a union
// instead of separate structs per widget type keeps all widget data
// in a single allocation, which simplifies memory management and
// avoids pointer chasing during layout/paint traversal.
union {
struct {
const char *text;
WidgetAlignE textAlign; // AlignStartE=left, AlignCenterE, AlignEndE=right
} label;
struct {
const char *text;
bool pressed;
} button;
struct {
const char *text;
bool checked;
} checkbox;
struct {
int32_t selectedIdx;
} radioGroup;
struct {
const char *text;
int32_t index;
} radio;
// Text input has its own edit buffer (not a pointer to external
// storage) so the widget fully owns its text lifecycle. The undo
// buffer holds a single-level snapshot taken before each edit
// operation -- Ctrl+Z restores to the snapshot. This is simpler
// than a full undo stack but sufficient for single-line fields.
struct {
char *buf;
int32_t bufSize;
int32_t len;
int32_t cursorPos;
int32_t scrollOff;
int32_t selStart; // selection anchor (-1 = none)
int32_t selEnd; // selection end (-1 = none)
char *undoBuf;
int32_t undoLen;
int32_t undoCursor;
InputModeE inputMode;
const char *mask; // format mask for InputMaskedE
} textInput;
// Multi-line text editor. desiredCol implements the "sticky column"
// behavior where pressing Up/Down tries to return to the column
// the cursor was at before traversing shorter lines (standard
// text editor UX). cachedLines/cachedMaxLL cache values that
// require full-buffer scans, invalidated to -1 on any text change.
struct {
char *buf;
int32_t bufSize;
int32_t len;
int32_t cursorRow;
int32_t cursorCol;
int32_t scrollRow;
int32_t scrollCol;
int32_t desiredCol; // sticky column for up/down movement
int32_t selAnchor; // selection anchor byte offset (-1 = none)
int32_t selCursor; // selection cursor byte offset (-1 = none)
char *undoBuf;
int32_t undoLen;
int32_t undoCursor; // byte offset at time of snapshot
int32_t cachedLines; // cached line count (-1 = dirty)
int32_t cachedMaxLL; // cached max line length (-1 = dirty)
} textArea;
struct {
const char **items;
int32_t itemCount;
int32_t selectedIdx; // cursor position (always valid); also sole selection in single-select
int32_t scrollPos;
int32_t maxItemLen; // cached max strlen of items
bool multiSelect;
int32_t anchorIdx; // anchor for shift+click range selection
uint8_t *selBits; // per-item selection flags (multi-select only)
bool reorderable; // allow drag-reorder of items
int32_t dragIdx; // item being dragged (-1 = none)
int32_t dropIdx; // insertion point (-1 = none)
} listBox;
struct {
bool vertical;
} separator;
struct {
const char *title;
FrameStyleE style; // FrameInE (default), FrameOutE, FrameFlatE
uint32_t color; // border color for FrameFlatE (0 = use windowShadow)
} frame;
struct {
const char **items;
int32_t itemCount;
int32_t selectedIdx;
bool open;
int32_t hoverIdx;
int32_t scrollPos;
int32_t maxItemLen; // cached max strlen of items
} dropdown;
struct {
char *buf;
int32_t bufSize;
int32_t len;
int32_t cursorPos;
int32_t scrollOff;
int32_t selStart; // selection anchor (-1 = none)
int32_t selEnd; // selection end (-1 = none)
char *undoBuf;
int32_t undoLen;
int32_t undoCursor;
const char **items;
int32_t itemCount;
int32_t selectedIdx;
bool open;
int32_t hoverIdx;
int32_t listScrollPos;
int32_t maxItemLen; // cached max strlen of items
} comboBox;
struct {
int32_t value;
int32_t maxValue;
bool vertical;
} progressBar;
struct {
int32_t value;
int32_t minValue;
int32_t maxValue;
bool vertical;
} slider;
struct {
int32_t activeTab;
int32_t scrollOffset; // horizontal scroll of tab headers
} tabControl;
struct {
const char *title;
} tabPage;
// TreeView uses widget children (WidgetTreeItemE) as its items,
// unlike ListBox which uses a string array. This allows nested
// hierarchies with expand/collapse state per item. The tree is
// rendered by flattening visible items during paint, with TREE_INDENT
// pixels of indentation per nesting level.
struct {
int32_t scrollPos;
int32_t scrollPosH;
struct WidgetT *selectedItem;
struct WidgetT *anchorItem; // anchor for shift+click range selection
bool multiSelect;
bool reorderable; // allow drag-reorder of items
struct WidgetT *dragItem; // item being dragged (NULL = none)
struct WidgetT *dropTarget; // insertion target (NULL = none)
bool dropAfter; // true = insert after target, false = before
int32_t cachedTotalHeight; // cached result of calcTreeItemsHeight
int32_t cachedMaxWidth; // cached result of calcTreeItemsMaxWidth
bool dimsValid; // false = recalculate on next scrollbar check
} treeView;
struct {
const char *text;
bool expanded;
bool selected; // per-item flag for multi-select
} treeItem;
struct {
uint8_t *data; // pixel buffer in display format
int32_t imgW;
int32_t imgH;
int32_t imgPitch;
bool pressed;
} image;
struct {
uint8_t *data; // pixel buffer in display format
int32_t imgW;
int32_t imgH;
int32_t imgPitch;
bool pressed;
} imageButton;
struct {
uint8_t *data; // pixel buffer in display format
int32_t canvasW;
int32_t canvasH;
int32_t canvasPitch;
int32_t canvasBpp; // cached bytes per pixel (avoids pitch/w division)
uint32_t penColor;
int32_t penSize;
int32_t lastX;
int32_t lastY;
void (*onMouse)(struct WidgetT *w, int32_t cx, int32_t cy, bool drag);
} canvas;
AnsiTermDataT *ansiTerm;
ListViewDataT *listView;
struct {
int32_t value;
int32_t minValue;
int32_t maxValue;
int32_t step;
char buf[16]; // formatted value text
int32_t len;
int32_t cursorPos;
int32_t scrollOff;
int32_t selStart; // selection anchor (-1 = none)
int32_t selEnd; // selection end (-1 = none)
char undoBuf[16]; // undo snapshot
int32_t undoLen;
int32_t undoCursor;
bool editing; // true when user is typing
} spinner;
struct {
int32_t scrollPosV;
int32_t scrollPosH;
} scrollPane;
struct {
int32_t dividerPos; // pixels from left/top edge
bool vertical; // true = vertical divider (left|right panes)
} splitter;
struct {
int32_t intervalMs; // timer period in milliseconds
bool repeat; // true = repeating, false = one-shot
bool running; // true = active
clock_t lastFire; // clock() value at last fire (or start)
} timer;
} as;
} WidgetT;
// ============================================================
@ -655,299 +296,6 @@ typedef struct WidgetT {
// root container. The window's userData is set to the AppContextT pointer.
WidgetT *wgtInitWindow(struct AppContextT *ctx, WindowT *win);
// ============================================================
// Container creation
// ============================================================
//
// VBox and HBox are the primary layout containers, analogous to CSS
// flexbox with column/row direction. Children are laid out sequentially
// along the main axis (vertical for VBox, horizontal for HBox) with
// spacing between them. Extra space is distributed according to each
// child's weight. Frame is a titled groupbox container with a bevel border.
WidgetT *wgtVBox(WidgetT *parent);
WidgetT *wgtHBox(WidgetT *parent);
WidgetT *wgtFrame(WidgetT *parent, const char *title);
// ============================================================
// Basic widgets
// ============================================================
WidgetT *wgtLabel(WidgetT *parent, const char *text);
void wgtLabelSetAlign(WidgetT *w, WidgetAlignE align);
WidgetT *wgtButton(WidgetT *parent, const char *text);
WidgetT *wgtCheckbox(WidgetT *parent, const char *text);
WidgetT *wgtTextInput(WidgetT *parent, int32_t maxLen);
WidgetT *wgtPasswordInput(WidgetT *parent, int32_t maxLen);
WidgetT *wgtMaskedInput(WidgetT *parent, const char *mask);
// ============================================================
// Radio buttons
// ============================================================
//
// Radio buttons must be children of a RadioGroup container. The group
// tracks which child is selected (by index). Clicking a radio button
// automatically deselects the previously selected sibling. This parent-
// tracking approach avoids explicit "radio group ID" parameters.
WidgetT *wgtRadioGroup(WidgetT *parent);
WidgetT *wgtRadio(WidgetT *parent, const char *text);
// ============================================================
// Spacing and visual dividers
// ============================================================
//
// Spacer is an invisible flexible widget (weight=100) that absorbs
// extra space -- useful for pushing subsequent siblings to the end of
// a container (like CSS flex: 1 auto). Separators are thin beveled
// lines for visual grouping.
WidgetT *wgtSpacer(WidgetT *parent);
WidgetT *wgtHSeparator(WidgetT *parent);
WidgetT *wgtVSeparator(WidgetT *parent);
// ============================================================
// Complex widgets
// ============================================================
WidgetT *wgtListBox(WidgetT *parent);
WidgetT *wgtTextArea(WidgetT *parent, int32_t maxLen);
// ============================================================
// Dropdown and ComboBox
// ============================================================
WidgetT *wgtDropdown(WidgetT *parent);
void wgtDropdownSetItems(WidgetT *w, const char **items, int32_t count);
int32_t wgtDropdownGetSelected(const WidgetT *w);
void wgtDropdownSetSelected(WidgetT *w, int32_t idx);
WidgetT *wgtComboBox(WidgetT *parent, int32_t maxLen);
void wgtComboBoxSetItems(WidgetT *w, const char **items, int32_t count);
int32_t wgtComboBoxGetSelected(const WidgetT *w);
void wgtComboBoxSetSelected(WidgetT *w, int32_t idx);
// ============================================================
// ProgressBar
// ============================================================
WidgetT *wgtProgressBar(WidgetT *parent);
WidgetT *wgtProgressBarV(WidgetT *parent);
void wgtProgressBarSetValue(WidgetT *w, int32_t value);
int32_t wgtProgressBarGetValue(const WidgetT *w);
// ============================================================
// Slider (TrackBar)
// ============================================================
WidgetT *wgtSlider(WidgetT *parent, int32_t minVal, int32_t maxVal);
void wgtSliderSetValue(WidgetT *w, int32_t value);
int32_t wgtSliderGetValue(const WidgetT *w);
// ============================================================
// Spinner (numeric input)
// ============================================================
WidgetT *wgtSpinner(WidgetT *parent, int32_t minVal, int32_t maxVal, int32_t step);
void wgtSpinnerSetValue(WidgetT *w, int32_t value);
int32_t wgtSpinnerGetValue(const WidgetT *w);
void wgtSpinnerSetRange(WidgetT *w, int32_t minVal, int32_t maxVal);
void wgtSpinnerSetStep(WidgetT *w, int32_t step);
// ============================================================
// TabControl
// ============================================================
WidgetT *wgtTabControl(WidgetT *parent);
WidgetT *wgtTabPage(WidgetT *parent, const char *title);
void wgtTabControlSetActive(WidgetT *w, int32_t idx);
int32_t wgtTabControlGetActive(const WidgetT *w);
// ============================================================
// StatusBar and Toolbar
// ============================================================
WidgetT *wgtStatusBar(WidgetT *parent);
WidgetT *wgtToolbar(WidgetT *parent);
// ============================================================
// TreeView
// ============================================================
WidgetT *wgtTreeView(WidgetT *parent);
WidgetT *wgtTreeViewGetSelected(const WidgetT *w);
void wgtTreeViewSetSelected(WidgetT *w, WidgetT *item);
void wgtTreeViewSetMultiSelect(WidgetT *w, bool multi);
void wgtTreeViewSetReorderable(WidgetT *w, bool reorderable);
WidgetT *wgtTreeItem(WidgetT *parent, const char *text);
void wgtTreeItemSetExpanded(WidgetT *w, bool expanded);
bool wgtTreeItemIsExpanded(const WidgetT *w);
bool wgtTreeItemIsSelected(const WidgetT *w);
void wgtTreeItemSetSelected(WidgetT *w, bool selected);
// ============================================================
// ListView (multi-column list)
// ============================================================
WidgetT *wgtListView(WidgetT *parent);
void wgtListViewSetColumns(WidgetT *w, const ListViewColT *cols, int32_t count);
void wgtListViewSetData(WidgetT *w, const char **cellData, int32_t rowCount);
int32_t wgtListViewGetSelected(const WidgetT *w);
void wgtListViewSetSelected(WidgetT *w, int32_t idx);
void wgtListViewSetSort(WidgetT *w, int32_t col, ListViewSortE dir);
void wgtListViewSetHeaderClickCallback(WidgetT *w, void (*cb)(WidgetT *w, int32_t col, ListViewSortE dir));
void wgtListViewSetMultiSelect(WidgetT *w, bool multi);
bool wgtListViewIsItemSelected(const WidgetT *w, int32_t idx);
void wgtListViewSetItemSelected(WidgetT *w, int32_t idx, bool selected);
void wgtListViewSelectAll(WidgetT *w);
void wgtListViewClearSelection(WidgetT *w);
void wgtListViewSetReorderable(WidgetT *w, bool reorderable);
// ============================================================
// ScrollPane
// ============================================================
WidgetT *wgtScrollPane(WidgetT *parent);
// ============================================================
// Splitter (draggable divider between two child regions)
// ============================================================
// Create a splitter. If vertical is true, children are arranged left|right;
// if false, top|bottom. Add exactly two children.
WidgetT *wgtSplitter(WidgetT *parent, bool vertical);
void wgtSplitterSetPos(WidgetT *w, int32_t pos);
int32_t wgtSplitterGetPos(const WidgetT *w);
// ============================================================
// Timer (invisible, callback-driven)
// ============================================================
// Create a timer widget. The timer is invisible and takes no space in
// layout. When running, it calls onChange at the specified interval.
// intervalMs: period in milliseconds. repeat: true for repeating,
// false for one-shot (auto-stops after first fire).
WidgetT *wgtTimer(WidgetT *parent, int32_t intervalMs, bool repeat);
// Start/restart the timer. Resets the elapsed time.
void wgtTimerStart(WidgetT *w);
// Stop the timer.
void wgtTimerStop(WidgetT *w);
// Change the interval (takes effect on next fire).
void wgtTimerSetInterval(WidgetT *w, int32_t intervalMs);
// Check if the timer is currently running.
bool wgtTimerIsRunning(const WidgetT *w);
// Called once per frame by dvxUpdate. Checks all active timers.
void wgtUpdateTimers(void);
// ============================================================
// ImageButton
// ============================================================
// Create an image button from raw pixel data (display format).
// Takes ownership of the data buffer (freed on destroy).
WidgetT *wgtImageButton(WidgetT *parent, uint8_t *data, int32_t w, int32_t h, int32_t pitch);
// Load an image button from a file (BMP, PNG, JPEG, GIF).
// Returns NULL on load failure; falls through gracefully.
WidgetT *wgtImageButtonFromFile(WidgetT *parent, const char *path);
// Replace the image data. Takes ownership of the new buffer.
void wgtImageButtonSetData(WidgetT *w, uint8_t *data, int32_t imgW, int32_t imgH, int32_t pitch);
// ============================================================
// Image
// ============================================================
// Create an image widget from raw pixel data (display format).
// Takes ownership of the data buffer (freed on destroy).
WidgetT *wgtImage(WidgetT *parent, uint8_t *data, int32_t w, int32_t h, int32_t pitch);
// Load an image widget from a file (BMP, PNG, JPEG, GIF).
// Returns NULL on load failure.
WidgetT *wgtImageFromFile(WidgetT *parent, const char *path);
// Replace the image data. Takes ownership of the new buffer.
void wgtImageSetData(WidgetT *w, uint8_t *data, int32_t imgW, int32_t imgH, int32_t pitch);
// ============================================================
// Canvas
// ============================================================
// Create a drawable canvas widget with the given dimensions.
WidgetT *wgtCanvas(WidgetT *parent, int32_t w, int32_t h);
// Clear the canvas to the specified color.
void wgtCanvasClear(WidgetT *w, uint32_t color);
// Set the pen color (in display pixel format).
void wgtCanvasSetPenColor(WidgetT *w, uint32_t color);
// Set the pen size in pixels (diameter).
void wgtCanvasSetPenSize(WidgetT *w, int32_t size);
// Set the mouse callback. Called on click (drag=false) and drag (drag=true)
// with canvas-relative coordinates. If NULL (default), mouse events are ignored.
void wgtCanvasSetMouseCallback(WidgetT *w, void (*cb)(WidgetT *w, int32_t cx, int32_t cy, bool drag));
// Save the canvas to a PNG file. Returns 0 on success, -1 on failure.
int32_t wgtCanvasSave(WidgetT *w, const char *path);
// Load a PNG file onto the canvas. Returns 0 on success, -1 on failure.
int32_t wgtCanvasLoad(WidgetT *w, const char *path);
// Programmatic drawing (coordinates are in canvas space)
void wgtCanvasDrawLine(WidgetT *w, int32_t x0, int32_t y0, int32_t x1, int32_t y1);
void wgtCanvasDrawRect(WidgetT *w, int32_t x, int32_t y, int32_t width, int32_t height);
void wgtCanvasFillRect(WidgetT *w, int32_t x, int32_t y, int32_t width, int32_t height);
void wgtCanvasFillCircle(WidgetT *w, int32_t cx, int32_t cy, int32_t radius);
void wgtCanvasSetPixel(WidgetT *w, int32_t x, int32_t y, uint32_t color);
uint32_t wgtCanvasGetPixel(const WidgetT *w, int32_t x, int32_t y);
// ============================================================
// ANSI Terminal
// ============================================================
//
// A VT100/ANSI terminal emulator widget. Supports the subset of escape
// sequences needed for DOS BBS programs and ANSI art: cursor positioning,
// SGR color/attribute codes, scrolling regions, and text blink. Pairs
// with the secLink communications layer for remote serial connections
// or can be used standalone for viewing .ANS files.
// Create an ANSI terminal widget (0 for cols/rows = 80x25 default)
WidgetT *wgtAnsiTerm(WidgetT *parent, int32_t cols, int32_t rows);
// Write raw data through the ANSI escape sequence parser. Used for
// loading .ANS files or feeding data from a source that isn't using
// the comm interface.
void wgtAnsiTermWrite(WidgetT *w, const uint8_t *data, int32_t len);
// Clear the terminal screen and reset cursor to home
void wgtAnsiTermClear(WidgetT *w);
// Set the communications interface (NULL function pointers = disconnected)
void wgtAnsiTermSetComm(WidgetT *w, void *ctx, int32_t (*readFn)(void *, uint8_t *, int32_t), int32_t (*writeFn)(void *, const uint8_t *, int32_t));
// Set the scrollback buffer size in lines (default 500). Clears existing scrollback.
void wgtAnsiTermSetScrollback(WidgetT *w, int32_t maxLines);
// Poll the comm interface for incoming data and process it. Returns bytes processed.
int32_t wgtAnsiTermPoll(WidgetT *w);
// Fast-path repaint for the terminal widget. Instead of going through the
// full widget paint pipeline (which would repaint the entire widget), this
// renders only the dirty rows (tracked via the dirtyRows bitmask) directly
// into the window's content buffer. This is essential for responsive terminal
// output -- incoming serial data can dirty a few rows per frame, and
// repainting only those rows keeps the cost proportional to the actual
// change rather than the full 80x25 grid. Returns the number of rows
// repainted; outY/outH report the affected region for dirty-rect tracking.
int32_t wgtAnsiTermRepaint(WidgetT *w, int32_t *outY, int32_t *outH);
// ============================================================
// Operations
// ============================================================
@ -958,11 +306,6 @@ int32_t wgtAnsiTermRepaint(WidgetT *w, int32_t *outY, int32_t *outH);
// function call.
struct AppContextT *wgtGetContext(const WidgetT *w);
// Update text cursor blink state. Call once per frame from dvxUpdate.
// Toggles the cursor visibility at 250ms intervals, matching the ANSI
// terminal cursor rate.
void wgtUpdateCursorBlink(void);
// Mark a widget as needing both re-layout (measure + position) and
// repaint. Propagates upward to ancestors since a child's size change
// can affect parent layout. Use this after structural changes (adding/
@ -1000,20 +343,6 @@ WidgetT *wgtFind(WidgetT *root, const char *name);
// Destroy a widget and all its children (removes from parent)
void wgtDestroy(WidgetT *w);
// ============================================================
// List box operations
// ============================================================
void wgtListBoxSetItems(WidgetT *w, const char **items, int32_t count);
int32_t wgtListBoxGetSelected(const WidgetT *w);
void wgtListBoxSetSelected(WidgetT *w, int32_t idx);
void wgtListBoxSetMultiSelect(WidgetT *w, bool multi);
bool wgtListBoxIsItemSelected(const WidgetT *w, int32_t idx);
void wgtListBoxSetItemSelected(WidgetT *w, int32_t idx, bool selected);
void wgtListBoxSelectAll(WidgetT *w);
void wgtListBoxClearSelection(WidgetT *w);
void wgtListBoxSetReorderable(WidgetT *w, bool reorderable);
// ============================================================
// Tooltip
// ============================================================
@ -1034,7 +363,7 @@ void wgtSetDebugLayout(struct AppContextT *ctx, bool enabled);
// ============================================================
// Register a new widget class at runtime. Returns the assigned type ID
// (>= WGT_TYPE_DYNAMIC_BASE) on success, or -1 if the table is full.
// Appends wclass to widgetClassTable and returns the assigned type ID.
// The WidgetClassT must remain valid for the lifetime of the process
// (typically a static const in the registering DXE).
int32_t wgtRegisterClass(const WidgetClassT *wclass);
@ -1063,4 +392,20 @@ void wgtLayout(WidgetT *root, int32_t availW, int32_t availH, const BitmapFontT
// after the main tree so they render on top of everything.
void wgtPaint(WidgetT *root, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors);
// ============================================================
// Widget API registry
// ============================================================
//
// Each widget DXE registers a small API struct under a name
// during wgtRegister(). Callers retrieve it via wgtGetApi()
// and cast to the widget-specific API type. Per-widget headers
// (e.g. widgetButton.h) provide typed accessors and convenience
// macros so callers don't need manual casts.
//
// This replaces the monolithic WidgetApiT -- adding a new widget
// requires zero changes to dvxWidget.h.
void wgtRegisterApi(const char *name, const void *api);
const void *wgtGetApi(const char *name);
#endif // DVX_WIDGET_H

213
core/dvxWidgetPlugin.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
// dvxWidgetPlugin.h -- Plugin API for DVX widget DXE modules
//
// Included by widget .c files to access core infrastructure.
// Provides: widget allocation, tree ops, class table, shared
// interaction state, scrollbar helpers, layout helpers, and
// common utility functions.
//
// Does NOT contain any per-widget prototypes. Each widget's
// internal functions (paint, onMouse, onKey, calcMinSize, etc.)
// are private to its own .c file and referenced only through
// the WidgetClassT vtable.
#ifndef DVX_WIDGET_PLUGIN_H
#define DVX_WIDGET_PLUGIN_H
#include "dvxWidget.h"
#include "dvxApp.h"
#include "dvxDraw.h"
#include "dvxWm.h"
#include "dvxVideo.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdio.h>
// ============================================================
// Widget class table
// ============================================================
// stb_ds dynamic array. Each widget DXE appends its class(es)
// via wgtRegisterClass() during wgtRegister().
extern const WidgetClassT **widgetClassTable;
// ============================================================
// Validation macros
// ============================================================
#define VALIDATE_WIDGET(w, wtype, retval) \
do { if (!(w) || (w)->type != (wtype)) { return (retval); } } while (0)
#define VALIDATE_WIDGET_VOID(w, wtype) \
do { if (!(w) || (w)->type != (wtype)) { return; } } while (0)
// ============================================================
// Cursor shape IDs (mirrors dvxCursor.h defines)
// ============================================================
#define CURSOR_ARROW 0
#define CURSOR_RESIZE_H 1
#define CURSOR_RESIZE_V 2
#define CURSOR_RESIZE_DIAG_NWSE 3
#define CURSOR_RESIZE_DIAG_NESW 4
// ============================================================
// Keyboard modifier flags
// ============================================================
#define KEY_MOD_SHIFT 0x03
#define KEY_MOD_CTRL 0x04
#define KEY_MOD_ALT 0x08
// ============================================================
// Core layout constants
// ============================================================
#define DEFAULT_SPACING 4
#define DEFAULT_PADDING 4
#define SB_MIN_THUMB 14
#define WGT_SB_W 14
// ============================================================
// Inline helpers
// ============================================================
static inline int32_t clampInt(int32_t val, int32_t lo, int32_t hi) {
if (val < lo) { return lo; }
if (val > hi) { return hi; }
return val;
}
static inline void drawTextEmbossed(DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, int32_t x, int32_t y, const char *text, const ColorSchemeT *colors) {
drawText(d, ops, font, x + 1, y + 1, text, colors->windowHighlight, 0, false);
drawText(d, ops, font, x, y, text, colors->windowShadow, 0, false);
}
static inline void drawTextAccelEmbossed(DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, int32_t x, int32_t y, const char *text, const ColorSchemeT *colors) {
drawTextAccel(d, ops, font, x + 1, y + 1, text, colors->windowHighlight, 0, false);
drawTextAccel(d, ops, font, x, y, text, colors->windowShadow, 0, false);
}
// ============================================================
// Shared interaction state (defined in widgetCore.c)
// ============================================================
extern bool sCursorBlinkOn;
extern clock_t sDblClickTicks;
extern bool sDebugLayout;
extern WidgetT *sClosedPopup;
extern WidgetT *sFocusedWidget;
extern WidgetT *sKeyPressedBtn;
extern WidgetT *sOpenPopup;
extern WidgetT *sPressedButton;
extern WidgetT *sDragSlider;
extern WidgetT *sDrawingCanvas;
extern WidgetT *sDragTextSelect;
extern int32_t sDragOffset;
extern WidgetT *sResizeListView;
extern WidgetT *sDragSplitter;
extern int32_t sDragSplitStart;
extern WidgetT *sDragReorder;
extern WidgetT *sDragScrollbar;
extern int32_t sDragScrollbarOff;
extern int32_t sDragScrollbarOrient;
// ============================================================
// Core widget functions (widgetCore.c)
// ============================================================
// Tree manipulation
void widgetAddChild(WidgetT *parent, WidgetT *child);
void widgetRemoveChild(WidgetT *parent, WidgetT *child);
void widgetDestroyChildren(WidgetT *w);
// Allocation
WidgetT *widgetAlloc(WidgetT *parent, int32_t type);
// Focus management
void widgetClearFocus(WidgetT *root);
WidgetT *widgetFindNextFocusable(WidgetT *root, WidgetT *after);
WidgetT *widgetFindPrevFocusable(WidgetT *root, WidgetT *before);
WidgetT *widgetFindByAccel(WidgetT *root, char key);
// Utility queries
int32_t widgetCountVisibleChildren(const WidgetT *w);
int32_t widgetFrameBorderWidth(const WidgetT *w);
bool widgetIsFocusable(int32_t type);
bool widgetIsBoxContainer(int32_t type);
bool widgetIsHorizContainer(int32_t type);
int32_t multiClickDetect(int32_t vx, int32_t vy);
// Clipboard
void clipboardCopy(const char *text, int32_t len);
const char *clipboardGet(int32_t *outLen);
int32_t clipboardMaxLen(void);
// Hit testing
WidgetT *widgetHitTest(WidgetT *w, int32_t x, int32_t y);
// Scrollbar helpers
void widgetScrollbarThumb(int32_t trackLen, int32_t totalSize, int32_t visibleSize, int32_t scrollPos, int32_t *thumbPos, int32_t *thumbSize);
// ============================================================
// Scrollbar drawing and hit testing (widgetScrollbar.c)
// ============================================================
typedef enum {
ScrollHitNoneE,
ScrollHitArrowDecE,
ScrollHitArrowIncE,
ScrollHitPageDecE,
ScrollHitPageIncE,
ScrollHitThumbE
} ScrollHitE;
void widgetDrawScrollbarH(DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const ColorSchemeT *colors, int32_t sbX, int32_t sbY, int32_t sbW, int32_t totalSize, int32_t visibleSize, int32_t scrollPos);
void widgetDrawScrollbarV(DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const ColorSchemeT *colors, int32_t sbX, int32_t sbY, int32_t sbH, int32_t totalSize, int32_t visibleSize, int32_t scrollPos);
void widgetScrollbarDragUpdate(WidgetT *w, int32_t orient, int32_t dragOff, int32_t mouseX, int32_t mouseY);
ScrollHitE widgetScrollbarHitTest(int32_t sbLen, int32_t relPos, int32_t totalSize, int32_t visibleSize, int32_t scrollPos);
// ============================================================
// Layout functions (widgetLayout.c)
// ============================================================
void widgetCalcMinSizeBox(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font);
void widgetCalcMinSizeTree(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font);
void widgetLayoutBox(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font);
void widgetLayoutChildren(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font);
// ============================================================
// Event dispatch (widgetEvent.c)
// ============================================================
void widgetManageScrollbars(WindowT *win, AppContextT *ctx);
void widgetOnKey(WindowT *win, int32_t key, int32_t mod);
void widgetOnMouse(WindowT *win, int32_t x, int32_t y, int32_t buttons);
void widgetOnPaint(WindowT *win, RectT *dirtyArea);
void widgetOnResize(WindowT *win, int32_t newW, int32_t newH);
void widgetOnScroll(WindowT *win, ScrollbarOrientE orient, int32_t value);
// ============================================================
// Paint helpers (widgetOps.c)
// ============================================================
void widgetPaintOne(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors);
void widgetPaintOverlays(WidgetT *root, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors);
// Shared helper libraries:
// texthelp/textHelp.h -- clipboard, text editing, word boundaries
// listhelp/listHelp.h -- dropdown arrow, popup list, keyboard nav
// Widget DXEs that use these include the headers directly.
// widgetTextDragUpdate stays in core (widgetCore.c)
void widgetTextDragUpdate(WidgetT *w, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy);
// ============================================================
// Drag-reorder helpers (widgetEvent.c)
// ============================================================
void widgetReorderUpdate(WidgetT *w, WidgetT *root, int32_t x, int32_t y);
void widgetReorderDrop(WidgetT *w);
#endif // DVX_WIDGET_PLUGIN_H

48
core/dvxWm.c
View file

@ -144,9 +144,9 @@ static void computeMenuBarPositions(WindowT *win, const BitmapFontT *font) {
// Compute title bar gadget positions. Used by both drawTitleBar()
// and wmHitTest() to keep geometry in sync.
//
// Layout follows the DESQview/X + GEOS Ensemble convention:
// Layout follows the Motif + GEOS Ensemble convention:
// [Close] ---- Title Text ---- [Minimize] [Maximize]
// Close is on the far left (also doubles as system menu in DV/X style),
// Close is on the far left (also doubles as system menu),
// minimize and maximize pack right-to-left from the far right edge.
// Modal windows suppress the minimize gadget since they must stay visible.
// Non-resizable windows suppress the maximize gadget.
@ -1410,8 +1410,8 @@ void wmDrawContent(DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, WindowT *win, const RectT *
// 2. A live thumbnail of the window's content buffer (also scaled)
// 3. A grey fill if neither is available
//
// The live thumbnail approach (option 2) is a DESQview/X homage -- DV/X
// showed miniature window contents in its icon/task view. The thumbnail
// The live thumbnail (option 2) shows miniature window contents in the
// icon/task view, giving a quick preview of each minimized window. The thumbnail
// is rendered from the existing content buffer, so no extra rendering
// pass is needed. contentDirty tracks whether the content has changed
// since the last icon refresh.
@ -1441,30 +1441,30 @@ void wmDrawMinimizedIcons(DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const ColorSchemeT *
continue;
}
// Draw beveled border
BevelStyleT bevel;
bevel.highlight = colors->windowHighlight;
bevel.shadow = colors->windowShadow;
bevel.face = colors->windowFace;
bevel.width = ICON_BORDER;
drawBevel(d, ops, ix, iy, ICON_TOTAL_SIZE, ICON_TOTAL_SIZE, &bevel);
// Draw icon content
int32_t contentX = ix + ICON_BORDER;
int32_t contentY = iy + ICON_BORDER;
int32_t bpp = d->format.bytesPerPixel;
int32_t bpp = d->format.bytesPerPixel;
if (win->iconData && win->iconW > 0 && win->iconH > 0) {
// Draw loaded icon image, scaled to ICON_SIZE x ICON_SIZE
drawScaledRect(d, contentX, contentY, ICON_SIZE, ICON_SIZE,
// Provided icon image -- draw edge-to-edge, no bevel
drawScaledRect(d, ix, iy, ICON_TOTAL_SIZE, ICON_TOTAL_SIZE,
win->iconData, win->iconW, win->iconH, win->iconPitch, bpp);
} else if (win->contentBuf && win->contentW > 0 && win->contentH > 0) {
// Draw scaled copy of window contents
drawScaledRect(d, contentX, contentY, ICON_SIZE, ICON_SIZE,
win->contentBuf, win->contentW, win->contentH, win->contentPitch, bpp);
} else {
// No content -- draw grey fill
rectFill(d, ops, contentX, contentY, ICON_SIZE, ICON_SIZE, colors->windowFace);
// Live thumbnail or grey fill -- draw with beveled border
BevelStyleT bevel;
bevel.highlight = colors->windowHighlight;
bevel.shadow = colors->windowShadow;
bevel.face = colors->windowFace;
bevel.width = ICON_BORDER;
drawBevel(d, ops, ix, iy, ICON_TOTAL_SIZE, ICON_TOTAL_SIZE, &bevel);
int32_t contentX = ix + ICON_BORDER;
int32_t contentY = iy + ICON_BORDER;
if (win->contentBuf && win->contentW > 0 && win->contentH > 0) {
drawScaledRect(d, contentX, contentY, ICON_SIZE, ICON_SIZE,
win->contentBuf, win->contentW, win->contentH, win->contentPitch, bpp);
} else {
rectFill(d, ops, contentX, contentY, ICON_SIZE, ICON_SIZE, colors->windowFace);
}
}
}
}

2
core/dvxWm.h
View file

@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ void wmDrawScrollbars(DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const ColorSchemeT *colo
// Draw icons for all minimized windows along the bottom of the screen.
// Each icon shows a scaled-down preview of the window's content (or a
// default icon) with a beveled border, similar to DESQview/X's icon bar.
// default icon) with a beveled border, similar to a classic desktop icon bar.
void wmDrawMinimizedIcons(DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const ColorSchemeT *colors, const WindowStackT *stack, const RectT *clipTo);
// Determine which window and which part of that window is under the given

41
core/platform/dvxPlatform.h
View file

@ -24,6 +24,8 @@
#include "dvxTypes.h"
#include <setjmp.h>
// ============================================================
// Keyboard event
// ============================================================
@ -47,7 +49,7 @@ void platformInit(void);
// Cooperative yield -- give up the CPU timeslice when the event loop has
// nothing to do. On DOS this calls __dpmi_yield() to be friendly to
// multitaskers (Windows 3.x, OS/2, DESQview). On Linux this calls
// multitaskers (Windows 3.x, OS/2). On Linux this calls
// SDL_Delay(1) to avoid busy-spinning at 100% CPU.
void platformYield(void);
@ -241,4 +243,41 @@ int32_t platformStripLineEndings(char *buf, int32_t len);
// export table. On platforms without DXE (Linux/SDL), this is a no-op.
void platformRegisterDxeExports(void);
// ============================================================
// Crash recovery
// ============================================================
// Log function signature for crash diagnostics.
typedef void (*PlatformLogFnT)(const char *fmt, ...);
// Install signal handlers for fatal exceptions (SIGSEGV, SIGFPE, SIGILL).
// On crash, logs platform-specific diagnostics (register dump on DJGPP)
// via logFn, stores the signal number in *crashSignal, then longjmps to
// recoveryBuf. The caller is responsible for app-level diagnostics in
// the setjmp recovery block.
void platformInstallCrashHandler(jmp_buf *recoveryBuf, volatile int *crashSignal, PlatformLogFnT logFn);
// Log platform-specific crash diagnostics (signal name and register dump
// on DJGPP). Called internally by the crash handler before longjmp;
// also available for manual invocation if needed.
void platformLogCrashDetail(int sig, PlatformLogFnT logFn);
// ============================================================
// DXE symbol overrides
// ============================================================
// A name/function-pointer pair for registering symbol overrides with
// the dynamic module loader. On DJGPP this maps directly to the
// dxe_symbol_table struct used by dlregsym().
typedef struct {
const char *name;
void *func;
} PlatformSymOverrideT;
// Register function pointer overrides for subsequently loaded modules.
// entries is an array of {name, funcPtr} pairs terminated by {NULL, NULL}.
// On DJGPP this wraps dlregsym(). On platforms without DXE, this is a
// no-op (RTLD_GLOBAL or equivalent handles symbol resolution).
void platformRegisterSymOverrides(const PlatformSymOverrideT *entries);
#endif // DVX_PLATFORM_H

140
core/platform/dvxPlatformDos.c
View file

@ -51,6 +51,7 @@
#include <dpmi.h>
#include <go32.h>
#include <pc.h>
#include <sys/exceptn.h>
#include <sys/nearptr.h>
#include <sys/farptr.h>
@ -71,6 +72,7 @@ static int32_t findBestMode(int32_t requestedW, int32_t requestedH, int32_t pre
static void getModeInfo(uint16_t mode, DisplayT *d, int32_t *score, int32_t requestedW, int32_t requestedH, int32_t preferredBpp);
static bool hasCpuid(void);
static int32_t mapLfb(DisplayT *d, uint32_t physAddr);
static void platformCrashHandler(int sig);
void platformVideoEnumModes(void (*cb)(int32_t w, int32_t h, int32_t bpp, void *userData), void *userData);
static int32_t setVesaMode(uint16_t mode);
static void sysInfoAppend(const char *fmt, ...);
@ -1891,7 +1893,7 @@ void platformVideoShutdown(DisplayT *d) {
// ============================================================
//
// Cooperative yield to the DPMI host. In a multitasking DOS
// environment (Windows 3.x DOS box, OS/2 VDM, or DESQview),
// environment (Windows 3.x DOS box or OS/2 VDM),
// this gives other tasks a chance to run. Under a single-tasking
// DPMI server (CWSDPMI) it's essentially a no-op, but it doesn't
// hurt. Called once per event loop iteration when idle.
@ -1926,6 +1928,103 @@ static int32_t setVesaMode(uint16_t mode) {
}
// ============================================================
// Crash recovery state
// ============================================================
static jmp_buf *sPlatformCrashJmp = NULL;
static volatile int *sPlatformCrashSignal = NULL;
static PlatformLogFnT sPlatformLogFn = NULL;
// ============================================================
// platformCrashHandler -- signal handler for fatal exceptions
// ============================================================
//
// DJGPP uses System V signal semantics where the handler is reset to
// SIG_DFL after each delivery, so we must re-install before doing
// anything else. After logging platform-specific diagnostics and
// storing the signal number, we longjmp back to the caller's recovery
// point (typically the shell's main loop).
static void platformCrashHandler(int sig) {
if (sPlatformLogFn) {
platformLogCrashDetail(sig, sPlatformLogFn);
}
signal(sig, platformCrashHandler);
if (sPlatformCrashSignal) {
*sPlatformCrashSignal = sig;
}
if (sPlatformCrashJmp) {
longjmp(*sPlatformCrashJmp, 1);
}
}
// ============================================================
// platformInstallCrashHandler
// ============================================================
void platformInstallCrashHandler(jmp_buf *recoveryBuf, volatile int *crashSignal, PlatformLogFnT logFn) {
sPlatformCrashJmp = recoveryBuf;
sPlatformCrashSignal = crashSignal;
sPlatformLogFn = logFn;
signal(SIGSEGV, platformCrashHandler);
signal(SIGFPE, platformCrashHandler);
signal(SIGILL, platformCrashHandler);
}
// ============================================================
// platformLogCrashDetail -- log signal name and CPU register dump
// ============================================================
void platformLogCrashDetail(int sig, PlatformLogFnT logFn) {
const char *sigName = "UNKNOWN";
if (sig == SIGSEGV) {
sigName = "SIGSEGV (page fault)";
} else if (sig == SIGFPE) {
sigName = "SIGFPE (floating point exception)";
} else if (sig == SIGILL) {
sigName = "SIGILL (illegal instruction)";
}
logFn("=== CRASH ===");
logFn("Signal: %d (%s)", sig, sigName);
// __djgpp_exception_state_ptr captures the full CPU register state
// at the point of the exception. This gives us the faulting EIP,
// stack pointer, and all GPRs -- invaluable for post-mortem debugging.
jmp_buf *estate = __djgpp_exception_state_ptr;
if (estate) {
struct __jmp_buf *regs = &(*estate)[0];
logFn("EIP: 0x%08lx CS: 0x%04x", regs->__eip, regs->__cs);
logFn("EAX: 0x%08lx EBX: 0x%08lx ECX: 0x%08lx EDX: 0x%08lx", regs->__eax, regs->__ebx, regs->__ecx, regs->__edx);
logFn("ESI: 0x%08lx EDI: 0x%08lx EBP: 0x%08lx ESP: 0x%08lx", regs->__esi, regs->__edi, regs->__ebp, regs->__esp);
logFn("DS: 0x%04x ES: 0x%04x FS: 0x%04x GS: 0x%04x SS: 0x%04x", regs->__ds, regs->__es, regs->__fs, regs->__gs, regs->__ss);
logFn("EFLAGS: 0x%08lx", regs->__eflags);
}
}
// ============================================================
// platformRegisterSymOverrides
// ============================================================
//
// PlatformSymOverrideT has the same layout as dxe_symbol_table
// ({const char *name, void *ptr}), so we cast directly.
void platformRegisterSymOverrides(const PlatformSymOverrideT *entries) {
dlregsym((const dxe_symbol_table *)entries);
}
// ============================================================
// DXE3 export table
// ============================================================
@ -1952,8 +2051,8 @@ extern unsigned long long __udivdi3(unsigned long long, unsigned long long);
extern unsigned long long __udivmoddi4(unsigned long long, unsigned long long, unsigned long long *);
extern unsigned long long __umoddi3(unsigned long long, unsigned long long);
// DJGPP runtime internals
extern void *__djgpp_exception_state_ptr;
// DJGPP runtime internals (__djgpp_exception_state_ptr comes from
// <sys/exceptn.h> included above, with proper jmp_buf* typing)
extern void __dj_assert(const char *, const char *, int);
extern unsigned short __dj_ctype_flags[];
extern unsigned char __dj_ctype_tolower[];
@ -1961,6 +2060,22 @@ extern unsigned char __dj_ctype_tolower[];
// GCC emulated thread-local storage
extern void *__emutls_get_address(void *);
// stb_ds internals (implementation compiled into dvx.exe via loaderMain.c)
extern void *stbds_arrgrowf(void *a, size_t elemsize, size_t addlen, size_t min_cap);
extern void stbds_arrfreef(void *a);
extern void stbds_hmfree_func(void *a, size_t elemsize);
extern void *stbds_hmget_key(void *a, size_t elemsize, void *key, size_t keysize, int mode);
extern void *stbds_hmget_key_ts(void *a, size_t elemsize, void *key, size_t keysize, ptrdiff_t *temp, int mode);
extern void *stbds_hmput_default(void *a, size_t elemsize);
extern void *stbds_hmput_key(void *a, size_t elemsize, void *key, size_t keysize, int mode);
extern void *stbds_hmdel_key(void *a, size_t elemsize, void *key, size_t keysize, size_t keyoffset, int mode);
extern void *stbds_shmode_func(size_t elemsize, int mode);
extern size_t stbds_hash_string(char *str, size_t seed);
extern size_t stbds_hash_bytes(void *p, size_t len, size_t seed);
extern void stbds_rand_seed(size_t seed);
extern char *stbds_stralloc(void *a, char *str);
extern void stbds_strreset(void *a);
DXE_EXPORT_TABLE(sDxeExportTable)
// --- platform ---
@ -1970,9 +2085,11 @@ DXE_EXPORT_TABLE(sDxeExportTable)
DXE_EXPORT(platformGetMemoryInfo)
DXE_EXPORT(platformGetSystemInfo)
DXE_EXPORT(platformInit)
DXE_EXPORT(platformInstallCrashHandler)
DXE_EXPORT(platformKeyboardGetModifiers)
DXE_EXPORT(platformKeyboardRead)
DXE_EXPORT(platformLineEnding)
DXE_EXPORT(platformLogCrashDetail)
DXE_EXPORT(platformMkdirRecursive)
DXE_EXPORT(platformMouseInit)
DXE_EXPORT(platformMousePoll)
@ -1982,6 +2099,7 @@ DXE_EXPORT_TABLE(sDxeExportTable)
DXE_EXPORT(platformMouseWheelPoll)
DXE_EXPORT(platformPathDirEnd)
DXE_EXPORT(platformRegisterDxeExports)
DXE_EXPORT(platformRegisterSymOverrides)
DXE_EXPORT(platformSpanCopy8)
DXE_EXPORT(platformSpanCopy16)
DXE_EXPORT(platformSpanCopy32)
@ -2187,6 +2305,22 @@ DXE_EXPORT_TABLE(sDxeExportTable)
DXE_EXPORT(dlerror)
DXE_EXPORT(dlregsym)
// --- stb_ds (implementation lives in dvx.exe) ---
DXE_EXPORT(stbds_arrgrowf)
DXE_EXPORT(stbds_arrfreef)
DXE_EXPORT(stbds_hmfree_func)
DXE_EXPORT(stbds_hmget_key)
DXE_EXPORT(stbds_hmget_key_ts)
DXE_EXPORT(stbds_hmput_default)
DXE_EXPORT(stbds_hmput_key)
DXE_EXPORT(stbds_hmdel_key)
DXE_EXPORT(stbds_shmode_func)
DXE_EXPORT(stbds_hash_string)
DXE_EXPORT(stbds_hash_bytes)
DXE_EXPORT(stbds_rand_seed)
DXE_EXPORT(stbds_stralloc)
DXE_EXPORT(stbds_strreset)
DXE_EXPORT_END

0
tasks/thirdparty/stb_ds.h → core/thirdparty/stb_ds.h vendored
View file

101
core/widgetClass.c
View file

@ -1,49 +1,86 @@
// widgetClass.c -- Widget class table and dynamic registration
#define DVX_WIDGET_IMPL
// widgetClass.c -- Widget class table, API registry, and dynamic registration
//
// The widgetClassTable[] is the central dispatch table for the widget
// system. All entries start NULL and are filled at runtime by widget
// DXE registration functions (wgtBoxRegister, wgtButtonRegister, etc.).
// The loader loads each widget DXE and calls its register function
// before starting the shell.
// widgetClassTable is a stb_ds dynamic array. Widget DXEs call
// wgtRegisterClass() during wgtRegister() to append their class
// definition and receive a runtime type ID. No widget types are
// known at compile time.
//
// This file contains only the table and the dynamic registration API.
// All class definitions live in their respective widget .c files.
// The API registry uses an stb_ds string hashmap for O(1) lookup.
// Each widget DXE calls wgtRegisterApi("name", &sApi) during
// wgtRegister(). App/core code calls wgtGetApi("name") to get
// the API pointer, then casts and calls through it.
#include "widgetInternal.h"
#include "dvxWidgetPlugin.h"
#include "stb_ds.h"
// ============================================================
// Class table -- indexed by WidgetTypeE
// ============================================================
//
// Every entry is NULL until the corresponding widget DXE calls its
// registration function (e.g. wgtBoxRegister sets VBox/HBox/Frame).
// Sized WGT_MAX_TYPES to accommodate both built-in widget types
// (0..WGT_TYPE_BUILTIN_COUNT-1) and dynamically registered types
// (WGT_TYPE_DYNAMIC_BASE..WGT_MAX_TYPES-1).
#include <string.h>
const WidgetClassT *widgetClassTable[WGT_MAX_TYPES];
// stb_ds dynamic array of class pointers. Grows on each
// wgtRegisterClass() call. Index = type ID.
const WidgetClassT **widgetClassTable = NULL;
// stb_ds string hashmap: key = widget name, value = API pointer
typedef struct {
char *key; // stb_ds string key (heap-allocated by shput)
const void *value;
} ApiMapEntryT;
static ApiMapEntryT *sApiMap = NULL;
// ============================================================
// wgtRegisterClass -- register a dynamic widget type at runtime
// wgtGetApi
// ============================================================
//
// External DXE plugins call this to add new widget types without
// modifying the core library. Returns the assigned type ID
// (>= WGT_TYPE_DYNAMIC_BASE) so the caller can use it with
// widgetAlloc(). Returns -1 if the table is full.
// Look up a widget API by name. O(1) via stb_ds string hashmap.
// Returns NULL if the widget is not loaded. Callers should still
// cache the result in a static local to skip even the hash.
const void *wgtGetApi(const char *name) {
if (!name) {
return NULL;
}
int32_t idx = shgeti(sApiMap, name);
if (idx < 0) {
return NULL;
}
return sApiMap[idx].value;
}
// ============================================================
// wgtRegisterApi
// ============================================================
//
// Register a widget's public API struct under a name. Called by
// each widget DXE during wgtRegister().
void wgtRegisterApi(const char *name, const void *api) {
if (!name || !api) {
return;
}
shput(sApiMap, name, api);
}
// ============================================================
// wgtRegisterClass
// ============================================================
//
// Appends a class to the table and returns the assigned type ID.
// The ID is simply the array index.
int32_t wgtRegisterClass(const WidgetClassT *wclass) {
if (!wclass) {
return -1;
}
for (int32_t i = WGT_TYPE_DYNAMIC_BASE; i < WGT_MAX_TYPES; i++) {
if (!widgetClassTable[i]) {
widgetClassTable[i] = wclass;
return i;
}
}
return -1;
int32_t id = arrlen(widgetClassTable);
arrput(widgetClassTable, wclass);
return id;
}

1338
core/widgetCore.c
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

553
core/widgetEvent.c
View file

@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
#define DVX_WIDGET_IMPL
// widgetEvent.c -- Window event handlers for widget system
//
// This file routes window-level events (mouse, keyboard, paint, resize,
@ -17,7 +18,7 @@
// still adjusts the value, because sDragSlider captures the event
// before hit testing runs.
#include "widgetInternal.h"
#include "dvxWidgetPlugin.h"
// Widget whose popup was just closed by click-outside -- prevents
// immediate re-open on the same click. Without this, clicking the
@ -206,10 +207,8 @@ void widgetOnMouse(WindowT *win, int32_t x, int32_t y, int32_t buttons) {
// Close popups from other windows
if (sOpenPopup && sOpenPopup->window != win) {
if (sOpenPopup->type == WidgetDropdownE) {
sOpenPopup->as.dropdown.open = false;
} else if (sOpenPopup->type == WidgetComboBoxE) {
sOpenPopup->as.comboBox.open = false;
if (sOpenPopup->wclass && sOpenPopup->wclass->closePopup) {
sOpenPopup->wclass->closePopup(sOpenPopup);
}
sOpenPopup = NULL;
@ -225,13 +224,13 @@ void widgetOnMouse(WindowT *win, int32_t x, int32_t y, int32_t buttons) {
if (sDragTextSelect && (buttons & MOUSE_LEFT)) {
widgetTextDragUpdate(sDragTextSelect, root, x, y);
if (sDragTextSelect->type == WidgetAnsiTermE) {
// Fast path: repaint only dirty terminal rows into the
// content buffer, then dirty just that screen stripe.
if (sDragTextSelect->wclass && sDragTextSelect->wclass->quickRepaint) {
// Fast path: repaint only dirty rows into the content
// buffer, then dirty just that screen stripe.
int32_t dirtyY = 0;
int32_t dirtyH = 0;
if (wgtAnsiTermRepaint(sDragTextSelect, &dirtyY, &dirtyH) > 0) {
if (sDragTextSelect->wclass->quickRepaint(sDragTextSelect, &dirtyY, &dirtyH) > 0) {
AppContextT *ctx = (AppContextT *)root->userData;
int32_t scrollY2 = win->vScroll ? win->vScroll->value : 0;
int32_t rectX = win->x + win->contentX;
@ -249,8 +248,6 @@ void widgetOnMouse(WindowT *win, int32_t x, int32_t y, int32_t buttons) {
// Handle canvas drawing release
if (sDrawingCanvas && !(buttons & MOUSE_LEFT)) {
sDrawingCanvas->as.canvas.lastX = -1;
sDrawingCanvas->as.canvas.lastY = -1;
sDrawingCanvas = NULL;
wgtInvalidatePaint(root);
return;
@ -274,38 +271,9 @@ void widgetOnMouse(WindowT *win, int32_t x, int32_t y, int32_t buttons) {
// Handle slider drag (mouse move while pressed)
if (sDragSlider && (buttons & MOUSE_LEFT)) {
int32_t range = sDragSlider->as.slider.maxValue - sDragSlider->as.slider.minValue;
if (range > 0) {
int32_t newVal;
if (sDragSlider->as.slider.vertical) {
int32_t thumbRange = sDragSlider->h - SLIDER_THUMB_W;
int32_t relY = y - sDragSlider->y - sDragOffset;
newVal = sDragSlider->as.slider.minValue + (relY * range) / thumbRange;
} else {
int32_t thumbRange = sDragSlider->w - SLIDER_THUMB_W;
int32_t relX = x - sDragSlider->x - sDragOffset;
newVal = sDragSlider->as.slider.minValue + (relX * range) / thumbRange;
}
if (newVal < sDragSlider->as.slider.minValue) {
newVal = sDragSlider->as.slider.minValue;
}
if (newVal > sDragSlider->as.slider.maxValue) {
newVal = sDragSlider->as.slider.maxValue;
}
if (newVal != sDragSlider->as.slider.value) {
sDragSlider->as.slider.value = newVal;
if (sDragSlider->onChange) {
sDragSlider->onChange(sDragSlider);
}
wgtInvalidatePaint(root);
}
if (sDragSlider->wclass && sDragSlider->wclass->scrollDragUpdate) {
sDragSlider->wclass->scrollDragUpdate(sDragSlider, 0, sDragOffset, x, y);
wgtInvalidatePaint(root);
}
return;
@ -314,44 +282,13 @@ void widgetOnMouse(WindowT *win, int32_t x, int32_t y, int32_t buttons) {
// Handle ListView column resize release
if (sResizeListView && !(buttons & MOUSE_LEFT)) {
sResizeListView = NULL;
sResizeCol = -1;
sResizeDragging = false;
return;
}
// Handle ListView column resize drag. The drag is deferred: on the
// initial click sResizeDragging is false and no resize happens until
// the mouse actually moves from the click point. This allows double-
// click auto-size to work (the first click sets sResizeListView but
// doesn't start dragging; the release clears it; the second click
// reaches widgetListViewOnMouse where multiClickDetect returns 2).
// Handle ListView column resize drag via vtable
if (sResizeListView && (buttons & MOUSE_LEFT)) {
if (!sResizeDragging) {
if (x == sResizeStartX) {
return;
}
sResizeDragging = true;
}
int32_t delta = x - sResizeStartX;
int32_t newW = sResizeOrigW + delta;
if (newW < LISTVIEW_MIN_COL_W) {
newW = LISTVIEW_MIN_COL_W;
}
if (newW != sResizeListView->as.listView->resolvedColW[sResizeCol]) {
sResizeListView->as.listView->resolvedColW[sResizeCol] = newW;
// Recalculate totalColW
int32_t total = 0;
for (int32_t c = 0; c < sResizeListView->as.listView->colCount; c++) {
total += sResizeListView->as.listView->resolvedColW[c];
}
sResizeListView->as.listView->totalColW = total;
if (sResizeListView->wclass && sResizeListView->wclass->scrollDragUpdate) {
sResizeListView->wclass->scrollDragUpdate(sResizeListView, -1, 0, x, y);
wgtInvalidatePaint(root);
}
@ -379,28 +316,10 @@ void widgetOnMouse(WindowT *win, int32_t x, int32_t y, int32_t buttons) {
return;
}
// Handle splitter drag
// Handle splitter drag via vtable
if (sDragSplitter && (buttons & MOUSE_LEFT)) {
int32_t pos;
if (sDragSplitter->as.splitter.vertical) {
pos = x - sDragSplitter->x - sDragSplitStart;
} else {
pos = y - sDragSplitter->y - sDragSplitStart;
}
if (sSplitterClampPosFn) {
sSplitterClampPosFn(sDragSplitter, &pos);
}
if (pos != sDragSplitter->as.splitter.dividerPos) {
sDragSplitter->as.splitter.dividerPos = pos;
if (sDragSplitter->onChange) {
sDragSplitter->onChange(sDragSplitter);
}
wgtInvalidate(sDragSplitter);
if (sDragSplitter->wclass && sDragSplitter->wclass->scrollDragUpdate) {
sDragSplitter->wclass->scrollDragUpdate(sDragSplitter, 0, sDragSplitStart, x, y);
}
return;
@ -417,9 +336,9 @@ void widgetOnMouse(WindowT *win, int32_t x, int32_t y, int32_t buttons) {
if (sDragScrollbar && (buttons & MOUSE_LEFT)) {
widgetScrollbarDragUpdate(sDragScrollbar, sDragScrollbarOrient, sDragScrollbarOff, x, y);
// ScrollPane needs full relayout because it positions children
// Scroll containers need full relayout because they position children
// at absolute coordinates incorporating the scroll offset.
if (sDragScrollbar->type == WidgetScrollPaneE) {
if (sDragScrollbar->wclass && (sDragScrollbar->wclass->flags & WCLASS_RELAYOUT_ON_SCROLL)) {
wgtInvalidate(sDragScrollbar);
} else {
wgtInvalidatePaint(root);
@ -430,10 +349,8 @@ void widgetOnMouse(WindowT *win, int32_t x, int32_t y, int32_t buttons) {
// Handle button press release
if (sPressedButton && !(buttons & MOUSE_LEFT)) {
if (sPressedButton->type == WidgetImageButtonE) {
sPressedButton->as.imageButton.pressed = false;
} else {
sPressedButton->as.button.pressed = false;
if (sPressedButton->wclass && sPressedButton->wclass->setPressed) {
sPressedButton->wclass->setPressed(sPressedButton, false);
}
// Fire onClick if released over the same button in the same window
@ -460,20 +377,11 @@ void widgetOnMouse(WindowT *win, int32_t x, int32_t y, int32_t buttons) {
y >= sPressedButton->y && y < sPressedButton->y + sPressedButton->h);
}
bool curPressed = (sPressedButton->type == WidgetImageButtonE)
? sPressedButton->as.imageButton.pressed
: sPressedButton->as.button.pressed;
if (curPressed != over) {
if (sPressedButton->type == WidgetImageButtonE) {
sPressedButton->as.imageButton.pressed = over;
} else {
sPressedButton->as.button.pressed = over;
}
wgtInvalidatePaint(sPressedButton);
if (sPressedButton->wclass && sPressedButton->wclass->setPressed) {
sPressedButton->wclass->setPressed(sPressedButton, over);
}
wgtInvalidatePaint(sPressedButton);
return;
}
@ -487,47 +395,17 @@ void widgetOnMouse(WindowT *win, int32_t x, int32_t y, int32_t buttons) {
int32_t popW;
int32_t popH;
widgetDropdownPopupRect(sOpenPopup, font, win->contentH, &popX, &popY, &popW, &popH);
if (!sOpenPopup->wclass || !sOpenPopup->wclass->getPopupRect) {
sOpenPopup = NULL;
return;
}
sOpenPopup->wclass->getPopupRect(sOpenPopup, font, win->contentH, &popX, &popY, &popW, &popH);
if (x >= popX && x < popX + popW && y >= popY && y < popY + popH) {
// Click on popup item
int32_t itemIdx = (y - popY - 2) / font->charHeight;
int32_t scrollP = 0;
if (sOpenPopup->type == WidgetDropdownE) {
scrollP = sOpenPopup->as.dropdown.scrollPos;
} else {
scrollP = sOpenPopup->as.comboBox.listScrollPos;
}
itemIdx += scrollP;
if (sOpenPopup->type == WidgetDropdownE) {
if (itemIdx >= 0 && itemIdx < sOpenPopup->as.dropdown.itemCount) {
sOpenPopup->as.dropdown.selectedIdx = itemIdx;
sOpenPopup->as.dropdown.open = false;
if (sOpenPopup->onChange) {
sOpenPopup->onChange(sOpenPopup);
}
}
} else if (sOpenPopup->type == WidgetComboBoxE) {
if (itemIdx >= 0 && itemIdx < sOpenPopup->as.comboBox.itemCount) {
sOpenPopup->as.comboBox.selectedIdx = itemIdx;
sOpenPopup->as.comboBox.open = false;
// Copy selected item text to buffer
const char *itemText = sOpenPopup->as.comboBox.items[itemIdx];
strncpy(sOpenPopup->as.comboBox.buf, itemText, sOpenPopup->as.comboBox.bufSize - 1);
sOpenPopup->as.comboBox.buf[sOpenPopup->as.comboBox.bufSize - 1] = '\0';
sOpenPopup->as.comboBox.len = (int32_t)strlen(sOpenPopup->as.comboBox.buf);
sOpenPopup->as.comboBox.cursorPos = sOpenPopup->as.comboBox.len;
sOpenPopup->as.comboBox.scrollOff = 0;
if (sOpenPopup->onChange) {
sOpenPopup->onChange(sOpenPopup);
}
}
// Click on popup item -- dispatch to widget's onMouse
if (sOpenPopup->wclass && sOpenPopup->wclass->onMouse) {
sOpenPopup->wclass->onMouse(sOpenPopup, root, x, y);
}
sOpenPopup = NULL;
@ -538,10 +416,8 @@ void widgetOnMouse(WindowT *win, int32_t x, int32_t y, int32_t buttons) {
// Click outside popup -- close it and remember which widget it was
sClosedPopup = sOpenPopup;
if (sOpenPopup->type == WidgetDropdownE) {
sOpenPopup->as.dropdown.open = false;
} else if (sOpenPopup->type == WidgetComboBoxE) {
sOpenPopup->as.comboBox.open = false;
if (sOpenPopup->wclass && sOpenPopup->wclass->closePopup) {
sOpenPopup->wclass->closePopup(sOpenPopup);
}
sOpenPopup = NULL;
@ -587,7 +463,7 @@ void widgetOnMouse(WindowT *win, int32_t x, int32_t y, int32_t buttons) {
// in the release handler above. They still get onDblClick here.
if (hit->enabled) {
int32_t clicks = multiClickDetect(vx, vy);
bool isBtn = (hit->type == WidgetButtonE || hit->type == WidgetImageButtonE);
bool isBtn = (hit->wclass && (hit->wclass->flags & WCLASS_PRESS_RELEASE));
if (clicks >= 2 && hit->onDblClick) {
hit->onDblClick(hit);
@ -755,223 +631,12 @@ void widgetOnScroll(WindowT *win, ScrollbarOrientE orient, int32_t value) {
// widgetReorderDrop -- finalize drag-reorder on mouse release
// ============================================================
//
// Completes a drag-reorder operation for ListBox, ListView, or TreeView.
// Moves the dragged item from its original position to the drop position
// by shifting intermediate elements. This is an in-place array rotation
// for ListBox/ListView (O(n) element moves) and a linked-list splice
// for TreeView.
//
// For ListBox and ListView, the item array, selection bits, and sort
// indices are all shifted together to maintain consistency. The selected
// index is updated to follow the moved item.
//
// For TreeView, the operation is a tree node re-parenting: unlink the
// dragged item from its old parent's child list, then insert it before
// or after the drop target in the target's parent's child list.
// Dispatches to the widget's reorderDrop vtable method, which handles
// the type-specific logic for completing the drag-reorder operation.
void widgetReorderDrop(WidgetT *w) {
if (w->type == WidgetListBoxE) {
int32_t drag = w->as.listBox.dragIdx;
int32_t drop = w->as.listBox.dropIdx;
w->as.listBox.dragIdx = -1;
w->as.listBox.dropIdx = -1;
if (drag < 0 || drop < 0 || drag == drop || drag == drop - 1) {
return;
}
// Move item at dragIdx to before dropIdx
const char *temp = w->as.listBox.items[drag];
uint8_t selBit = 0;
if (w->as.listBox.multiSelect && w->as.listBox.selBits) {
selBit = w->as.listBox.selBits[drag];
}
if (drag < drop) {
for (int32_t i = drag; i < drop - 1; i++) {
w->as.listBox.items[i] = w->as.listBox.items[i + 1];
if (w->as.listBox.selBits) {
w->as.listBox.selBits[i] = w->as.listBox.selBits[i + 1];
}
}
w->as.listBox.items[drop - 1] = temp;
if (w->as.listBox.selBits) {
w->as.listBox.selBits[drop - 1] = selBit;
}
w->as.listBox.selectedIdx = drop - 1;
} else {
for (int32_t i = drag; i > drop; i--) {
w->as.listBox.items[i] = w->as.listBox.items[i - 1];
if (w->as.listBox.selBits) {
w->as.listBox.selBits[i] = w->as.listBox.selBits[i - 1];
}
}
w->as.listBox.items[drop] = temp;
if (w->as.listBox.selBits) {
w->as.listBox.selBits[drop] = selBit;
}
w->as.listBox.selectedIdx = drop;
}
if (w->onChange) {
w->onChange(w);
}
} else if (w->type == WidgetListViewE) {
int32_t drag = w->as.listView->dragIdx;
int32_t drop = w->as.listView->dropIdx;
int32_t colCnt = w->as.listView->colCount;
w->as.listView->dragIdx = -1;
w->as.listView->dropIdx = -1;
if (drag < 0 || drop < 0 || drag == drop || drag == drop - 1) {
return;
}
// Move row at dragIdx to before dropIdx
const char *temp[LISTVIEW_MAX_COLS];
for (int32_t c = 0; c < colCnt; c++) {
temp[c] = w->as.listView->cellData[drag * colCnt + c];
}
uint8_t selBit = 0;
if (w->as.listView->multiSelect && w->as.listView->selBits) {
selBit = w->as.listView->selBits[drag];
}
int32_t sortVal = 0;
if (w->as.listView->sortIndex) {
sortVal = w->as.listView->sortIndex[drag];
}
if (drag < drop) {
for (int32_t i = drag; i < drop - 1; i++) {
for (int32_t c = 0; c < colCnt; c++) {
w->as.listView->cellData[i * colCnt + c] = w->as.listView->cellData[(i + 1) * colCnt + c];
}
if (w->as.listView->selBits) {
w->as.listView->selBits[i] = w->as.listView->selBits[i + 1];
}
if (w->as.listView->sortIndex) {
w->as.listView->sortIndex[i] = w->as.listView->sortIndex[i + 1];
}
}
int32_t dest = drop - 1;
for (int32_t c = 0; c < colCnt; c++) {
w->as.listView->cellData[dest * colCnt + c] = temp[c];
}
if (w->as.listView->selBits) {
w->as.listView->selBits[dest] = selBit;
}
if (w->as.listView->sortIndex) {
w->as.listView->sortIndex[dest] = sortVal;
}
w->as.listView->selectedIdx = dest;
} else {
for (int32_t i = drag; i > drop; i--) {
for (int32_t c = 0; c < colCnt; c++) {
w->as.listView->cellData[i * colCnt + c] = w->as.listView->cellData[(i - 1) * colCnt + c];
}
if (w->as.listView->selBits) {
w->as.listView->selBits[i] = w->as.listView->selBits[i - 1];
}
if (w->as.listView->sortIndex) {
w->as.listView->sortIndex[i] = w->as.listView->sortIndex[i - 1];
}
}
for (int32_t c = 0; c < colCnt; c++) {
w->as.listView->cellData[drop * colCnt + c] = temp[c];
}
if (w->as.listView->selBits) {
w->as.listView->selBits[drop] = selBit;
}
if (w->as.listView->sortIndex) {
w->as.listView->sortIndex[drop] = sortVal;
}
w->as.listView->selectedIdx = drop;
}
if (w->onChange) {
w->onChange(w);
}
} else if (w->type == WidgetTreeViewE) {
WidgetT *drag = w->as.treeView.dragItem;
WidgetT *target = w->as.treeView.dropTarget;
bool after = w->as.treeView.dropAfter;
w->as.treeView.dragItem = NULL;
w->as.treeView.dropTarget = NULL;
if (!drag || !target || drag == target) {
return;
}
w->as.treeView.dimsValid = false;
// Unlink drag from its current parent
WidgetT *oldParent = drag->parent;
if (oldParent->firstChild == drag) {
oldParent->firstChild = drag->nextSibling;
} else {
for (WidgetT *c = oldParent->firstChild; c; c = c->nextSibling) {
if (c->nextSibling == drag) {
c->nextSibling = drag->nextSibling;
break;
}
}
}
drag->nextSibling = NULL;
// Insert drag before or after target (same parent level)
WidgetT *newParent = target->parent;
drag->parent = newParent;
if (after) {
drag->nextSibling = target->nextSibling;
target->nextSibling = drag;
} else {
if (newParent->firstChild == target) {
drag->nextSibling = target;
newParent->firstChild = drag;
} else {
for (WidgetT *c = newParent->firstChild; c; c = c->nextSibling) {
if (c->nextSibling == target) {
c->nextSibling = drag;
drag->nextSibling = target;
break;
}
}
}
}
if (w->onChange) {
w->onChange(w);
}
if (w->wclass && w->wclass->reorderDrop) {
w->wclass->reorderDrop(w);
}
}
@ -980,141 +645,11 @@ void widgetReorderDrop(WidgetT *w) {
// widgetReorderUpdate -- update drop position during drag
// ============================================================
//
// Tracks the mouse during a drag-reorder, updating the drop indicator
// position and auto-scrolling when the mouse is near the widget's edges.
//
// The drop position is computed from the mouse Y relative to item
// boundaries: if the mouse is in the top half of an item, the drop
// indicator goes before that item; if in the bottom half, it goes
// after. This gives intuitive "insert between items" behavior.
//
// Auto-scrolling happens when the mouse is within one row-height of
// the top or bottom edge, allowing the user to drag items to positions
// not currently visible.
// Dispatches to the widget's reorderUpdate vtable method, which handles
// type-specific drop indicator positioning and auto-scrolling.
void widgetReorderUpdate(WidgetT *w, WidgetT *root, int32_t x, int32_t y) {
(void)x;
AppContextT *ctx = (AppContextT *)root->userData;
const BitmapFontT *font = &ctx->font;
if (w->type == WidgetListBoxE) {
int32_t innerY = w->y + LISTBOX_BORDER;
int32_t innerH = w->h - LISTBOX_BORDER * 2;
int32_t visibleRows = innerH / font->charHeight;
int32_t maxScroll = w->as.listBox.itemCount - visibleRows;
if (maxScroll < 0) {
maxScroll = 0;
}
// Auto-scroll when dragging near edges
if (y < innerY + font->charHeight && w->as.listBox.scrollPos > 0) {
w->as.listBox.scrollPos--;
} else if (y > innerY + innerH - font->charHeight && w->as.listBox.scrollPos < maxScroll) {
w->as.listBox.scrollPos++;
}
int32_t relY = y - innerY;
int32_t row = w->as.listBox.scrollPos + relY / font->charHeight;
int32_t halfRow = (relY % font->charHeight) >= font->charHeight / 2 ? 1 : 0;
int32_t drop = row + halfRow;
if (drop < 0) {
drop = 0;
}
if (drop > w->as.listBox.itemCount) {
drop = w->as.listBox.itemCount;
}
w->as.listBox.dropIdx = drop;
} else if (w->type == WidgetListViewE) {
int32_t headerH = font->charHeight + 4;
int32_t innerY = w->y + LISTVIEW_BORDER + headerH;
int32_t innerH = w->h - LISTVIEW_BORDER * 2 - headerH;
int32_t visibleRows = innerH / font->charHeight;
int32_t maxScroll = w->as.listView->rowCount - visibleRows;
if (maxScroll < 0) {
maxScroll = 0;
}
// Auto-scroll when dragging near edges
if (y < innerY + font->charHeight && w->as.listView->scrollPos > 0) {
w->as.listView->scrollPos--;
} else if (y > innerY + innerH - font->charHeight && w->as.listView->scrollPos < maxScroll) {
w->as.listView->scrollPos++;
}
int32_t relY = y - innerY;
int32_t row = w->as.listView->scrollPos + relY / font->charHeight;
int32_t halfRow = (relY % font->charHeight) >= font->charHeight / 2 ? 1 : 0;
int32_t drop = row + halfRow;
if (drop < 0) {
drop = 0;
}
if (drop > w->as.listView->rowCount) {
drop = w->as.listView->rowCount;
}
w->as.listView->dropIdx = drop;
} else if (w->type == WidgetTreeViewE) {
int32_t innerY = w->y + TREE_BORDER;
int32_t innerH = w->h - TREE_BORDER * 2;
// Auto-scroll when dragging near edges (pixel-based scroll)
if (y < innerY + font->charHeight && w->as.treeView.scrollPos > 0) {
w->as.treeView.scrollPos -= font->charHeight;
if (w->as.treeView.scrollPos < 0) {
w->as.treeView.scrollPos = 0;
}
} else if (y > innerY + innerH - font->charHeight) {
w->as.treeView.scrollPos += font->charHeight;
// Paint will clamp to actual max
}
// Find which visible item the mouse is over
int32_t curY = w->y + TREE_BORDER - w->as.treeView.scrollPos;
// Walk visible items to find drop target
WidgetT *first = NULL;
for (WidgetT *c = w->firstChild; c; c = c->nextSibling) {
if (c->type == WidgetTreeItemE && c->visible) {
first = c;
break;
}
}
WidgetT *target = NULL;
bool after = false;
for (WidgetT *v = first; v; v = sTreeViewNextVisibleFn ? sTreeViewNextVisibleFn(v, w) : NULL) {
int32_t itemBot = curY + font->charHeight;
int32_t mid = curY + font->charHeight / 2;
if (y < mid) {
target = v;
after = false;
break;
}
curY = itemBot;
// Check if mouse is between this item and next
WidgetT *next = sTreeViewNextVisibleFn ? sTreeViewNextVisibleFn(v, w) : NULL;
if (!next || y < itemBot) {
target = v;
after = true;
break;
}
}
w->as.treeView.dropTarget = target;
w->as.treeView.dropAfter = after;
if (w->wclass && w->wclass->reorderUpdate) {
w->wclass->reorderUpdate(w, root, x, y);
}
}

494
core/widgetInternal.h
View file

@ -1,494 +0,0 @@
// widgetInternal.h -- Shared internal header for widget implementation files
//
// This header is included only by widget implementation .c files (in the
// widgets/ directory), never by application code. It exposes the vtable
// system, shared module-level state, and internal helper functions that
// widget implementations need but the public API should not expose.
//
// The widget system is split across multiple .c files by concern:
// widgetCore.c -- allocation, tree ops, focus management, shared helpers
// widgetLayout.c -- measure + layout algorithms for box containers
// widgetEvent.c -- mouse/keyboard dispatch, scrollbar management
// widgetOps.c -- paint dispatch, overlay rendering
// widget*.c -- per-type paint, event, and layout implementations
#ifndef WIDGET_INTERNAL_H
#define WIDGET_INTERNAL_H
#include "dvxWidget.h"
#include "dvxApp.h"
#include "dvxDraw.h"
#include "dvxWm.h"
#include "dvxVideo.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdio.h>
// ============================================================
// Widget class table
// ============================================================
//
// WidgetClassT and WCLASS_* flags are now in dvxWidget.h (public API)
// so that DXE plugins can register new widget types.
//
// Global vtable array -- sized WGT_MAX_TYPES. Built-in entries
// (0..WGT_TYPE_BUILTIN_COUNT-1) are initialized at startup. Dynamic
// entries (WGT_TYPE_DYNAMIC_BASE..WGT_MAX_TYPES-1) are filled by
// wgtRegisterClass(). Defined in widgetClass.c.
extern const WidgetClassT *widgetClassTable[WGT_MAX_TYPES];
// ============================================================
// Validation macros
// ============================================================
//
// Defensive type-checking at the top of public widget API functions.
// Since WidgetT is a tagged union, calling a ListBox function with a
// Button widget would access the wrong union member and corrupt state.
// These macros provide a consistent early-return guard pattern.
#define VALIDATE_WIDGET(w, wtype, retval) \
do { if (!(w) || (w)->type != (wtype)) { return (retval); } } while (0)
#define VALIDATE_WIDGET_VOID(w, wtype) \
do { if (!(w) || (w)->type != (wtype)) { return; } } while (0)
// ============================================================
// Constants
// ============================================================
// Modifier flags (BIOS INT 16h shift state bits). Duplicated from
// dvxTypes.h ACCEL_xxx constants because widget code references them
// frequently and the KEY_MOD_ prefix reads better in event handlers.
#define KEY_MOD_SHIFT 0x03
#define KEY_MOD_CTRL 0x04
#define KEY_MOD_ALT 0x08
// Layout and geometry constants. These define the visual metrics of
// each widget type and are tuned for readability at 640x480 with 8px
// wide fonts. Changing these affects every instance of the widget type.
#define DEFAULT_SPACING 4
#define DEFAULT_PADDING 4
#define SEPARATOR_THICKNESS 2
#define BUTTON_PAD_H 8
#define BUTTON_PAD_V 4
#define BUTTON_FOCUS_INSET 3 // focus rect inset from button edge
#define BUTTON_PRESS_OFFSET 1 // text/focus shift when button is pressed
#define CHECKBOX_BOX_SIZE 12
#define CHECKBOX_GAP 4
#define FRAME_BEVEL_BORDER 2
#define FRAME_FLAT_BORDER 1
#define TEXT_INPUT_PAD 3
#define DROPDOWN_BTN_WIDTH 16
#define DROPDOWN_MAX_VISIBLE 8
#define SLIDER_TRACK_H 4
#define SLIDER_THUMB_W 11
#define TAB_PAD_H 8
#define TAB_PAD_V 4
#define TAB_BORDER 2
#define LISTBOX_BORDER 2
#define LISTVIEW_BORDER 2
#define LISTVIEW_MIN_COL_W 20 // minimum column width during resize
#define TREE_INDENT 16
#define TREE_EXPAND_SIZE 9
#define TREE_ICON_GAP 4
#define TREE_BORDER 2
// WGT_SB_W is the widget-internal scrollbar width (slightly narrower than
// the window-level SCROLLBAR_WIDTH) to fit within widget content areas.
#define WGT_SB_W 14
#define TREE_MIN_ROWS 4
#define SB_MIN_THUMB 14
#define SPLITTER_BAR_W 5
#define SPLITTER_MIN_PANE 20
#define TOOLBAR_PAD 2 // padding inside toolbar/statusbar
#define TOOLBAR_GAP 2 // gap between toolbar/statusbar children
// ============================================================
// Inline helpers
// ============================================================
static inline int32_t clampInt(int32_t val, int32_t lo, int32_t hi) {
if (val < lo) { return lo; }
if (val > hi) { return hi; }
return val;
}
// Classic Windows 3.1 embossed (etched) text for disabled widgets.
// The illusion works by drawing the text twice: first offset +1,+1 in
// the highlight color (creating a light "shadow" behind the text), then
// at the original position in the shadow color. The result is text that
// appears chiseled into the surface -- the universal visual indicator for
// "greyed out" in Motif and Windows 3.x era GUIs.
static inline void drawTextEmbossed(DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, int32_t x, int32_t y, const char *text, const ColorSchemeT *colors) {
drawText(d, ops, font, x + 1, y + 1, text, colors->windowHighlight, 0, false);
drawText(d, ops, font, x, y, text, colors->windowShadow, 0, false);
}
static inline void drawTextAccelEmbossed(DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, int32_t x, int32_t y, const char *text, const ColorSchemeT *colors) {
drawTextAccel(d, ops, font, x + 1, y + 1, text, colors->windowHighlight, 0, false);
drawTextAccel(d, ops, font, x, y, text, colors->windowShadow, 0, false);
}
// ============================================================
// Shared state (defined in widgetCore.c)
// ============================================================
//
// Module-level globals for tracking active interactive operations.
// Only one of these can be active at a time (e.g. you can't drag a
// slider and resize a listview column simultaneously). Using globals
// rather than per-widget state avoids bloating every widget with fields
// that are only relevant during a single drag operation. The tradeoff
// is that these are truly global -- but since the GUI is single-threaded
// and only one mouse can exist, this is safe.
extern bool sCursorBlinkOn; // text cursor blink phase (toggled by wgtUpdateCursorBlink)
extern clock_t sDblClickTicks; // double-click threshold (set from AppContextT.dblClickTicks)
extern bool sDebugLayout;
extern WidgetT *sClosedPopup; // popup that was just closed (prevents immediate reopen)
extern WidgetT *sFocusedWidget; // currently focused widget across all windows
extern WidgetT *sKeyPressedBtn; // button being held via keyboard (Space/Enter)
extern WidgetT *sOpenPopup; // dropdown/combobox with open popup list
extern WidgetT *sPressedButton; // button/imagebutton being held via mouse
extern WidgetT *sDragSlider; // slider being dragged
extern WidgetT *sDrawingCanvas; // canvas receiving drag events
extern WidgetT *sDragTextSelect; // text widget with active mouse selection drag
extern int32_t sDragOffset; // mouse offset within thumb/handle at drag start
extern WidgetT *sResizeListView; // listview whose column is being resized
extern int32_t sResizeCol; // which column is being resized
extern int32_t sResizeStartX; // mouse X at start of column resize
extern int32_t sResizeOrigW; // original column width at start of resize
extern bool sResizeDragging; // true once mouse has moved from click point
extern WidgetT *sDragSplitter; // splitter being dragged
extern int32_t sDragSplitStart; // mouse position at start of splitter drag
extern WidgetT *sDragReorder; // listbox/treeview item being drag-reordered
extern WidgetT *sDragScrollbar; // widget whose scrollbar thumb is being dragged
// Hook for cursor shape change over ListView column borders.
// Set by wgtListViewRegister(); NULL if ListView DXE not loaded.
extern bool (*sListViewColBorderHitFn)(const WidgetT *w, int32_t vx, int32_t vy);
// Hook for splitter divider clamping during drag.
// Set by wgtSplitterRegister(); NULL if Splitter DXE not loaded.
extern void (*sSplitterClampPosFn)(WidgetT *w, int32_t *pos);
// Hook for TreeView visible item iteration during drag-reorder.
// Set by wgtTreeViewRegister(); NULL if TreeView DXE not loaded.
extern WidgetT *(*sTreeViewNextVisibleFn)(WidgetT *item, WidgetT *treeView);
extern int32_t sDragScrollbarOff; // mouse offset within thumb at drag start
extern int32_t sDragScrollbarOrient; // 0=vertical, 1=horizontal
// ============================================================
// Core functions (widgetCore.c)
// ============================================================
// Tree manipulation
void widgetAddChild(WidgetT *parent, WidgetT *child);
void widgetRemoveChild(WidgetT *parent, WidgetT *child);
void widgetDestroyChildren(WidgetT *w);
// Allocate a new widget, set its type and vtable, and add it as a child.
WidgetT *widgetAlloc(WidgetT *parent, WidgetTypeE type);
// Focus management -- Tab/Shift-Tab navigation walks the tree in creation
// order, skipping non-focusable and hidden widgets.
void widgetClearFocus(WidgetT *root);
WidgetT *widgetFindNextFocusable(WidgetT *root, WidgetT *after);
WidgetT *widgetFindPrevFocusable(WidgetT *root, WidgetT *before);
// Alt+key accelerator lookup -- searches the tree for a widget whose
// accelKey matches, used for keyboard navigation of labeled controls.
WidgetT *widgetFindByAccel(WidgetT *root, char key);
// Utility queries
int32_t widgetCountVisibleChildren(const WidgetT *w);
int32_t widgetFrameBorderWidth(const WidgetT *w);
bool widgetIsFocusable(WidgetTypeE type);
bool widgetIsBoxContainer(WidgetTypeE type);
bool widgetIsHorizContainer(WidgetTypeE type);
// Hit testing -- find the deepest widget containing the point (x,y).
// Respects WCLASS_NO_HIT_RECURSE to stop at list/tree widgets.
WidgetT *widgetHitTest(WidgetT *w, int32_t x, int32_t y);
// Translate arrow/PgUp/PgDn/Home/End keys into list index changes.
// Shared by ListBox, ListView, Dropdown, and TreeView.
int32_t widgetNavigateIndex(int32_t key, int32_t current, int32_t count, int32_t pageSize);
// Compute popup position for a dropdown/combobox, clamped to screen bounds.
void widgetDropdownPopupRect(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font, int32_t contentH, int32_t *popX, int32_t *popY, int32_t *popW, int32_t *popH);
// Draw the small downward-pointing triangle glyph used by dropdown buttons.
void widgetDrawDropdownArrow(DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, int32_t centerX, int32_t centerY, uint32_t color);
// Compute the maximum strlen across an array of string items.
int32_t widgetMaxItemLen(const char **items, int32_t count);
// Paint a generic popup item list (used by dropdown, combobox, and popup menus).
void widgetPaintPopupList(DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors, int32_t popX, int32_t popY, int32_t popW, int32_t popH, const char **items, int32_t itemCount, int32_t hoverIdx, int32_t scrollPos);
// Compute scrollbar thumb position and size for a given track length,
// content size, visible size, and scroll position. Used by both widget-
// internal scrollbars and the window-level scrollbar drawing code.
void widgetScrollbarThumb(int32_t trackLen, int32_t totalSize, int32_t visibleSize, int32_t scrollPos, int32_t *thumbPos, int32_t *thumbSize);
// ============================================================
// Shared scrollbar functions (widgetScrollbar.c)
// ============================================================
//
// Widget-internal scrollbar rendering and hit testing, shared across
// ListBox, ListView, TreeView, TextArea, ScrollPane, and AnsiTerm.
// These operate on abstract track coordinates (position + length) so
// the same code handles both horizontal and vertical scrollbars.
typedef enum {
ScrollHitNoneE,
ScrollHitArrowDecE,
ScrollHitArrowIncE,
ScrollHitPageDecE,
ScrollHitPageIncE,
ScrollHitThumbE
} ScrollHitE;
void widgetDrawScrollbarH(DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const ColorSchemeT *colors, int32_t sbX, int32_t sbY, int32_t sbW, int32_t totalSize, int32_t visibleSize, int32_t scrollPos);
void widgetDrawScrollbarV(DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const ColorSchemeT *colors, int32_t sbX, int32_t sbY, int32_t sbH, int32_t totalSize, int32_t visibleSize, int32_t scrollPos);
void widgetScrollbarDragUpdate(WidgetT *w, int32_t orient, int32_t dragOff, int32_t mouseX, int32_t mouseY);
ScrollHitE widgetScrollbarHitTest(int32_t sbLen, int32_t relPos, int32_t totalSize, int32_t visibleSize, int32_t scrollPos);
// ============================================================
// Layout functions (widgetLayout.c)
// ============================================================
//
// The layout algorithm is a two-pass flexbox-like system:
//
// calcMinSize (bottom-up): each leaf widget reports its minimum size
// (e.g. button = text width + padding). Containers sum their children's
// minimums plus spacing along the main axis, and take the maximum of
// children's minimums on the cross axis.
//
// layout (top-down): starting from the available space (window content
// area), each container distributes space to children. Children that fit
// at their minimum get their minimum. Remaining space is distributed
// proportionally by weight to flexible children. This happens recursively
// down the tree.
void widgetCalcMinSizeBox(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font);
void widgetCalcMinSizeTree(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font);
void widgetLayoutBox(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font);
void widgetLayoutChildren(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font);
// ============================================================
// Event functions (widgetEvent.c)
// ============================================================
//
// These are the WindowT callback implementations installed by wgtInitWindow().
// They bridge the window manager's callback interface to the widget tree's
// event dispatch. Each one locates the appropriate widget (via hit-test for
// mouse events, or the focused widget for keyboard events) and calls the
// widget's vtable handler.
// Sync window-level scrollbar ranges to match the widget tree's overflow.
void widgetManageScrollbars(WindowT *win, AppContextT *ctx);
void widgetOnKey(WindowT *win, int32_t key, int32_t mod);
void widgetOnMouse(WindowT *win, int32_t x, int32_t y, int32_t buttons);
void widgetOnPaint(WindowT *win, RectT *dirtyArea);
void widgetOnResize(WindowT *win, int32_t newW, int32_t newH);
void widgetOnScroll(WindowT *win, ScrollbarOrientE orient, int32_t value);
// ============================================================
// Paint/ops functions (widgetOps.c)
// ============================================================
void widgetPaintOne(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors);
void widgetPaintOverlays(WidgetT *root, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors);
// ============================================================
// Per-widget paint functions
// ============================================================
void widgetAnsiTermPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors);
void widgetButtonPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors);
void widgetImageButtonPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors);
void widgetCanvasPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors);
void widgetCheckboxPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors);
void widgetComboBoxPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors);
void widgetComboBoxPaintPopup(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors);
void widgetDropdownPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors);
void widgetDropdownPaintPopup(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors);
void widgetFramePaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors);
void widgetImagePaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors);
void widgetLabelPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors);
void widgetListBoxPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors);
void widgetListViewPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors);
bool widgetListViewColBorderHit(const WidgetT *w, int32_t vx, int32_t vy);
void widgetProgressBarPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors);
void widgetRadioPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors);
void widgetSeparatorPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors);
void widgetScrollPanePaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors);
void widgetSplitterPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors);
void widgetSliderPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors);
void widgetSpinnerPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors);
void widgetStatusBarPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors);
void widgetTabControlPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors);
void widgetTextAreaPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors);
void widgetTextInputPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors);
void widgetToolbarPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors);
void widgetTreeViewPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors);
// ============================================================
// Per-widget calcMinSize functions
// ============================================================
void widgetAnsiTermCalcMinSize(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font);
void widgetButtonCalcMinSize(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font);
void widgetImageButtonCalcMinSize(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font);
void widgetCanvasCalcMinSize(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font);
void widgetCheckboxCalcMinSize(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font);
void widgetComboBoxCalcMinSize(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font);
void widgetDropdownCalcMinSize(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font);
void widgetImageCalcMinSize(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font);
void widgetLabelCalcMinSize(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font);
void widgetListBoxCalcMinSize(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font);
void widgetListViewCalcMinSize(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font);
void widgetProgressBarCalcMinSize(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font);
void widgetRadioCalcMinSize(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font);
void widgetSeparatorCalcMinSize(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font);
void widgetScrollPaneCalcMinSize(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font);
void widgetSplitterCalcMinSize(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font);
void widgetSliderCalcMinSize(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font);
void widgetSpinnerCalcMinSize(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font);
void widgetSpacerCalcMinSize(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font);
void widgetTabControlCalcMinSize(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font);
void widgetTextAreaCalcMinSize(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font);
void widgetTextInputCalcMinSize(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font);
void widgetTreeViewCalcMinSize(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font);
// ============================================================
// Per-widget layout functions (for special containers)
// ============================================================
void widgetScrollPaneLayout(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font);
void widgetSplitterLayout(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font);
void widgetTabControlLayout(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font);
void widgetTreeViewLayout(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font);
// ============================================================
// Per-widget getText/setText functions
// ============================================================
const char *widgetButtonGetText(const WidgetT *w);
void widgetButtonSetText(WidgetT *w, const char *text);
const char *widgetCheckboxGetText(const WidgetT *w);
void widgetCheckboxSetText(WidgetT *w, const char *text);
const char *widgetComboBoxGetText(const WidgetT *w);
void widgetComboBoxSetText(WidgetT *w, const char *text);
const char *widgetDropdownGetText(const WidgetT *w);
const char *widgetLabelGetText(const WidgetT *w);
void widgetLabelSetText(WidgetT *w, const char *text);
const char *widgetRadioGetText(const WidgetT *w);
void widgetRadioSetText(WidgetT *w, const char *text);
const char *widgetTextAreaGetText(const WidgetT *w);
void widgetTextAreaSetText(WidgetT *w, const char *text);
const char *widgetTextInputGetText(const WidgetT *w);
void widgetTextInputSetText(WidgetT *w, const char *text);
const char *widgetTreeItemGetText(const WidgetT *w);
void widgetTreeItemSetText(WidgetT *w, const char *text);
// ============================================================
// Per-widget destroy functions
// ============================================================
void widgetAnsiTermDestroy(WidgetT *w);
void widgetCanvasDestroy(WidgetT *w);
void widgetComboBoxDestroy(WidgetT *w);
void widgetImageButtonDestroy(WidgetT *w);
void widgetImageDestroy(WidgetT *w);
void widgetListBoxDestroy(WidgetT *w);
void widgetListViewDestroy(WidgetT *w);
void widgetTextAreaDestroy(WidgetT *w);
void widgetTextInputDestroy(WidgetT *w);
// ============================================================
// Per-widget mouse/key functions
// ============================================================
//
// Shared text editing helpers used by TextInput, TextArea, ComboBox, and
// Spinner. The widgetTextEditOnKey function implements the common subset
// of single-line text editing behavior (cursor movement, selection,
// copy/paste, undo) shared across all text-editing widgets, so changes
// to editing behavior only need to happen in one place.
// Clear text selections in all widgets except the given one (ensures only
// one text selection is active at a time across the entire GUI).
void clearOtherSelections(WidgetT *except);
void clipboardCopy(const char *text, int32_t len);
const char *clipboardGet(int32_t *outLen);
bool isWordChar(char c);
// Detect double/triple clicks based on timing and position proximity.
// Returns 1 for single, 2 for double, 3 for triple click.
int32_t multiClickDetect(int32_t vx, int32_t vy);
void widgetAnsiTermOnKey(WidgetT *w, int32_t key, int32_t mod);
void widgetAnsiTermOnMouse(WidgetT *w, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy);
void widgetButtonOnKey(WidgetT *w, int32_t key, int32_t mod);
void widgetButtonOnMouse(WidgetT *w, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy);
void widgetCanvasOnMouse(WidgetT *w, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy);
void widgetCheckboxOnKey(WidgetT *w, int32_t key, int32_t mod);
void widgetCheckboxOnMouse(WidgetT *w, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy);
void widgetComboBoxOnKey(WidgetT *w, int32_t key, int32_t mod);
void widgetComboBoxOnMouse(WidgetT *w, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy);
void widgetDropdownOnKey(WidgetT *w, int32_t key, int32_t mod);
void widgetDropdownOnMouse(WidgetT *w, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy);
void widgetImageButtonOnKey(WidgetT *w, int32_t key, int32_t mod);
void widgetImageButtonOnMouse(WidgetT *w, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy);
void widgetImageOnMouse(WidgetT *w, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy);
void widgetListBoxOnKey(WidgetT *w, int32_t key, int32_t mod);
void widgetListBoxOnMouse(WidgetT *w, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy);
void widgetListViewOnKey(WidgetT *w, int32_t key, int32_t mod);
void widgetListViewOnMouse(WidgetT *w, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy);
void widgetRadioOnKey(WidgetT *w, int32_t key, int32_t mod);
void widgetRadioOnMouse(WidgetT *w, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy);
void widgetScrollPaneOnKey(WidgetT *w, int32_t key, int32_t mod);
void widgetScrollPaneOnMouse(WidgetT *w, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy);
void widgetSplitterClampPos(WidgetT *w, int32_t *pos);
void widgetSplitterOnMouse(WidgetT *w, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy);
void widgetSliderOnKey(WidgetT *w, int32_t key, int32_t mod);
void widgetSliderOnMouse(WidgetT *w, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy);
void widgetSpinnerOnKey(WidgetT *w, int32_t key, int32_t mod);
void widgetSpinnerOnMouse(WidgetT *w, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy);
const char *widgetSpinnerGetText(const WidgetT *w);
void widgetSpinnerSetText(WidgetT *w, const char *text);
void widgetTabControlOnKey(WidgetT *w, int32_t key, int32_t mod);
void widgetTabControlOnMouse(WidgetT *w, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy);
void widgetTextAreaOnKey(WidgetT *w, int32_t key, int32_t mod);
void widgetTextAreaOnMouse(WidgetT *w, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy);
void widgetTextDragUpdate(WidgetT *w, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy);
// Shared single-line text editing logic. Takes pointers to all the edit
// state fields so the same code works for TextInput, ComboBox, and Spinner
// (which store these fields in different union members). This avoids
// duplicating the full editing logic (cursor movement, word selection,
// clipboard, undo) three times.
void widgetTextEditDragUpdateLine(int32_t vx, int32_t leftEdge, int32_t maxChars, const BitmapFontT *font, int32_t len, int32_t *pCursorPos, int32_t *pScrollOff, int32_t *pSelEnd);
void widgetTextEditMouseClick(WidgetT *w, int32_t vx, int32_t vy, int32_t textLeftX, const BitmapFontT *font, const char *buf, int32_t len, int32_t scrollOff, int32_t *pCursorPos, int32_t *pSelStart, int32_t *pSelEnd, bool wordSelect, bool dragSelect);
void widgetTextEditOnKey(WidgetT *w, int32_t key, int32_t mod, char *buf, int32_t bufSize, int32_t *pLen, int32_t *pCursor, int32_t *pScrollOff, int32_t *pSelStart, int32_t *pSelEnd, char *undoBuf, int32_t *pUndoLen, int32_t *pUndoCursor);
void widgetTextEditPaintLine(DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors, int32_t textX, int32_t textY, const char *buf, int32_t visLen, int32_t scrollOff, int32_t cursorPos, int32_t selStart, int32_t selEnd, uint32_t fg, uint32_t bg, bool showCursor, int32_t cursorMinX, int32_t cursorMaxX);
void widgetTextInputOnKey(WidgetT *w, int32_t key, int32_t mod);
void widgetTextInputOnMouse(WidgetT *w, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy);
int32_t wordEnd(const char *buf, int32_t len, int32_t pos);
int32_t wordStart(const char *buf, int32_t pos);
void widgetTreeViewOnKey(WidgetT *w, int32_t key, int32_t mod);
void widgetTreeViewOnMouse(WidgetT *w, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy);
// Timer internals
void widgetTimerCalcMinSize(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font);
void widgetTimerDestroy(WidgetT *w);
// Drag-reorder helpers -- generic drag-and-drop reordering shared by
// ListBox, ListView, and TreeView. The update function tracks the mouse
// position and computes the drop target, the drop function commits the
// reorder by relinking the item in the data structure.
void widgetReorderUpdate(WidgetT *w, WidgetT *root, int32_t x, int32_t y);
void widgetReorderDrop(WidgetT *w);
// Iterate to the next visible item in a tree view (skipping collapsed
// subtrees). Used for keyboard navigation and rendering.
WidgetT *widgetTreeViewNextVisible(WidgetT *item, WidgetT *treeView);
#endif // WIDGET_INTERNAL_H

38
core/widgetLayout.c
View file

@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
#define DVX_WIDGET_IMPL
// widgetLayout.c -- Layout engine (measure + arrange)
//
// Implements a two-pass layout algorithm inspired by CSS flexbox:
@ -26,7 +27,7 @@
// unit types into a single int32_t without needing a separate struct.
// The wgtResolveSize() function decodes the tag and converts to pixels.
#include "widgetInternal.h"
#include "dvxWidgetPlugin.h"
// ============================================================
@ -58,21 +59,12 @@ void widgetCalcMinSizeBox(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font) {
gap = DEFAULT_SPACING;
}
// Frame reserves extra vertical space at the top so the frame title
// text can sit centered on the top border line (like Windows group boxes).
// Without this, the first child would overlap the title.
// Widgets with getLayoutMetrics override default padding/gap/extraTop
int32_t frameExtraTop = 0;
if (w->type == WidgetFrameE) {
frameExtraTop = font->charHeight / 2;
pad = DEFAULT_PADDING;
}
// Toolbar and StatusBar use minimal padding to pack controls tightly,
// matching the compact feel of classic Windows/Motif toolbars.
if (w->type == WidgetToolbarE || w->type == WidgetStatusBarE) {
pad = TOOLBAR_PAD;
gap = TOOLBAR_GAP;
if (w->wclass && w->wclass->getLayoutMetrics) {
int32_t metricBorderW = 0;
w->wclass->getLayoutMetrics(w, font, &pad, &gap, &frameExtraTop, &metricBorderW);
}
for (WidgetT *c = w->firstChild; c; c = c->nextSibling) {
@ -110,8 +102,8 @@ void widgetCalcMinSizeBox(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font) {
w->calcMinH = mainSize + frameExtraTop;
}
// Frame border
if (w->type == WidgetFrameE) {
// Border (Frame and similar containers with getLayoutMetrics)
if (w->wclass && w->wclass->getLayoutMetrics) {
int32_t fb = widgetFrameBorderWidth(w);
w->calcMinW += fb * 2;
w->calcMinH += fb * 2;
@ -205,20 +197,12 @@ void widgetLayoutBox(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font) {
gap = DEFAULT_SPACING;
}
// Frame adjustments
// Widgets with getLayoutMetrics override default padding/gap/extraTop/border
int32_t frameExtraTop = 0;
int32_t fb = 0;
if (w->type == WidgetFrameE) {
frameExtraTop = font->charHeight / 2;
fb = widgetFrameBorderWidth(w);
pad = DEFAULT_PADDING;
}
// Toolbar and StatusBar use tighter padding
if (w->type == WidgetToolbarE || w->type == WidgetStatusBarE) {
pad = TOOLBAR_PAD;
gap = TOOLBAR_GAP;
if (w->wclass && w->wclass->getLayoutMetrics) {
w->wclass->getLayoutMetrics(w, font, &pad, &gap, &frameExtraTop, &fb);
}
int32_t innerX = w->x + pad + fb;

71
core/widgetOps.c
View file

@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
#define DVX_WIDGET_IMPL
// widgetOps.c -- Paint dispatcher and public widget operations
//
// This file contains two categories of functions:
@ -10,7 +11,8 @@
// because they share the same invalidation infrastructure (wgtInvalidate
// and wgtInvalidatePaint).
#include "widgetInternal.h"
#include "dvxWidgetPlugin.h"
#include "../widgets/widgetBox.h"
// ============================================================
@ -153,11 +155,11 @@ void wgtDestroy(WidgetT *w) {
return;
}
// Invalidate tree dimension cache if destroying a tree item
if (w->type == WidgetTreeItemE && w->parent) {
// Notify parent chain of child destruction via onChildChanged vtable
if (w->parent) {
for (WidgetT *p = w->parent; p; p = p->parent) {
if (p->type == WidgetTreeViewE) {
p->as.treeView.dimsValid = false;
if (p->wclass && p->wclass->onChildChanged) {
p->wclass->onChildChanged(p, w);
break;
}
}
@ -200,43 +202,16 @@ void wgtDestroy(WidgetT *w) {
// ============================================================
// widgetHashName -- djb2 hash for widget name lookup
// wgtFind
// ============================================================
//
// The djb2 hash function (Dan Bernstein) is used for fast name-based
// widget lookup. The hash is stored in each widget's nameHash field
// so that wgtFind() can reject non-matches without calling strcmp()
// on every node. In a tree of 100 widgets, this typically reduces
// the search from 100 strcmp calls to 1-2.
static uint32_t widgetHashName(const char *s) {
uint32_t h = 5381;
while (*s) {
h = ((h << 5) + h) + (uint8_t)*s;
s++;
static WidgetT *wgtFindImpl(WidgetT *w, const char *name) {
if (w->name[0] && strcmp(w->name, name) == 0) {
return w;
}
return h;
}
// ============================================================
// wgtFindByHash -- recursive search with hash fast-reject
// ============================================================
//
// Depth-first search by name with hash pre-screening. The hash
// comparison (integer ==) is much cheaper than strcmp and eliminates
// most non-matches. A full strcmp is only done when hashes match,
// which should be the target widget or a rare collision.
static WidgetT *wgtFindByHash(WidgetT *root, const char *name, uint32_t hash) {
if (root->nameHash == hash && root->name[0] && strcmp(root->name, name) == 0) {
return root;
}
for (WidgetT *c = root->firstChild; c; c = c->nextSibling) {
WidgetT *found = wgtFindByHash(c, name, hash);
for (WidgetT *c = w->firstChild; c; c = c->nextSibling) {
WidgetT *found = wgtFindImpl(c, name);
if (found) {
return found;
@ -246,19 +221,12 @@ static WidgetT *wgtFindByHash(WidgetT *root, const char *name, uint32_t hash) {
return NULL;
}
// ============================================================
// wgtFind
// ============================================================
WidgetT *wgtFind(WidgetT *root, const char *name) {
if (!root || !name) {
return NULL;
}
uint32_t hash = widgetHashName(name);
return wgtFindByHash(root, name, hash);
return wgtFindImpl(root, name);
}
@ -273,7 +241,6 @@ void wgtSetName(WidgetT *w, const char *name) {
strncpy(w->name, name, MAX_WIDGET_NAME - 1);
w->name[MAX_WIDGET_NAME - 1] = '\0';
w->nameHash = widgetHashName(w->name);
}
@ -339,7 +306,7 @@ const char *wgtGetText(const WidgetT *w) {
// widget function -- any widget can retrieve it via wgtGetContext().
WidgetT *wgtInitWindow(AppContextT *ctx, WindowT *win) {
WidgetT *root = widgetAlloc(NULL, WidgetVBoxE);
WidgetT *root = dvxBoxApi() ? dvxBoxApi()->vBox(NULL) : NULL;
if (!root) {
return NULL;
@ -566,11 +533,11 @@ void wgtSetVisible(WidgetT *w, bool visible) {
if (w) {
w->visible = visible;
// Invalidate tree dimension cache if this is a tree item
if (w->type == WidgetTreeItemE && w->parent) {
// Notify parent chain of child visibility change via onChildChanged vtable
if (w->parent) {
for (WidgetT *p = w->parent; p; p = p->parent) {
if (p->type == WidgetTreeViewE) {
p->as.treeView.dimsValid = false;
if (p->wclass && p->wclass->onChildChanged) {
p->wclass->onChildChanged(p, w);
break;
}
}

408
core/widgetScrollbar.c
View file

@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
#define DVX_WIDGET_IMPL
// widgetScrollbar.c -- Shared scrollbar painting and hit-testing
//
// These are not widgets themselves -- they are stateless rendering and
@ -20,17 +21,7 @@
// If the container is too small, the scrollbar is simply not drawn
// rather than rendering a corrupted mess.
#include "widgetInternal.h"
// Constants duplicated from widgetTextInput.c and widgetScrollPane.c
// for use in widgetScrollbarDragUpdate. These are file-local in their
// source files, so we repeat the values here to avoid cross-file
// coupling. They must stay in sync with the originals.
#define TEXTAREA_BORDER 2
#define TEXTAREA_PAD 2
#define TEXTAREA_SB_W 14
#define SP_BORDER 2
#define SP_SB_W 14
#include "dvxWidgetPlugin.h"
// ============================================================
@ -150,395 +141,14 @@ void widgetDrawScrollbarV(DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const ColorSchemeT *
// ============================================================
// Handles ongoing scrollbar thumb drag for widget-internal scrollbars.
// Converts the mouse pixel position into a scroll value using linear
// interpolation, matching the WM-level wmScrollbarDrag logic.
// orient: 0=vertical, 1=horizontal.
// dragOff: mouse offset within thumb captured at drag start.
//
// Each widget type stores scroll state differently (row counts vs
// pixel offsets, different struct fields), so this function switches
// on widget type to extract the scrollbar geometry and update the
// correct scroll field.
// Dispatches to the widget's scrollDragUpdate vtable method, which
// handles type-specific geometry extraction and scroll position update.
void widgetScrollbarDragUpdate(WidgetT *w, int32_t orient, int32_t dragOff, int32_t mouseX, int32_t mouseY) {
// Determine scrollbar geometry per widget type.
// sbOrigin: screen coordinate of the scrollbar's top/left edge
// sbLen: total length of the scrollbar (including arrow buttons)
// totalSize: total content size (items, pixels, or columns)
// visibleSize: visible portion of content
// scrollPos: current scroll position (pointer to update)
// maxScroll: maximum scroll value
int32_t sbOrigin = 0;
int32_t sbLen = 0;
int32_t totalSize = 0;
int32_t visibleSize = 0;
int32_t maxScroll = 0;
int32_t sbWidth = WGT_SB_W;
if (w->type == WidgetTextAreaE) {
sbWidth = TEXTAREA_SB_W;
if (orient == 0) {
// Vertical scrollbar
AppContextT *ctx = (AppContextT *)w->window->widgetRoot->userData;
const BitmapFontT *font = &ctx->font;
int32_t innerW = w->w - TEXTAREA_BORDER * 2 - TEXTAREA_PAD * 2 - TEXTAREA_SB_W;
int32_t visCols = innerW / font->charWidth;
int32_t maxLL = 0;
// Compute max line length by scanning lines
const char *buf = w->as.textArea.buf;
int32_t len = w->as.textArea.len;
int32_t lineStart = 0;
for (int32_t i = 0; i <= len; i++) {
if (i == len || buf[i] == '\n') {
int32_t ll = i - lineStart;
if (ll > maxLL) {
maxLL = ll;
}
lineStart = i + 1;
}
}
bool needHSb = (maxLL > visCols);
int32_t innerH = w->h - TEXTAREA_BORDER * 2 - (needHSb ? TEXTAREA_SB_W : 0);
int32_t visRows = innerH / font->charHeight;
if (visRows < 1) {
visRows = 1;
}
// Count total lines
int32_t totalLines = 1;
for (int32_t i = 0; i < len; i++) {
if (buf[i] == '\n') {
totalLines++;
}
}
sbOrigin = w->y + TEXTAREA_BORDER;
sbLen = innerH;
totalSize = totalLines;
visibleSize = visRows;
maxScroll = totalLines - visRows;
} else {
// Horizontal scrollbar
AppContextT *ctx = (AppContextT *)w->window->widgetRoot->userData;
const BitmapFontT *font = &ctx->font;
int32_t innerW = w->w - TEXTAREA_BORDER * 2 - TEXTAREA_PAD * 2 - TEXTAREA_SB_W;
int32_t visCols = innerW / font->charWidth;
int32_t maxLL = 0;
const char *buf = w->as.textArea.buf;
int32_t len = w->as.textArea.len;
int32_t lineStart = 0;
for (int32_t i = 0; i <= len; i++) {
if (i == len || buf[i] == '\n') {
int32_t ll = i - lineStart;
if (ll > maxLL) {
maxLL = ll;
}
lineStart = i + 1;
}
}
int32_t hsbW = w->w - TEXTAREA_BORDER * 2 - TEXTAREA_SB_W;
sbOrigin = w->x + TEXTAREA_BORDER;
sbLen = hsbW;
totalSize = maxLL;
visibleSize = visCols;
maxScroll = maxLL - visCols;
}
} else if (w->type == WidgetListBoxE) {
// Vertical only
AppContextT *ctx = (AppContextT *)w->window->widgetRoot->userData;
const BitmapFontT *font = &ctx->font;
int32_t innerH = w->h - LISTBOX_BORDER * 2;
int32_t visibleRows = innerH / font->charHeight;
sbOrigin = w->y + LISTBOX_BORDER;
sbLen = innerH;
totalSize = w->as.listBox.itemCount;
visibleSize = visibleRows;
maxScroll = totalSize - visibleSize;
} else if (w->type == WidgetListViewE) {
AppContextT *ctx = (AppContextT *)w->window->widgetRoot->userData;
const BitmapFontT *font = &ctx->font;
int32_t headerH = font->charHeight + 4;
int32_t innerH = w->h - LISTVIEW_BORDER * 2 - headerH;
int32_t innerW = w->w - LISTVIEW_BORDER * 2;
int32_t visibleRows = innerH / font->charHeight;
int32_t totalColW = w->as.listView->totalColW;
bool needVSb = (w->as.listView->rowCount > visibleRows);
if (needVSb) {
innerW -= WGT_SB_W;
}
if (totalColW > innerW) {
innerH -= WGT_SB_W;
visibleRows = innerH / font->charHeight;
if (!needVSb && w->as.listView->rowCount > visibleRows) {
innerW -= WGT_SB_W;
}
}
if (visibleRows < 1) {
visibleRows = 1;
}
if (orient == 0) {
// Vertical
sbOrigin = w->y + LISTVIEW_BORDER + headerH;
sbLen = innerH;
totalSize = w->as.listView->rowCount;
visibleSize = visibleRows;
maxScroll = totalSize - visibleSize;
} else {
// Horizontal
sbOrigin = w->x + LISTVIEW_BORDER;
sbLen = innerW;
totalSize = totalColW;
visibleSize = innerW;
maxScroll = totalColW - innerW;
}
} else if (w->type == WidgetTreeViewE) {
AppContextT *ctx = (AppContextT *)w->window->widgetRoot->userData;
const BitmapFontT *font = &ctx->font;
int32_t totalH;
int32_t totalW;
int32_t innerH;
int32_t innerW;
bool needVSb;
// Walk the visible tree to compute total content dimensions.
// This duplicates treeCalcScrollbarNeeds which is file-static,
// so we compute it inline using the same logic.
int32_t treeH = 0;
int32_t treeW = 0;
// Count visible items and max width
for (WidgetT *c = w->firstChild; c; c = c->nextSibling) {
if (c->type == WidgetTreeItemE && c->visible) {
// Walk visible items
WidgetT *item = c;
while (item) {
treeH += font->charHeight;
// Compute depth
int32_t depth = 0;
WidgetT *p = item->parent;
while (p && p != w) {
depth++;
p = p->parent;
}
int32_t itemW = depth * TREE_INDENT + TREE_EXPAND_SIZE + TREE_ICON_GAP;
if (item->as.treeItem.text) {
itemW += (int32_t)strlen(item->as.treeItem.text) * font->charWidth;
}
if (itemW > treeW) {
treeW = itemW;
}
item = widgetTreeViewNextVisible(item, w);
}
break; // Only process first top-level visible chain
}
}
totalH = treeH;
totalW = treeW;
innerH = w->h - TREE_BORDER * 2;
innerW = w->w - TREE_BORDER * 2;
needVSb = (totalH > innerH);
if (needVSb) {
innerW -= WGT_SB_W;
}
if (totalW > innerW) {
innerH -= WGT_SB_W;
if (!needVSb && totalH > innerH) {
needVSb = true;
innerW -= WGT_SB_W;
}
}
if (orient == 0) {
// Vertical (pixel-based scroll)
sbOrigin = w->y + TREE_BORDER;
sbLen = innerH;
totalSize = totalH;
visibleSize = innerH;
maxScroll = totalH - innerH;
} else {
// Horizontal (pixel-based scroll)
sbOrigin = w->x + TREE_BORDER;
sbLen = innerW;
totalSize = totalW;
visibleSize = innerW;
maxScroll = totalW - innerW;
}
} else if (w->type == WidgetScrollPaneE) {
sbWidth = SP_SB_W;
AppContextT *ctx = (AppContextT *)w->window->widgetRoot->userData;
const BitmapFontT *font = &ctx->font;
// Compute content min size (must match spCalcNeeds in widgetScrollPane.c)
int32_t contentMinW = 0;
int32_t contentMinH = 0;
int32_t pad = wgtResolveSize(w->padding, 0, font->charWidth);
int32_t gap = wgtResolveSize(w->spacing, 0, font->charWidth);
int32_t count = 0;
for (WidgetT *c = w->firstChild; c; c = c->nextSibling) {
if (c->visible) {
if (c->wclass && c->wclass->calcMinSize) {
c->wclass->calcMinSize(c, font);
}
if (c->calcMinW > contentMinW) {
contentMinW = c->calcMinW;
}
contentMinH += c->calcMinH;
count++;
}
}
if (count > 1) {
contentMinH += gap * (count - 1);
}
contentMinW += pad * 2;
contentMinH += pad * 2;
int32_t innerH = w->h - SP_BORDER * 2;
int32_t innerW = w->w - SP_BORDER * 2;
bool needVSb = (contentMinH > innerH);
if (needVSb) {
innerW -= SP_SB_W;
}
if (contentMinW > innerW) {
innerH -= SP_SB_W;
if (!needVSb && contentMinH > innerH) {
needVSb = true;
innerW -= SP_SB_W;
}
}
if (orient == 0) {
// Vertical
sbOrigin = w->y + SP_BORDER;
sbLen = innerH;
totalSize = contentMinH;
visibleSize = innerH;
maxScroll = contentMinH - innerH;
} else {
// Horizontal
sbOrigin = w->x + SP_BORDER;
sbLen = innerW;
totalSize = contentMinW;
visibleSize = innerW;
maxScroll = contentMinW - innerW;
}
} else {
return;
}
if (maxScroll < 0) {
maxScroll = 0;
}
if (maxScroll == 0) {
return;
}
// Compute thumb geometry
int32_t trackLen = sbLen - sbWidth * 2;
if (trackLen <= 0) {
return;
}
int32_t thumbPos;
int32_t thumbSize;
widgetScrollbarThumb(trackLen, totalSize, visibleSize, 0, &thumbPos, &thumbSize);
if (trackLen <= thumbSize) {
return;
}
// Convert mouse position to scroll value
int32_t mousePos;
if (orient == 0) {
mousePos = mouseY - sbOrigin - sbWidth - dragOff;
} else {
mousePos = mouseX - sbOrigin - sbWidth - dragOff;
}
int32_t newScroll = (mousePos * maxScroll) / (trackLen - thumbSize);
if (newScroll < 0) {
newScroll = 0;
}
if (newScroll > maxScroll) {
newScroll = maxScroll;
}
// Update the widget's scroll position
if (w->type == WidgetTextAreaE) {
if (orient == 0) {
w->as.textArea.scrollRow = newScroll;
} else {
w->as.textArea.scrollCol = newScroll;
}
} else if (w->type == WidgetListBoxE) {
w->as.listBox.scrollPos = newScroll;
} else if (w->type == WidgetListViewE) {
if (orient == 0) {
w->as.listView->scrollPos = newScroll;
} else {
w->as.listView->scrollPosH = newScroll;
}
} else if (w->type == WidgetTreeViewE) {
if (orient == 0) {
w->as.treeView.scrollPos = newScroll;
} else {
w->as.treeView.scrollPosH = newScroll;
}
} else if (w->type == WidgetScrollPaneE) {
if (orient == 0) {
w->as.scrollPane.scrollPosV = newScroll;
} else {
w->as.scrollPane.scrollPosH = newScroll;
}
// Dispatch to the widget's scrollDragUpdate vtable method, which
// handles type-specific geometry extraction, thumb computation,
// and scroll position update.
if (w->wclass && w->wclass->scrollDragUpdate) {
w->wclass->scrollDragUpdate(w, orient, dragOff, mouseX, mouseY);
}
}

42
listhelp/Makefile Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
# List Help Library Makefile for DJGPP cross-compilation
#
# Builds listhelp.lib -- shared list/dropdown helper infrastructure
# (dropdown arrow, item length, keyboard navigation, popup list painting).
DJGPP_PREFIX = $(HOME)/djgpp/djgpp
CC = $(DJGPP_PREFIX)/bin/i586-pc-msdosdjgpp-gcc
DXE3GEN = PATH=$(DJGPP_PREFIX)/bin:$(PATH) DJDIR=$(DJGPP_PREFIX)/i586-pc-msdosdjgpp $(DJGPP_PREFIX)/i586-pc-msdosdjgpp/bin/dxe3gen
CFLAGS = -O2 -Wall -Wextra -march=i486 -mtune=i586 -I. -I../core -I../core/platform -I../tasks -I../core/thirdparty
OBJDIR = ../obj/listhelp
LIBSDIR = ../bin/libs
SRCS = listHelp.c
OBJS = $(patsubst %.c,$(OBJDIR)/%.o,$(SRCS))
TARGET = $(LIBSDIR)/listhelp.lib
.PHONY: all clean
all: $(TARGET) $(LIBSDIR)/listhelp.dep
$(LIBSDIR)/listhelp.dep: ../config/listhelp.dep | $(LIBSDIR)
sed 's/$$/\r/' $< > $@
$(TARGET): $(OBJS) | $(LIBSDIR)
$(DXE3GEN) -o $(LIBSDIR)/listhelp.dxe -E _widgetDraw -E _widgetDropdown -E _widgetMax -E _widgetNavigate -E _widgetPaint -U $(OBJS)
mv $(LIBSDIR)/listhelp.dxe $@
$(OBJDIR)/%.o: %.c | $(OBJDIR)
$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -c -o $@ $<
$(OBJDIR):
mkdir -p $(OBJDIR)
$(LIBSDIR):
mkdir -p $(LIBSDIR)
# Dependencies
$(OBJDIR)/listHelp.o: listHelp.c listHelp.h ../core/dvxWidgetPlugin.h ../core/dvxWidget.h ../core/dvxTypes.h ../core/dvxApp.h ../core/dvxDraw.h ../core/dvxWm.h ../core/dvxVideo.h
clean:
rm -f $(OBJS) $(TARGET) $(LIBSDIR)/listhelp.dep

187
listhelp/listHelp.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
// listHelp.c -- Shared list/dropdown helper functions
//
// Implements dropdown arrow drawing, item length scanning, keyboard
// navigation, and popup list painting used by ListBox, Dropdown,
// ComboBox, ListView, and TreeView widgets.
#include "listHelp.h"
#include "../texthelp/textHelp.h"
#include <string.h>
// ============================================================
// widgetDrawDropdownArrow
// ============================================================
//
// Draws a small downward-pointing filled triangle (7, 5, 3, 1 pixels
// wide across 4 rows) centered at the given position. Used by both
// Dropdown and ComboBox for the drop button arrow glyph.
void widgetDrawDropdownArrow(DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, int32_t centerX, int32_t centerY, uint32_t color) {
for (int32_t i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
drawHLine(d, ops, centerX - 3 + i, centerY + i, 7 - i * 2, color);
}
}
// ============================================================
// widgetMaxItemLen
// ============================================================
//
// Scans an array of string items and returns the maximum strlen.
// Shared by ListBox, Dropdown, and ComboBox to cache the widest
// item length for calcMinSize without duplicating the loop.
int32_t widgetMaxItemLen(const char **items, int32_t count) {
int32_t maxLen = 0;
for (int32_t i = 0; i < count; i++) {
int32_t slen = (int32_t)strlen(items[i]);
if (slen > maxLen) {
maxLen = slen;
}
}
return maxLen;
}
// ============================================================
// widgetNavigateIndex
// ============================================================
//
// Shared keyboard navigation for list-like widgets (ListBox, Dropdown,
// ListView, etc.). Encapsulates the Up/Down/Home/End/PgUp/PgDn logic
// so each widget doesn't have to reimplement index clamping.
//
// Key values use the 0x100 flag to mark extended scan codes (arrow
// keys, Home, End, etc.) -- this is the DVX convention for passing
// scan codes through the same int32_t channel as ASCII values.
//
// Returns -1 for unrecognized keys so callers can check whether the
// key was consumed.
int32_t widgetNavigateIndex(int32_t key, int32_t current, int32_t count, int32_t pageSize) {
if (key == (0x50 | 0x100)) {
// Down arrow
if (current < count - 1) {
return current + 1;
}
return current < 0 ? 0 : current;
}
if (key == (0x48 | 0x100)) {
// Up arrow
if (current > 0) {
return current - 1;
}
return current < 0 ? 0 : current;
}
if (key == (0x47 | 0x100)) {
// Home
return 0;
}
if (key == (0x4F | 0x100)) {
// End
return count - 1;
}
if (key == (0x51 | 0x100)) {
// Page Down
int32_t n = current + pageSize;
return n >= count ? count - 1 : n;
}
if (key == (0x49 | 0x100)) {
// Page Up
int32_t n = current - pageSize;
return n < 0 ? 0 : n;
}
return -1;
}
// ============================================================
// widgetPaintPopupList
// ============================================================
//
// Shared popup list painting for Dropdown and ComboBox.
void widgetPaintPopupList(DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors, int32_t popX, int32_t popY, int32_t popW, int32_t popH, const char **items, int32_t itemCount, int32_t hoverIdx, int32_t scrollPos) {
// Draw popup border
BevelStyleT bevel;
bevel.highlight = colors->windowHighlight;
bevel.shadow = colors->windowShadow;
bevel.face = colors->contentBg;
bevel.width = 2;
drawBevel(d, ops, popX, popY, popW, popH, &bevel);
// Draw items
int32_t visibleItems = popH / font->charHeight;
int32_t textX = popX + TEXT_INPUT_PAD;
int32_t textY = popY + 2;
int32_t textW = popW - TEXT_INPUT_PAD * 2 - 4;
for (int32_t i = 0; i < visibleItems && (scrollPos + i) < itemCount; i++) {
int32_t idx = scrollPos + i;
int32_t iy = textY + i * font->charHeight;
uint32_t ifg = colors->contentFg;
uint32_t ibg = colors->contentBg;
if (idx == hoverIdx) {
ifg = colors->menuHighlightFg;
ibg = colors->menuHighlightBg;
rectFill(d, ops, popX + 2, iy, textW + TEXT_INPUT_PAD * 2, font->charHeight, ibg);
}
drawText(d, ops, font, textX, iy, items[idx], ifg, ibg, false);
}
}
// ============================================================
// widgetDropdownPopupRect
// ============================================================
//
// Calculates the screen rectangle for a dropdown/combobox popup list.
// Shared between Dropdown and ComboBox since they have identical
// popup positioning logic.
void widgetDropdownPopupRect(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font, int32_t contentH, int32_t *popX, int32_t *popY, int32_t *popW, int32_t *popH) {
int32_t itemCount = 0;
if (w->wclass && w->wclass->getPopupItemCount) {
itemCount = w->wclass->getPopupItemCount(w);
}
int32_t visibleItems = itemCount;
if (visibleItems > DROPDOWN_MAX_VISIBLE) {
visibleItems = DROPDOWN_MAX_VISIBLE;
}
if (visibleItems < 1) {
visibleItems = 1;
}
*popX = w->x;
*popW = w->w;
*popH = visibleItems * font->charHeight + 4;
if (w->y + w->h + *popH <= contentH) {
*popY = w->y + w->h;
} else {
*popY = w->y - *popH;
if (*popY < 0) {
*popY = 0;
}
}
}

45
listhelp/listHelp.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
// listHelp.h -- Public API for the shared list/dropdown helper library
//
// Declares dropdown arrow drawing, item length scanning, keyboard
// navigation, and popup list painting shared across widget DXEs
// (ListBox, Dropdown, ComboBox, ListView, TreeView).
#ifndef LIST_HELP_H
#define LIST_HELP_H
#include "../core/dvxWidgetPlugin.h"
#define DROPDOWN_BTN_WIDTH 16
#define DROPDOWN_MAX_VISIBLE 8
// ============================================================
// Dropdown arrow glyph
// ============================================================
void widgetDrawDropdownArrow(DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, int32_t centerX, int32_t centerY, uint32_t color);
// ============================================================
// Item measurement
// ============================================================
int32_t widgetMaxItemLen(const char **items, int32_t count);
// ============================================================
// Keyboard navigation (Up/Down/Home/End/PgUp/PgDn)
// ============================================================
int32_t widgetNavigateIndex(int32_t key, int32_t current, int32_t count, int32_t pageSize);
// ============================================================
// Popup rect calculation
// ============================================================
void widgetDropdownPopupRect(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font, int32_t contentH, int32_t *popX, int32_t *popY, int32_t *popW, int32_t *popH);
// ============================================================
// Popup list painting
// ============================================================
void widgetPaintPopupList(DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors, int32_t popX, int32_t popY, int32_t popW, int32_t popH, const char **items, int32_t itemCount, int32_t hoverIdx, int32_t scrollPos);
#endif // LIST_HELP_H

2
loader/Makefile
View file

@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ DJGPP_LIBPATH = $(HOME)/claude/windriver/tools/lib
CC = $(DJGPP_PREFIX)/bin/i586-pc-msdosdjgpp-gcc
EXE2COFF = $(DJGPP_PREFIX)/i586-pc-msdosdjgpp/bin/exe2coff
CWSDSTUB = $(DJGPP_PREFIX)/i586-pc-msdosdjgpp/bin/CWSDSTUB.EXE
CFLAGS = -O2 -Wall -Wextra -march=i486 -mtune=i586 -I../core -I../core/platform -I../tasks -I../tasks/thirdparty
CFLAGS = -O2 -Wall -Wextra -march=i486 -mtune=i586 -I../core -I../core/platform -I../tasks -I../core/thirdparty
LDFLAGS = -lm
OBJDIR = ../obj/loader

119
loader/loaderMain.c
View file

@ -15,6 +15,7 @@
#include <ctype.h>
#include <dirent.h>
#include <dlfcn.h>
#include <stdarg.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <strings.h>
@ -29,6 +30,26 @@
#define LIBS_DIR "LIBS"
#define WIDGET_DIR "WIDGETS"
#define LOG_PATH "dvx.log"
// ============================================================
// loaderLog -- write to dvx.log (before shell is loaded)
// ============================================================
static void loaderLog(const char *fmt, ...) {
FILE *f = fopen(LOG_PATH, "a");
if (!f) {
return;
}
va_list ap;
va_start(ap, fmt);
vfprintf(f, fmt, ap);
va_end(ap);
fprintf(f, "\n");
fclose(f);
}
// ============================================================
// Module entry for dependency resolution
@ -49,8 +70,10 @@ typedef struct {
static bool allDepsLoaded(const ModuleT *mod, const ModuleT *mods);
static void extractBaseName(const char *path, const char *ext, char *out, int32_t outSize);
static void *findSymbol(void **handles, const char *symbol);
static void freeMods(ModuleT *mods);
static void **loadAllModules(void);
static void loadInOrder(ModuleT *mods);
static void logAndReadDeps(ModuleT *mods);
static void readDeps(ModuleT *mod);
static void scanDir(const char *dirPath, const char *ext, ModuleT **mods);
@ -246,14 +269,25 @@ static void loadInOrder(ModuleT *mods) {
continue;
}
loaderLog("Loading: %s", mods[i].path);
mods[i].handle = dlopen(mods[i].path, RTLD_GLOBAL);
if (mods[i].handle) {
RegFnT regFn = (RegFnT)dlsym(mods[i].handle, "_wgtRegister");
if (!mods[i].handle) {
const char *err = dlerror();
loaderLog(" FAILED: %s", err ? err : "(unknown)");
mods[i].loaded = true;
loaded++;
progress = true;
continue;
}
if (regFn) {
regFn();
}
loaderLog(" OK");
RegFnT regFn = (RegFnT)dlsym(mods[i].handle, "_wgtRegister");
if (regFn) {
loaderLog(" Calling wgtRegister()");
regFn();
}
mods[i].loaded = true;
@ -280,31 +314,28 @@ static void loadInOrder(ModuleT *mods) {
//
// Returns a stb_ds dynamic array of dlopen handles.
static void **loadAllModules(void) {
ModuleT *mods = NULL;
static void logAndReadDeps(ModuleT *mods) {
loaderLog("Discovered %d modules:", arrlen(mods));
// Discover all modules
scanDir(LIBS_DIR, ".lib", &mods);
scanDir(WIDGET_DIR, ".wgt", &mods);
for (int32_t i = 0; i < arrlen(mods); i++) {
loaderLog(" [%d] %s (base: %s)", i, mods[i].path, mods[i].baseName);
}
// Read dependency files
for (int32_t i = 0; i < arrlen(mods); i++) {
readDeps(&mods[i]);
}
// Load in dependency order
loadInOrder(mods);
if (arrlen(mods[i].deps) > 0) {
loaderLog(" %s deps:", mods[i].baseName);
// Collect handles
void **handles = NULL;
for (int32_t i = 0; i < arrlen(mods); i++) {
if (mods[i].handle) {
arrput(handles, mods[i].handle);
for (int32_t d = 0; d < arrlen(mods[i].deps); d++) {
loaderLog(" %s", mods[i].deps[d]);
}
}
}
}
// Free dep arrays
static void freeMods(ModuleT *mods) {
for (int32_t i = 0; i < arrlen(mods); i++) {
for (int32_t d = 0; d < arrlen(mods[i].deps); d++) {
free(mods[i].deps[d]);
@ -314,6 +345,40 @@ static void **loadAllModules(void) {
}
arrfree(mods);
}
static void **loadAllModules(void) {
void **handles = NULL;
// Phase 1: load libraries in dependency order (libs before widgets)
ModuleT *libs = NULL;
scanDir(LIBS_DIR, ".lib", &libs);
logAndReadDeps(libs);
loadInOrder(libs);
for (int32_t i = 0; i < arrlen(libs); i++) {
if (libs[i].handle) {
arrput(handles, libs[i].handle);
}
}
freeMods(libs);
// Phase 2: load widgets in dependency order (all libs already loaded)
ModuleT *widgets = NULL;
scanDir(WIDGET_DIR, ".wgt", &widgets);
logAndReadDeps(widgets);
loadInOrder(widgets);
for (int32_t i = 0; i < arrlen(widgets); i++) {
if (widgets[i].handle) {
arrput(handles, widgets[i].handle);
}
}
freeMods(widgets);
return handles;
}
@ -353,8 +418,18 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[]) {
platformChdir(exeDir);
}
// Truncate log, then use append-per-write
FILE *logInit = fopen(LOG_PATH, "w");
if (logInit) {
fclose(logInit);
}
loaderLog("DVX Loader starting...");
// Register platform + libc/libm/runtime symbols for DXE resolution
platformRegisterDxeExports();
loaderLog("Platform exports registered.");
// Load all modules from libs/ and widgets/ in dependency order.
// Each module may have a .dep file specifying load-before deps.
@ -372,7 +447,7 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[]) {
ShellMainFnT shellMain = (ShellMainFnT)findSymbol(handles, "_shellMain");
if (!shellMain) {
fprintf(stderr, "No module exports shellMain\n");
loaderLog("ERROR: No module exports shellMain");
for (int32_t i = arrlen(handles) - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
dlclose(handles[i]);

5
shell/Makefile
View file

@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
DJGPP_PREFIX = $(HOME)/djgpp/djgpp
CC = $(DJGPP_PREFIX)/bin/i586-pc-msdosdjgpp-gcc
DXE3GEN = PATH=$(DJGPP_PREFIX)/bin:$(PATH) DJDIR=$(DJGPP_PREFIX)/i586-pc-msdosdjgpp $(DJGPP_PREFIX)/i586-pc-msdosdjgpp/bin/dxe3gen
CFLAGS = -O2 -Wall -Wextra -march=i486 -mtune=i586 -I../core -I../core/platform -I../tasks -I../tasks/thirdparty
CFLAGS = -O2 -Wall -Wextra -march=i486 -mtune=i586 -I../core -I../core/platform -I../widgets -I../tasks -I../core/thirdparty
OBJDIR = ../obj/shell
LIBSDIR = ../bin/libs
@ -28,7 +28,8 @@ $(LIBSDIR)/dvxshell.dep: ../config/dvxshell.dep | $(LIBSDIR)
sed 's/$$/\r/' $< > $@
$(TARGET): $(OBJS) | $(LIBSDIR)
$(DXE3GEN) -o $@ -E _shell -U $(OBJS)
$(DXE3GEN) -o $(LIBSDIR)/dvxshell.dxe -E _shell -U $(OBJS)
mv $(LIBSDIR)/dvxshell.dxe $@
$(CONFIGDIR)/dvx.ini: ../config/dvx.ini | $(CONFIGDIR)
sed 's/$$/\r/' $< > $@

46
shell/shellApp.c
View file

@ -6,6 +6,7 @@
#include "shellApp.h"
#include "dvxDialog.h"
#include "dvxPlatform.h"
#include "stb_ds.h"
#include <dlfcn.h>
#include <errno.h>
@ -18,13 +19,12 @@
// Module state
// ============================================================
// Fixed-size app slot table. Using a static array (not dynamic) because:
// 1. The number of concurrent apps is bounded by available DOS memory
// 2. App IDs are slot indices, so a fixed array gives O(1) lookup
// 3. No fragmentation concerns from repeated malloc/free cycles
// Slot 0 is reserved (represents the shell itself); apps use slots 1..31.
static ShellAppT sApps[SHELL_MAX_APPS];
int32_t sCurrentAppId = 0;
// Dynamic app slot table (stb_ds array). App IDs are array indices.
// Slot 0 is reserved (represents the shell itself); apps use slots 1+.
// New slots are appended as needed; freed slots are recycled.
static ShellAppT *sApps = NULL;
static int32_t sAppsCap = 0; // number of slots allocated (including slot 0)
int32_t sCurrentAppId = 0;
// ============================================================
// Prototypes
@ -52,15 +52,20 @@ void shellTerminateAllApps(AppContextT *ctx);
// Find the first free slot, starting at 1 (slot 0 is the shell).
// Returns the slot index which also serves as the app's unique ID.
// This linear scan is fine for 32 slots.
// If no free slot exists, appends a new one.
static int32_t allocSlot(void) {
for (int32_t i = 1; i < SHELL_MAX_APPS; i++) {
for (int32_t i = 1; i < arrlen(sApps); i++) {
if (sApps[i].state == AppStateFreeE) {
return i;
}
}
return -1;
// No free slot -- grow the array
ShellAppT newSlot;
memset(&newSlot, 0, sizeof(newSlot));
arrput(sApps, newSlot);
return arrlen(sApps) - 1;
}
@ -144,7 +149,7 @@ static int32_t copyFile(const char *src, const char *dst) {
// Find an active slot with the given DXE path. Returns the slot pointer,
// or NULL if no running app was loaded from this path.
static ShellAppT *findLoadedPath(const char *path) {
for (int32_t i = 1; i < SHELL_MAX_APPS; i++) {
for (int32_t i = 1; i < arrlen(sApps); i++) {
if (sApps[i].state != AppStateFreeE && strcmp(sApps[i].path, path) == 0) {
return &sApps[i];
}
@ -194,7 +199,11 @@ static int32_t makeTempPath(const char *origPath, int32_t id, char *out, int32_t
// ============================================================
void shellAppInit(void) {
memset(sApps, 0, sizeof(sApps));
// Seed slot 0 (reserved for the shell)
ShellAppT slot0;
memset(&slot0, 0, sizeof(slot0));
arrput(sApps, slot0);
sAppsCap = 1;
}
@ -255,7 +264,7 @@ void shellForceKillApp(AppContextT *ctx, ShellAppT *app) {
ShellAppT *shellGetApp(int32_t appId) {
if (appId < 1 || appId >= SHELL_MAX_APPS) {
if (appId < 1 || appId >= arrlen(sApps)) {
return NULL;
}
@ -508,7 +517,7 @@ void shellReapApp(AppContextT *ctx, ShellAppT *app) {
bool shellReapApps(AppContextT *ctx) {
bool reaped = false;
for (int32_t i = 1; i < SHELL_MAX_APPS; i++) {
for (int32_t i = 1; i < arrlen(sApps); i++) {
if (sApps[i].state == AppStateTerminatingE) {
shellReapApp(ctx, &sApps[i]);
reaped = true;
@ -519,10 +528,15 @@ bool shellReapApps(AppContextT *ctx) {
}
int32_t shellAppSlotCount(void) {
return arrlen(sApps);
}
int32_t shellRunningAppCount(void) {
int32_t count = 0;
for (int32_t i = 1; i < SHELL_MAX_APPS; i++) {
for (int32_t i = 1; i < arrlen(sApps); i++) {
if (sApps[i].state == AppStateRunningE || sApps[i].state == AppStateLoadedE) {
count++;
}
@ -533,7 +547,7 @@ int32_t shellRunningAppCount(void) {
void shellTerminateAllApps(AppContextT *ctx) {
for (int32_t i = 1; i < SHELL_MAX_APPS; i++) {
for (int32_t i = 1; i < arrlen(sApps); i++) {
if (sApps[i].state != AppStateFreeE) {
shellForceKillApp(ctx, &sApps[i]);
}

7
shell/shellApp.h
View file

@ -34,10 +34,6 @@
// ============================================================
#define SHELL_APP_NAME_MAX 64
// Fixed array size for app slots. A small fixed limit avoids dynamic
// allocation complexity and matches the practical limit of a DOS desktop.
// Slot 0 is reserved for the shell itself, so 31 app slots are usable.
#define SHELL_MAX_APPS 32
// Every DXE app exports a global AppDescriptorT named "appDescriptor".
// The shell reads it at load time to determine how to launch the app.
@ -148,6 +144,9 @@ void shellTerminateAllApps(AppContextT *ctx);
// Get app slot by ID (returns NULL if invalid/free)
ShellAppT *shellGetApp(int32_t appId);
// Total number of app slots (for iteration bounds)
int32_t shellAppSlotCount(void);
// Count running apps (not counting the shell itself)
int32_t shellRunningAppCount(void);

49
shell/shellExport.c
View file

@ -1,26 +1,26 @@
// shellExport.c -- DXE wrapper overrides for resource tracking
//
// Registers three wrapper functions via dlregsym that override the
// real dvxCreateWindow, dvxCreateWindowCentered, and dvxDestroyWindow
// for all subsequently loaded app DXEs.
// Registers three wrapper functions that override the real
// dvxCreateWindow, dvxCreateWindowCentered, and dvxDestroyWindow
// for all subsequently loaded app modules.
//
// The key mechanic: dlregsym takes precedence over RTLD_GLOBAL exports.
// Since libdvx.dxe (which has the real functions) was loaded before
// shellExportInit() registers these wrappers, libdvx.dxe keeps the
// real implementations. But any app DXE loaded afterward gets the
// The key mechanic: symbol overrides registered via
// platformRegisterSymOverrides take precedence over previously loaded
// symbols. Since libdvx (which has the real functions) was loaded
// before shellExportInit() registers these wrappers, libdvx keeps the
// real implementations. But any app module loaded afterward gets the
// wrappers, which add resource tracking (appId stamping, last-window
// reaping) transparently.
//
// All other symbol exports (dvx*, wgt*, platform*, libc) are handled
// by the DXE modules and the loader's dlregsym table -- they no longer
// need to be listed here.
// by the loaded modules and the platform layer's export table -- they
// no longer need to be listed here.
#include "shellApp.h"
#include "dvxApp.h"
#include "dvxPlatform.h"
#include "dvxWm.h"
#include <sys/dxe.h>
// ============================================================
// Prototypes
// ============================================================
@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ static void shellWrapDestroyWindow(AppContextT *ctx, WindowT *win);
// Wrapper: dvxCreateWindow -- stamps win->appId
// ============================================================
// The wrapper calls the real dvxCreateWindow (resolved from libdvx.dxe
// The wrapper calls the real dvxCreateWindow (resolved from libdvx
// at shellcore load time), then tags the result with sCurrentAppId.
// This is how the shell knows which app owns which window, enabling
// per-app window cleanup on crash/termination.
@ -101,26 +101,19 @@ static void shellWrapDestroyWindow(AppContextT *ctx, WindowT *win) {
}
// ============================================================
// Wrapper export table
// ============================================================
// Only three entries: the resource-tracking wrappers exported under
// the original function names. All other symbols come from the
// loaded DXE modules (via RTLD_GLOBAL) and the loader's dlregsym.
DXE_EXPORT_TABLE(sWrapperTable)
{ "_dvxCreateWindow", (void *)shellWrapCreateWindow },
{ "_dvxCreateWindowCentered", (void *)shellWrapCreateWindowCentered },
{ "_dvxDestroyWindow", (void *)shellWrapDestroyWindow },
DXE_EXPORT_END
// ============================================================
// shellExportInit
// ============================================================
// Register the wrapper overrides. Must be called before any
// shellLoadApp() -- wrappers only affect subsequently loaded DXEs.
// shellLoadApp() -- wrappers only affect subsequently loaded modules.
void shellExportInit(void) {
dlregsym(sWrapperTable);
static const PlatformSymOverrideT sOverrides[] = {
{"_dvxCreateWindow", (void *)shellWrapCreateWindow},
{"_dvxCreateWindowCentered", (void *)shellWrapCreateWindowCentered},
{"_dvxDestroyWindow", (void *)shellWrapDestroyWindow},
{NULL, NULL}
};
platformRegisterSymOverrides(sOverrides);
}

147
shell/shellMain.c
View file

@ -16,11 +16,13 @@
// apps were reaped, so it can refresh its task list.
//
// Crash recovery uses setjmp/longjmp:
// The shell installs signal handlers for SIGSEGV, SIGFPE, SIGILL. If a
// crash occurs in an app task, the handler longjmps back to the setjmp
// point in main(). This works because longjmp restores the main task's
// stack frame regardless of which task was running. tsRecoverToMain()
// then fixes the scheduler's bookkeeping, and the crashed app is killed.
// The platform layer installs signal handlers for SIGSEGV, SIGFPE, SIGILL
// via platformInstallCrashHandler(). If a crash occurs in an app task, the
// handler logs platform-specific diagnostics (register dump on DJGPP),
// then longjmps back to the setjmp point in main(). This works because
// longjmp restores the main task's stack frame regardless of which task
// was running. tsRecoverToMain() then fixes the scheduler's bookkeeping,
// the shell logs app-specific info, and the crashed app is killed.
// This gives the shell Windows 3.1-style fault tolerance -- one bad app
// doesn't take down the whole system.
@ -34,12 +36,8 @@
#include <stdarg.h>
#include <setjmp.h>
#include <signal.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <string.h>
// DJGPP-specific: provides __djgpp_exception_state_ptr for accessing
// CPU register state at the point of the exception
#include <sys/exceptn.h>
// ============================================================
// Module state
@ -61,37 +59,9 @@ static DesktopUpdateFnT *sDesktopUpdateFns = NULL;
// Prototypes
// ============================================================
static void crashHandler(int sig);
static void idleYield(void *ctx);
static void installCrashHandler(void);
static void logCrash(int sig);
static void logVideoMode(int32_t w, int32_t h, int32_t bpp, void *userData);
// ============================================================
// crashHandler -- catch page faults and other fatal signals
// ============================================================
// Signal handler for fatal exceptions. DJGPP uses System V signal
// semantics where the handler is reset to SIG_DFL after each delivery,
// so we must re-install it before doing anything else.
//
// The longjmp is the key to crash recovery: it unwinds whatever stack
// we're on (potentially a crashed app's task stack) and restores the
// main task's stack frame to the setjmp point in main(). This is safe
// because cooperative switching means the main task's stack is always
// intact -- it was cleanly suspended at a yield point. The crashed
// task's stack is abandoned (and later freed by tsKill).
static void crashHandler(int sig) {
logCrash(sig);
// Re-install handler (DJGPP resets to SIG_DFL after delivery)
signal(sig, crashHandler);
sCrashSignal = sig;
longjmp(sCrashJmp, 1);
}
// ============================================================
// shellDesktopUpdate -- notify desktop app of state change
// ============================================================
@ -141,71 +111,6 @@ static void idleYield(void *ctx) {
}
// ============================================================
// installCrashHandler
// ============================================================
static void installCrashHandler(void) {
signal(SIGSEGV, crashHandler);
signal(SIGFPE, crashHandler);
signal(SIGILL, crashHandler);
}
// ============================================================
// logCrash -- write exception details to the log
// ============================================================
// Dump as much diagnostic info as possible before longjmp destroys the
// crash context. This runs inside the signal handler, so only
// async-signal-safe functions should be used -- but since we're in
// DJGPP (single-threaded DOS), reentrancy isn't a practical concern
// and vfprintf/fflush are safe to call here.
static void logCrash(int sig) {
const char *sigName = "UNKNOWN";
if (sig == SIGSEGV) {
sigName = "SIGSEGV (page fault)";
} else if (sig == SIGFPE) {
sigName = "SIGFPE (floating point exception)";
} else if (sig == SIGILL) {
sigName = "SIGILL (illegal instruction)";
}
shellLog("=== CRASH ===");
shellLog("Signal: %d (%s)", sig, sigName);
shellLog("Current app ID: %ld", (long)sCurrentAppId);
if (sCurrentAppId > 0) {
ShellAppT *app = shellGetApp(sCurrentAppId);
if (app) {
shellLog("App name: %s", app->name);
shellLog("App path: %s", app->path);
shellLog("Has main loop: %s", app->hasMainLoop ? "yes" : "no");
shellLog("Task ID: %lu", (unsigned long)app->mainTaskId);
}
} else {
shellLog("Crashed in shell (task 0)");
}
// __djgpp_exception_state_ptr is a DJGPP extension that captures the
// full CPU register state at the point of the exception. This gives
// us the faulting EIP, stack pointer, and all GPRs -- invaluable for
// post-mortem debugging of app crashes from the log file.
jmp_buf *estate = __djgpp_exception_state_ptr;
if (estate) {
struct __jmp_buf *regs = &(*estate)[0];
shellLog("EIP: 0x%08lx CS: 0x%04x", regs->__eip, regs->__cs);
shellLog("EAX: 0x%08lx EBX: 0x%08lx ECX: 0x%08lx EDX: 0x%08lx", regs->__eax, regs->__ebx, regs->__ecx, regs->__edx);
shellLog("ESI: 0x%08lx EDI: 0x%08lx EBP: 0x%08lx ESP: 0x%08lx", regs->__esi, regs->__edi, regs->__ebp, regs->__esp);
shellLog("DS: 0x%04x ES: 0x%04x FS: 0x%04x GS: 0x%04x SS: 0x%04x", regs->__ds, regs->__es, regs->__fs, regs->__gs, regs->__ss);
shellLog("EFLAGS: 0x%08lx", regs->__eflags);
}
}
static void logVideoMode(int32_t w, int32_t h, int32_t bpp, void *userData) {
(void)userData;
shellLog(" %ldx%ld %ldbpp", (long)w, (long)h, (long)bpp);
@ -268,14 +173,10 @@ int shellMain(int argc, char *argv[]) {
(void)argc;
(void)argv;
// Truncate the log file, then use append-per-write so the file
// isn't held open (allows Notepad to read it while the shell runs).
// The loader already truncates and writes boot info to dvx.log.
// We just append from here on, opening/closing per-write so the
// file isn't held open (allows Notepad to read it while the shell runs).
sLogPath = "dvx.log";
FILE *logInit = fopen(sLogPath, "w");
if (logInit) {
fclose(logInit);
}
shellLog("DVX Shell starting...");
@ -403,21 +304,22 @@ int shellMain(int argc, char *argv[]) {
sCtx.onTitleChange = titleChangeHandler;
sCtx.titleChangeCtx = &sCtx;
// Load the desktop app
int32_t desktopId = shellLoadApp(&sCtx, SHELL_DESKTOP_APP);
// Load the desktop app (configurable via [shell] desktop= in dvx.ini)
const char *desktopApp = prefsGetString("shell", "desktop", SHELL_DESKTOP_APP);
int32_t desktopId = shellLoadApp(&sCtx, desktopApp);
if (desktopId < 0) {
shellLog("Failed to load desktop app '%s'", SHELL_DESKTOP_APP);
shellLog("Failed to load desktop app '%s'", desktopApp);
tsShutdown();
dvxShutdown(&sCtx);
return 1;
}
// Install crash handler after everything is initialized -- if
// initialization itself crashes, we want the default DJGPP behavior
// initialization itself crashes, we want the default behavior
// (abort with register dump) rather than our recovery path, because
// the system isn't in a recoverable state yet.
installCrashHandler();
platformInstallCrashHandler(&sCrashJmp, &sCrashSignal, shellLog);
shellLog("DVX Shell ready.");
@ -432,6 +334,23 @@ int shellMain(int argc, char *argv[]) {
// Fix it before doing anything else so the scheduler is consistent.
tsRecoverToMain();
// Platform handler already logged signal name and register dump.
// Log app-specific info here.
shellLog("Current app ID: %ld", (long)sCurrentAppId);
if (sCurrentAppId > 0) {
ShellAppT *crashedApp = shellGetApp(sCurrentAppId);
if (crashedApp) {
shellLog("App name: %s", crashedApp->name);
shellLog("App path: %s", crashedApp->path);
shellLog("Has main loop: %s", crashedApp->hasMainLoop ? "yes" : "no");
shellLog("Task ID: %lu", (unsigned long)crashedApp->mainTaskId);
}
} else {
shellLog("Crashed in shell (task 0)");
}
shellLog("Recovering from crash, killing app %ld", (long)sCurrentAppId);
if (sCurrentAppId > 0) {

8
shell/shellTaskMgr.c
View file

@ -8,6 +8,10 @@
#include "shellApp.h"
#include "dvxDialog.h"
#include "dvxWidget.h"
#include "widgetBox.h"
#include "widgetButton.h"
#include "widgetLabel.h"
#include "widgetListView.h"
#include "dvxWm.h"
#include "dvxPlatform.h"
#include "stb_ds.h"
@ -65,7 +69,7 @@ static TmRowStringsT *sRowStrs = NULL; // dynamic array of per-row strings
static ShellAppT *getRunningAppByIndex(int32_t sel) {
int32_t idx = 0;
for (int32_t i = 1; i < SHELL_MAX_APPS; i++) {
for (int32_t i = 1; i < shellAppSlotCount(); i++) {
ShellAppT *app = shellGetApp(i);
if (app && app->state == AppStateRunningE) {
@ -202,7 +206,7 @@ static void refreshTaskList(void) {
static int32_t *appIds = NULL;
arrsetlen(appIds, 0);
for (int32_t i = 1; i < SHELL_MAX_APPS; i++) {
for (int32_t i = 1; i < shellAppSlotCount(); i++) {
ShellAppT *app = shellGetApp(i);
if (app && app->state == AppStateRunningE) {

5
tasks/Makefile
View file

@ -19,7 +19,8 @@ TARGET = $(LIBSDIR)/libtasks.lib
all: $(TARGET)
$(TARGET): $(OBJS) | $(LIBSDIR)
$(DXE3GEN) -o $@ -E _ts -E _stbds_ -U $(OBJS)
$(DXE3GEN) -o $(LIBSDIR)/libtasks.dxe -E _ts -U $(OBJS)
mv $(LIBSDIR)/libtasks.dxe $@
$(OBJDIR)/%.o: %.c | $(OBJDIR)
$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -c -o $@ $<
@ -31,7 +32,7 @@ $(LIBSDIR):
mkdir -p $(LIBSDIR)
# Dependencies
$(OBJDIR)/taskswitch.o: taskswitch.c taskswitch.h thirdparty/stb_ds.h
$(OBJDIR)/taskswitch.o: taskswitch.c taskswitch.h ../core/thirdparty/stb_ds.h
clean:
rm -f $(OBJS) $(TARGET)

144
tasks/demo.c
View file

@ -1,144 +0,0 @@
// demo.c -- Demonstration of the cooperative task switching library
//
// Shows priority scheduling, round-robin, pausing/resuming, dynamic
// priority changes, and slot reuse after task termination.
//
// This is a standalone test harness that runs on the host (Linux x86_64)
// or DJGPP target to verify the task switcher without the GUI stack.
// Each phase exercises a different scheduler feature and prints output
// so you can verify the scheduling order visually.
#include <stdio.h>
#include "taskswitch.h"
// Forward declarations
static void pauseTarget(void *arg);
static void shortLived(void *arg);
static void worker(void *arg);
static void pauseTarget(void *arg) {
(void)arg;
for (int32_t i = 0; i < 10; i++) {
printf(" [pauser] iteration %d\n", (int)i);
tsYield();
}
printf(" [pauser] finished\n");
}
static void shortLived(void *arg) {
int32_t id = (int32_t)(intptr_t)arg;
printf(" [short-%d] running (id=%d)\n", (int)id, (int)tsCurrentId());
tsYield();
printf(" [short-%d] done\n", (int)id);
}
static void worker(void *arg) {
const char *name = (const char *)arg;
int32_t pri = tsGetPriority(tsCurrentId());
for (int32_t i = 0; i < 5; i++) {
printf(" [%s] step %d (priority %d)\n", name, (int)i, (int)pri);
tsYield();
}
printf(" [%s] finished\n", name);
}
int main(void) {
printf("=== Cooperative Task Switching Demo ===\n\n");
if (tsInit() != TS_OK) {
printf("ERROR: failed to initialize task system\n");
return 1;
}
int32_t tHigh = tsCreate("high", worker, "high", 0, TS_PRIORITY_HIGH);
int32_t tNorm = tsCreate("normal", worker, "normal", 0, TS_PRIORITY_NORMAL);
int32_t tLow = tsCreate("low", worker, "low", 0, TS_PRIORITY_LOW);
int32_t tPauser = tsCreate("pauser", pauseTarget, NULL, 0, TS_PRIORITY_NORMAL);
if (tHigh < 0 || tNorm < 0 || tLow < 0 || tPauser < 0) {
printf("ERROR: failed to create tasks\n");
tsShutdown();
return 1;
}
printf("Created: high=%d normal=%d low=%d pauser=%d\n\n", (int)tHigh, (int)tNorm, (int)tLow, (int)tPauser);
// Phase 1: all tasks run, but high-priority tasks get more turns per round.
// Low (priority 0) gets 1 turn, normal (5) gets 6, high (10) gets 11.
// In the output you'll see "high" appearing much more frequently than
// "low", demonstrating the weighted fair-share scheduling.
printf("--- Phase 1: Priority scheduling ---\n");
for (int32_t i = 0; i < 6; i++) {
printf("[main] yield %d\n", (int)i);
tsYield();
}
// Phase 2: pause the pauser task so it stops being scheduled
printf("\n--- Phase 2: Pause 'pauser' ---\n");
tsPause((uint32_t)tPauser);
printf("[main] pauser state: %d (expect %d=paused)\n", tsGetState((uint32_t)tPauser), TaskStatePaused);
for (int32_t i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
printf("[main] yield %d (pauser is paused)\n", (int)i);
tsYield();
}
// Phase 3: resume pauser
printf("\n--- Phase 3: Resume 'pauser' ---\n");
tsResume((uint32_t)tPauser);
for (int32_t i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
printf("[main] yield %d\n", (int)i);
tsYield();
}
// Phase 4: boost low to the highest priority so it gets more turns
printf("\n--- Phase 4: Boost 'low' to highest ---\n");
tsSetPriority((uint32_t)tLow, TS_PRIORITY_HIGH + 5);
for (int32_t i = 0; i < 6; i++) {
printf("[main] yield %d\n", (int)i);
tsYield();
}
// Let remaining tasks finish
printf("\n--- Draining remaining tasks ---\n");
while (tsActiveCount() > 1) {
tsYield();
}
// Phase 5: dynamic creation with slot reuse.
// After all tasks from phases 1-4 have terminated, their slots are free.
// Creating new tasks should recycle those slots (IDs 1-4) rather than
// growing the array. Each "wave" creates 3 tasks, lets them finish,
// then creates 3 more -- the IDs should repeat across waves.
printf("\n--- Phase 5: Slot reuse ---\n");
printf("[main] active before: %u\n", (unsigned)tsActiveCount());
// Create short-lived tasks that will terminate and free their slots
for (int32_t wave = 0; wave < 3; wave++) {
printf("[main] wave %d: creating 3 tasks\n", (int)wave);
int32_t ids[3];
for (int32_t j = 0; j < 3; j++) {
int32_t tag = wave * 3 + j;
char name[TS_NAME_MAX];
snprintf(name, sizeof(name), "short-%d", (int)tag);
ids[j] = tsCreate(name, shortLived, (void *)(intptr_t)tag, 0, TS_PRIORITY_NORMAL);
printf("[main] created id=%d\n", (int)ids[j]);
}
// Let them all finish
while (tsActiveCount() > 1) {
tsYield();
}
printf("[main] wave %d complete, active=%u\n", (int)wave, (unsigned)tsActiveCount());
}
printf("\nActive tasks: %u\n", (unsigned)tsActiveCount());
printf("=== Demo complete ===\n");
tsShutdown();
return 0;
}

5
tasks/taskswitch.c
View file

@ -21,8 +21,7 @@
// scheduler's linear scan. The downside (holes after termination) is
// mitigated by slot recycling in findFreeSlot().
#define STB_DS_IMPLEMENTATION
#include "thirdparty/stb_ds.h"
#include "../core/thirdparty/stb_ds.h"
#include "taskswitch.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
@ -219,7 +218,7 @@ static void __attribute__((noinline)) contextSwitch(TaskContextT *save, TaskCont
// Find a free (terminated or unallocated) slot in the task array.
// Returns the index, or -1 if no free slot exists.
// Starts at 1 because slot 0 is always the main task and cannot be reused.
// Linear scan is fine -- SHELL_MAX_APPS caps the practical limit at ~32 tasks.
// Linear scan is fine for the typical task count (tens, not hundreds).
static int32_t findFreeSlot(void) {
ptrdiff_t count = arrlen(tasks);
for (ptrdiff_t i = 1; i < count; i++) {

42
texthelp/Makefile Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
# Text Help Library Makefile for DJGPP cross-compilation
#
# Builds texthelp.lib -- shared text editing infrastructure
# (clipboard, multi-click, word boundaries, single-line editing engine).
DJGPP_PREFIX = $(HOME)/djgpp/djgpp
CC = $(DJGPP_PREFIX)/bin/i586-pc-msdosdjgpp-gcc
DXE3GEN = PATH=$(DJGPP_PREFIX)/bin:$(PATH) DJDIR=$(DJGPP_PREFIX)/i586-pc-msdosdjgpp $(DJGPP_PREFIX)/i586-pc-msdosdjgpp/bin/dxe3gen
CFLAGS = -O2 -Wall -Wextra -march=i486 -mtune=i586 -I. -I../core -I../core/platform -I../tasks -I../core/thirdparty
OBJDIR = ../obj/texthelp
LIBSDIR = ../bin/libs
SRCS = textHelp.c
OBJS = $(patsubst %.c,$(OBJDIR)/%.o,$(SRCS))
TARGET = $(LIBSDIR)/texthelp.lib
.PHONY: all clean
all: $(TARGET) $(LIBSDIR)/texthelp.dep
$(LIBSDIR)/texthelp.dep: ../config/texthelp.dep | $(LIBSDIR)
sed 's/$$/\r/' $< > $@
$(TARGET): $(OBJS) | $(LIBSDIR)
$(DXE3GEN) -o $(LIBSDIR)/texthelp.dxe -E _clipboard -E _clearOther -E _isWordChar -E _multiClick -E _widgetText -E _wordStart -E _wordEnd -U $(OBJS)
mv $(LIBSDIR)/texthelp.dxe $@
$(OBJDIR)/%.o: %.c | $(OBJDIR)
$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -c -o $@ $<
$(OBJDIR):
mkdir -p $(OBJDIR)
$(LIBSDIR):
mkdir -p $(LIBSDIR)
# Dependencies
$(OBJDIR)/textHelp.o: textHelp.c textHelp.h ../core/dvxWidgetPlugin.h ../core/dvxWidget.h ../core/dvxTypes.h ../core/dvxApp.h ../core/dvxDraw.h ../core/dvxWm.h ../core/dvxVideo.h
clean:
rm -f $(OBJS) $(TARGET) $(LIBSDIR)/texthelp.dep

739
texthelp/textHelp.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,739 @@
// textHelp.c -- Shared text editing infrastructure
//
// Provides clipboard, multi-click detection, word boundary logic,
// cross-widget selection clearing, and the single-line text editing
// engine. Shared across multiple widget DXEs (TextInput, TextArea,
// ComboBox, Spinner, AnsiTerm) via the texthelp.lib DXE.
#include "textHelp.h"
#include <ctype.h>
#include <time.h>
// ============================================================
// Static state
// ============================================================
// Track the widget that last had an active selection so we can
// clear it in O(1) instead of walking every widget in every window.
static WidgetT *sLastSelectedWidget = NULL;
// ============================================================
// Static helper prototypes
// ============================================================
static bool clearSelectionOnWidget(WidgetT *w);
static void textEditDeleteSelection(char *buf, int32_t *pLen, int32_t *pCursor, int32_t *pSelStart, int32_t *pSelEnd);
static void textEditSaveUndo(char *buf, int32_t len, int32_t cursor, char *undoBuf, int32_t *pUndoLen, int32_t *pUndoCursor, int32_t bufSize);
static int32_t wordBoundaryLeft(const char *buf, int32_t pos);
static int32_t wordBoundaryRight(const char *buf, int32_t len, int32_t pos);
// ============================================================
// clearOtherSelections
// ============================================================
//
// Clears selection on the previously-selected widget (if different
// from the newly-focused one). Validates that the previous widget's
// window is still in the window stack before touching it -- the
// window may have been closed since sLastSelectedWidget was set.
// If the previous widget was in a different window, that window
// gets a full repaint to clear the stale selection highlight.
void clearOtherSelections(WidgetT *except) {
if (!except || !except->window || !except->window->widgetRoot) {
return;
}
WidgetT *prev = sLastSelectedWidget;
sLastSelectedWidget = except;
if (!prev || prev == except) {
return;
}
// Verify the widget is still alive (its window still in the stack)
WindowT *prevWin = prev->window;
if (!prevWin) {
return;
}
AppContextT *ctx = wgtGetContext(except);
if (!ctx) {
return;
}
bool found = false;
for (int32_t i = 0; i < ctx->stack.count; i++) {
if (ctx->stack.windows[i] == prevWin) {
found = true;
break;
}
}
if (!found) {
return;
}
if (clearSelectionOnWidget(prev) && prevWin != except->window) {
dvxInvalidateWindow(ctx, prevWin);
}
}
static bool clearSelectionOnWidget(WidgetT *w) {
if (w->wclass && w->wclass->clearSelection) {
return w->wclass->clearSelection(w);
}
return false;
}
bool isWordChar(char c) {
return isalnum((unsigned char)c) || c == '_';
}
// ============================================================
// Shared undo/selection helpers
// ============================================================
static void textEditDeleteSelection(char *buf, int32_t *pLen, int32_t *pCursor, int32_t *pSelStart, int32_t *pSelEnd) {
int32_t lo = *pSelStart < *pSelEnd ? *pSelStart : *pSelEnd;
int32_t hi = *pSelStart < *pSelEnd ? *pSelEnd : *pSelStart;
if (lo < 0) {
lo = 0;
}
if (hi > *pLen) {
hi = *pLen;
}
if (lo >= hi) {
*pSelStart = -1;
*pSelEnd = -1;
return;
}
memmove(buf + lo, buf + hi, *pLen - hi + 1);
*pLen -= (hi - lo);
*pCursor = lo;
*pSelStart = -1;
*pSelEnd = -1;
}
static void textEditSaveUndo(char *buf, int32_t len, int32_t cursor, char *undoBuf, int32_t *pUndoLen, int32_t *pUndoCursor, int32_t bufSize) {
if (!undoBuf) {
return;
}
int32_t copyLen = len < bufSize ? len : bufSize - 1;
memcpy(undoBuf, buf, copyLen);
undoBuf[copyLen] = '\0';
*pUndoLen = copyLen;
*pUndoCursor = cursor;
}
// ============================================================
// widgetTextEditDragUpdateLine
// ============================================================
//
// Called during mouse drag to extend the selection for single-line
// text widgets. Auto-scrolls when the mouse moves past the visible
// text edges.
void widgetTextEditDragUpdateLine(int32_t vx, int32_t leftEdge, int32_t maxChars, const BitmapFontT *font, int32_t len, int32_t *pCursorPos, int32_t *pScrollOff, int32_t *pSelEnd) {
int32_t rightEdge = leftEdge + maxChars * font->charWidth;
if (vx < leftEdge && *pScrollOff > 0) {
(*pScrollOff)--;
} else if (vx >= rightEdge && *pScrollOff + maxChars < len) {
(*pScrollOff)++;
}
int32_t relX = vx - leftEdge;
int32_t charPos = relX / font->charWidth + *pScrollOff;
if (charPos < 0) {
charPos = 0;
}
if (charPos > len) {
charPos = len;
}
*pCursorPos = charPos;
*pSelEnd = charPos;
}
// ============================================================
// widgetTextEditMouseClick
// ============================================================
//
// Computes cursor position from pixel coordinates, handles multi-click
// (double = word select, triple = select all), and optionally starts
// drag-select.
void widgetTextEditMouseClick(WidgetT *w, int32_t vx, int32_t vy, int32_t textLeftX, const BitmapFontT *font, const char *buf, int32_t len, int32_t scrollOff, int32_t *pCursorPos, int32_t *pSelStart, int32_t *pSelEnd, bool wordSelect, bool dragSelect) {
int32_t relX = vx - textLeftX;
int32_t charPos = relX / font->charWidth + scrollOff;
if (charPos < 0) {
charPos = 0;
}
if (charPos > len) {
charPos = len;
}
int32_t clicks = multiClickDetect(vx, vy);
if (clicks >= 3) {
*pSelStart = 0;
*pSelEnd = len;
*pCursorPos = len;
sDragTextSelect = NULL;
return;
}
if (clicks == 2) {
if (wordSelect && buf) {
int32_t ws = wordStart(buf, charPos);
int32_t we = wordEnd(buf, len, charPos);
*pSelStart = ws;
*pSelEnd = we;
*pCursorPos = we;
} else {
*pSelStart = 0;
*pSelEnd = len;
*pCursorPos = len;
}
sDragTextSelect = NULL;
return;
}
// Single click: place cursor
*pCursorPos = charPos;
*pSelStart = charPos;
*pSelEnd = charPos;
sDragTextSelect = dragSelect ? w : NULL;
}
// ============================================================
// widgetTextEditOnKey -- shared single-line text editing logic
// ============================================================
//
// This is the core single-line text editing engine, parameterized by
// pointer to allow reuse across TextInput, Spinner, and ComboBox.
void widgetTextEditOnKey(WidgetT *w, int32_t key, int32_t mod, char *buf, int32_t bufSize, int32_t *pLen, int32_t *pCursor, int32_t *pScrollOff, int32_t *pSelStart, int32_t *pSelEnd, char *undoBuf, int32_t *pUndoLen, int32_t *pUndoCursor) {
bool shift = (mod & KEY_MOD_SHIFT) != 0;
bool hasSel = (pSelStart && pSelEnd && *pSelStart >= 0 && *pSelEnd >= 0 && *pSelStart != *pSelEnd);
int32_t selLo = hasSel ? (*pSelStart < *pSelEnd ? *pSelStart : *pSelEnd) : -1;
int32_t selHi = hasSel ? (*pSelStart < *pSelEnd ? *pSelEnd : *pSelStart) : -1;
// Clamp selection to buffer bounds
if (hasSel) {
if (selLo < 0) {
selLo = 0;
}
if (selHi > *pLen) {
selHi = *pLen;
}
if (selLo >= selHi) {
hasSel = false;
selLo = -1;
selHi = -1;
}
}
// Ctrl+A -- select all
if (key == 1 && pSelStart && pSelEnd) {
*pSelStart = 0;
*pSelEnd = *pLen;
*pCursor = *pLen;
goto adjustScroll;
}
// Ctrl+C -- copy
if (key == 3) {
if (hasSel) {
clipboardCopy(buf + selLo, selHi - selLo);
}
return;
}
// Ctrl+V -- paste
if (key == 22) {
int32_t cbLen = 0;
const char *cb = clipboardGet(&cbLen);
if (cbLen > 0) {
if (undoBuf) {
textEditSaveUndo(buf, *pLen, *pCursor, undoBuf, pUndoLen, pUndoCursor, bufSize);
}
if (hasSel) {
textEditDeleteSelection(buf, pLen, pCursor, pSelStart, pSelEnd);
}
int32_t canFit = bufSize - 1 - *pLen;
// For single-line, skip newlines in clipboard
int32_t paste = 0;
for (int32_t i = 0; i < cbLen && paste < canFit; i++) {
if (cb[i] != '\n' && cb[i] != '\r') {
paste++;
}
}
if (paste > 0) {
int32_t pos = *pCursor;
memmove(buf + pos + paste, buf + pos, *pLen - pos + 1);
int32_t j = 0;
for (int32_t i = 0; i < cbLen && j < paste; i++) {
if (cb[i] != '\n' && cb[i] != '\r') {
buf[pos + j] = cb[i];
j++;
}
}
*pLen += paste;
*pCursor += paste;
}
if (w->onChange) {
w->onChange(w);
}
}
goto adjustScroll;
}
// Ctrl+X -- cut
if (key == 24) {
if (hasSel) {
clipboardCopy(buf + selLo, selHi - selLo);
if (undoBuf) {
textEditSaveUndo(buf, *pLen, *pCursor, undoBuf, pUndoLen, pUndoCursor, bufSize);
}
textEditDeleteSelection(buf, pLen, pCursor, pSelStart, pSelEnd);
if (w->onChange) {
w->onChange(w);
}
}
goto adjustScroll;
}
// Ctrl+Z -- undo
if (key == 26 && undoBuf && pUndoLen && pUndoCursor) {
// Swap current and undo
char tmpBuf[clipboardMaxLen() + 1];
int32_t tmpLen = *pLen;
int32_t tmpCursor = *pCursor;
int32_t copyLen = tmpLen < (int32_t)sizeof(tmpBuf) - 1 ? tmpLen : (int32_t)sizeof(tmpBuf) - 1;
memcpy(tmpBuf, buf, copyLen);
tmpBuf[copyLen] = '\0';
int32_t restLen = *pUndoLen < bufSize - 1 ? *pUndoLen : bufSize - 1;
memcpy(buf, undoBuf, restLen);
buf[restLen] = '\0';
*pLen = restLen;
int32_t restoreCursor = *pUndoCursor < *pLen ? *pUndoCursor : *pLen;
// Save old as new undo
int32_t saveLen = copyLen < bufSize - 1 ? copyLen : bufSize - 1;
memcpy(undoBuf, tmpBuf, saveLen);
undoBuf[saveLen] = '\0';
*pUndoLen = saveLen;
*pUndoCursor = tmpCursor;
*pCursor = restoreCursor;
if (pSelStart) {
*pSelStart = -1;
}
if (pSelEnd) {
*pSelEnd = -1;
}
if (w->onChange) {
w->onChange(w);
}
goto adjustScroll;
}
if (key >= 32 && key < 127) {
// Printable character
if (undoBuf) {
textEditSaveUndo(buf, *pLen, *pCursor, undoBuf, pUndoLen, pUndoCursor, bufSize);
}
if (hasSel) {
textEditDeleteSelection(buf, pLen, pCursor, pSelStart, pSelEnd);
}
if (*pLen < bufSize - 1) {
int32_t pos = *pCursor;
memmove(buf + pos + 1, buf + pos, *pLen - pos + 1);
buf[pos] = (char)key;
(*pLen)++;
(*pCursor)++;
if (w->onChange) {
w->onChange(w);
}
}
} else if (key == 8) {
// Backspace
if (hasSel) {
if (undoBuf) {
textEditSaveUndo(buf, *pLen, *pCursor, undoBuf, pUndoLen, pUndoCursor, bufSize);
}
textEditDeleteSelection(buf, pLen, pCursor, pSelStart, pSelEnd);
if (w->onChange) {
w->onChange(w);
}
} else if (*pCursor > 0) {
if (undoBuf) {
textEditSaveUndo(buf, *pLen, *pCursor, undoBuf, pUndoLen, pUndoCursor, bufSize);
}
int32_t pos = *pCursor;
memmove(buf + pos - 1, buf + pos, *pLen - pos + 1);
(*pLen)--;
(*pCursor)--;
if (w->onChange) {
w->onChange(w);
}
}
} else if (key == (0x4B | 0x100)) {
// Left arrow
if (shift && pSelStart && pSelEnd) {
if (*pSelStart < 0) {
*pSelStart = *pCursor;
*pSelEnd = *pCursor;
}
if (*pCursor > 0) {
(*pCursor)--;
}
*pSelEnd = *pCursor;
} else {
if (pSelStart) {
*pSelStart = -1;
}
if (pSelEnd) {
*pSelEnd = -1;
}
if (*pCursor > 0) {
(*pCursor)--;
}
}
} else if (key == (0x4D | 0x100)) {
// Right arrow
if (shift && pSelStart && pSelEnd) {
if (*pSelStart < 0) {
*pSelStart = *pCursor;
*pSelEnd = *pCursor;
}
if (*pCursor < *pLen) {
(*pCursor)++;
}
*pSelEnd = *pCursor;
} else {
if (pSelStart) {
*pSelStart = -1;
}
if (pSelEnd) {
*pSelEnd = -1;
}
if (*pCursor < *pLen) {
(*pCursor)++;
}
}
} else if (key == (0x73 | 0x100)) {
// Ctrl+Left -- word left
int32_t newPos = wordBoundaryLeft(buf, *pCursor);
if (shift && pSelStart && pSelEnd) {
if (*pSelStart < 0) {
*pSelStart = *pCursor;
*pSelEnd = *pCursor;
}
*pCursor = newPos;
*pSelEnd = newPos;
} else {
if (pSelStart) {
*pSelStart = -1;
}
if (pSelEnd) {
*pSelEnd = -1;
}
*pCursor = newPos;
}
} else if (key == (0x74 | 0x100)) {
// Ctrl+Right -- word right
int32_t newPos = wordBoundaryRight(buf, *pLen, *pCursor);
if (shift && pSelStart && pSelEnd) {
if (*pSelStart < 0) {
*pSelStart = *pCursor;
*pSelEnd = *pCursor;
}
*pCursor = newPos;
*pSelEnd = newPos;
} else {
if (pSelStart) {
*pSelStart = -1;
}
if (pSelEnd) {
*pSelEnd = -1;
}
*pCursor = newPos;
}
} else if (key == (0x47 | 0x100)) {
// Home
if (shift && pSelStart && pSelEnd) {
if (*pSelStart < 0) {
*pSelStart = *pCursor;
*pSelEnd = *pCursor;
}
*pCursor = 0;
*pSelEnd = 0;
} else {
if (pSelStart) {
*pSelStart = -1;
}
if (pSelEnd) {
*pSelEnd = -1;
}
*pCursor = 0;
}
} else if (key == (0x4F | 0x100)) {
// End
if (shift && pSelStart && pSelEnd) {
if (*pSelStart < 0) {
*pSelStart = *pCursor;
*pSelEnd = *pCursor;
}
*pCursor = *pLen;
*pSelEnd = *pLen;
} else {
if (pSelStart) {
*pSelStart = -1;
}
if (pSelEnd) {
*pSelEnd = -1;
}
*pCursor = *pLen;
}
} else if (key == (0x53 | 0x100)) {
// Delete
if (hasSel) {
if (undoBuf) {
textEditSaveUndo(buf, *pLen, *pCursor, undoBuf, pUndoLen, pUndoCursor, bufSize);
}
textEditDeleteSelection(buf, pLen, pCursor, pSelStart, pSelEnd);
if (w->onChange) {
w->onChange(w);
}
} else if (*pCursor < *pLen) {
if (undoBuf) {
textEditSaveUndo(buf, *pLen, *pCursor, undoBuf, pUndoLen, pUndoCursor, bufSize);
}
int32_t pos = *pCursor;
memmove(buf + pos, buf + pos + 1, *pLen - pos);
(*pLen)--;
if (w->onChange) {
w->onChange(w);
}
}
} else {
return;
}
adjustScroll:
// Adjust scroll offset to keep cursor visible
{
AppContextT *ctx = wgtGetContext(w);
const BitmapFontT *font = &ctx->font;
int32_t fieldW = w->w;
if (w->wclass && w->wclass->getTextFieldWidth) {
fieldW = w->wclass->getTextFieldWidth(w);
}
int32_t visibleChars = (fieldW - TEXT_INPUT_PAD * 2) / font->charWidth;
if (*pCursor < *pScrollOff) {
*pScrollOff = *pCursor;
}
if (*pCursor >= *pScrollOff + visibleChars) {
*pScrollOff = *pCursor - visibleChars + 1;
}
}
wgtInvalidatePaint(w);
}
// ============================================================
// widgetTextEditPaintLine
// ============================================================
//
// Renders a single line of text with optional selection highlighting
// and a blinking cursor.
void widgetTextEditPaintLine(DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors, int32_t textX, int32_t textY, const char *buf, int32_t visLen, int32_t scrollOff, int32_t cursorPos, int32_t selStart, int32_t selEnd, uint32_t fg, uint32_t bg, bool showCursor, int32_t cursorMinX, int32_t cursorMaxX) {
// Normalize selection to low/high
int32_t selLo = -1;
int32_t selHi = -1;
if (selStart >= 0 && selEnd >= 0 && selStart != selEnd) {
selLo = selStart < selEnd ? selStart : selEnd;
selHi = selStart < selEnd ? selEnd : selStart;
}
// Map selection to visible range
int32_t visSelLo = selLo - scrollOff;
int32_t visSelHi = selHi - scrollOff;
if (visSelLo < 0) { visSelLo = 0; }
if (visSelHi > visLen) { visSelHi = visLen; }
if (selLo >= 0 && visSelLo < visSelHi) {
if (visSelLo > 0) {
drawTextN(d, ops, font, textX, textY, buf, visSelLo, fg, bg, true);
}
drawTextN(d, ops, font, textX + visSelLo * font->charWidth, textY, buf + visSelLo, visSelHi - visSelLo, colors->menuHighlightFg, colors->menuHighlightBg, true);
if (visSelHi < visLen) {
drawTextN(d, ops, font, textX + visSelHi * font->charWidth, textY, buf + visSelHi, visLen - visSelHi, fg, bg, true);
}
} else if (visLen > 0) {
drawTextN(d, ops, font, textX, textY, buf, visLen, fg, bg, true);
}
// Blinking cursor
if (showCursor && sCursorBlinkOn) {
int32_t cursorX = textX + (cursorPos - scrollOff) * font->charWidth;
if (cursorX >= cursorMinX && cursorX < cursorMaxX) {
drawVLine(d, ops, cursorX, textY, font->charHeight, fg);
}
}
}
// ============================================================
// Word boundary helpers
// ============================================================
static int32_t wordBoundaryLeft(const char *buf, int32_t pos) {
if (pos <= 0) {
return 0;
}
// Skip non-word characters
while (pos > 0 && !isalnum((unsigned char)buf[pos - 1]) && buf[pos - 1] != '_') {
pos--;
}
// Skip word characters
while (pos > 0 && (isalnum((unsigned char)buf[pos - 1]) || buf[pos - 1] == '_')) {
pos--;
}
return pos;
}
static int32_t wordBoundaryRight(const char *buf, int32_t len, int32_t pos) {
if (pos >= len) {
return len;
}
// Skip word characters
while (pos < len && (isalnum((unsigned char)buf[pos]) || buf[pos] == '_')) {
pos++;
}
// Skip non-word characters
while (pos < len && !isalnum((unsigned char)buf[pos]) && buf[pos] != '_') {
pos++;
}
return pos;
}
int32_t wordEnd(const char *buf, int32_t len, int32_t pos) {
while (pos < len && isWordChar(buf[pos])) {
pos++;
}
return pos;
}
int32_t wordStart(const char *buf, int32_t pos) {
while (pos > 0 && isWordChar(buf[pos - 1])) {
pos--;
}
return pos;
}

38
texthelp/textHelp.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
// textHelp.h -- Public API for the shared text editing infrastructure library
//
// Declares clipboard operations, multi-click detection, word boundary
// logic, cross-widget selection clearing, and the single-line text
// editing engine shared across widget DXEs (TextInput, Spinner,
// ComboBox, AnsiTerm, etc.).
#ifndef TEXT_HELP_H
#define TEXT_HELP_H
#include "../core/dvxWidgetPlugin.h"
#define TEXT_INPUT_PAD 3
// ============================================================
// Selection management
// ============================================================
void clearOtherSelections(WidgetT *except);
// ============================================================
// Word / character helpers
// ============================================================
bool isWordChar(char c);
int32_t wordEnd(const char *buf, int32_t len, int32_t pos);
int32_t wordStart(const char *buf, int32_t pos);
// ============================================================
// Single-line text editing engine
// ============================================================
void widgetTextEditDragUpdateLine(int32_t vx, int32_t leftEdge, int32_t maxChars, const BitmapFontT *font, int32_t len, int32_t *pCursorPos, int32_t *pScrollOff, int32_t *pSelEnd);
void widgetTextEditMouseClick(WidgetT *w, int32_t vx, int32_t vy, int32_t textLeftX, const BitmapFontT *font, const char *buf, int32_t len, int32_t scrollOff, int32_t *pCursorPos, int32_t *pSelStart, int32_t *pSelEnd, bool wordSelect, bool dragSelect);
void widgetTextEditOnKey(WidgetT *w, int32_t key, int32_t mod, char *buf, int32_t bufSize, int32_t *pLen, int32_t *pCursor, int32_t *pScrollOff, int32_t *pSelStart, int32_t *pSelEnd, char *undoBuf, int32_t *pUndoLen, int32_t *pUndoCursor);
void widgetTextEditPaintLine(DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors, int32_t textX, int32_t textY, const char *buf, int32_t visLen, int32_t scrollOff, int32_t cursorPos, int32_t selStart, int32_t selEnd, uint32_t fg, uint32_t bg, bool showCursor, int32_t cursorMinX, int32_t cursorMaxX);
#endif // TEXT_HELP_H

19
widgets/Makefile
View file

@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
DJGPP_PREFIX = $(HOME)/djgpp/djgpp
CC = $(DJGPP_PREFIX)/bin/i586-pc-msdosdjgpp-gcc
DXE3GEN = PATH=$(DJGPP_PREFIX)/bin:$(PATH) DJDIR=$(DJGPP_PREFIX)/i586-pc-msdosdjgpp $(DJGPP_PREFIX)/i586-pc-msdosdjgpp/bin/dxe3gen
CFLAGS = -O2 -Wall -Wextra -march=i486 -mtune=i586 -I../core -I../core/platform -I../tasks -I../tasks/thirdparty
CFLAGS = -O2 -Wall -Wextra -march=i486 -mtune=i586 -I../core -I../core/platform -I../tasks -I../core/thirdparty
OBJDIR = ../obj/widgets
WGTDIR = ../bin/widgets
@ -69,11 +69,18 @@ WGT_MODS = $(WGTDIR)/box.wgt \
.PHONY: all clean
all: $(WGT_MODS)
DEPFILES = textinpt combobox spinner terminal listbox dropdown listview treeview
WGT_DEPS = $(DEPFILES:%=$(WGTDIR)/%.dep)
# Generic widget module rule: -E _wgt exports all public API + wgtRegister
all: $(WGT_MODS) $(WGT_DEPS)
$(WGTDIR)/%.dep: ../config/%.dep | $(WGTDIR)
sed 's/$$/\r/' $< > $@
# Generic widget module rule: export only the registration function
$(WGTDIR)/%.wgt: | $(WGTDIR)
$(DXE3GEN) -o $@ -E _wgt -U $<
$(DXE3GEN) -o $(WGTDIR)/$*.dxe -E _wgtRegister -U $<
mv $(WGTDIR)/$*.dxe $@
# Map .wgt name to .o file
$(WGTDIR)/box.wgt: $(OBJDIR)/widgetBox.o
@ -114,7 +121,7 @@ $(WGTDIR):
mkdir -p $(WGTDIR)
# Dependencies
WIDGET_DEPS = ../core/widgetInternal.h ../core/dvxWidget.h ../core/dvxTypes.h ../core/dvxApp.h ../core/dvxDraw.h ../core/dvxWm.h ../core/dvxVideo.h
WIDGET_DEPS = ../core/dvxWidgetPlugin.h ../core/dvxWidget.h ../core/dvxTypes.h ../core/dvxApp.h ../core/dvxDraw.h ../core/dvxWm.h ../core/dvxVideo.h
$(OBJDIR)/widgetAnsiTerm.o: widgetAnsiTerm.c $(WIDGET_DEPS)
$(OBJDIR)/widgetBox.o: widgetBox.c $(WIDGET_DEPS)
$(OBJDIR)/widgetButton.o: widgetButton.c $(WIDGET_DEPS)
@ -143,5 +150,5 @@ $(OBJDIR)/widgetToolbar.o: widgetToolbar.c $(WIDGET_DEPS)
$(OBJDIR)/widgetTreeView.o: widgetTreeView.c $(WIDGET_DEPS)
clean:
rm -f $(OBJS) $(WGT_MODS)
rm -f $(OBJS) $(WGT_MODS) $(WGT_DEPS)
-rmdir $(WGTDIR) 2>/dev/null

2
widgets/README.md
View file

@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ multiple related types).
## Writing a New Widget
1. Create `widgets/myWidget.c`
2. Include `"widgetInternal.h"` for infrastructure access
2. Include `"dvxWidgetPlugin.h"` for infrastructure access
3. Implement paint, calcMinSize, and event handlers as needed
4. Define a `static const WidgetClassT` with your vtable
5. Add a `wgtRegister()` function:

2258
widgets/widgetAnsiTerm.c
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

31
widgets/widgetAnsiTerm.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
// widgetAnsiTerm.h -- ANSI terminal widget API
#ifndef WIDGET_ANSITERM_H
#define WIDGET_ANSITERM_H
#include "../core/dvxWidget.h"
typedef struct {
WidgetT *(*create)(WidgetT *parent, int32_t cols, int32_t rows);
void (*write)(WidgetT *w, const uint8_t *data, int32_t len);
void (*clear)(WidgetT *w);
void (*setComm)(WidgetT *w, void *ctx, int32_t (*readFn)(void *, uint8_t *, int32_t), int32_t (*writeFn)(void *, const uint8_t *, int32_t));
void (*setScrollback)(WidgetT *w, int32_t maxLines);
void (*poll)(WidgetT *w);
int32_t (*repaint)(WidgetT *w, int32_t *outY, int32_t *outH);
} AnsiTermApiT;
static inline const AnsiTermApiT *dvxAnsiTermApi(void) {
static const AnsiTermApiT *sApi;
if (!sApi) { sApi = (const AnsiTermApiT *)wgtGetApi("ansiterm"); }
return sApi;
}
#define wgtAnsiTerm(parent, cols, rows) dvxAnsiTermApi()->create(parent, cols, rows)
#define wgtAnsiTermWrite(w, data, len) dvxAnsiTermApi()->write(w, data, len)
#define wgtAnsiTermClear(w) dvxAnsiTermApi()->clear(w)
#define wgtAnsiTermSetComm(w, ctx, readFn, writeFn) dvxAnsiTermApi()->setComm(w, ctx, readFn, writeFn)
#define wgtAnsiTermSetScrollback(w, maxLines) dvxAnsiTermApi()->setScrollback(w, maxLines)
#define wgtAnsiTermPoll(w) dvxAnsiTermApi()->poll(w)
#define wgtAnsiTermRepaint(w, outY, outH) dvxAnsiTermApi()->repaint(w, outY, outH)
#endif // WIDGET_ANSITERM_H

155
widgets/widgetBox.c
View file

@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
#define DVX_WIDGET_IMPL
// widgetBox.c -- VBox, HBox, and Frame container widgets
//
// VBox and HBox are the primary layout containers. They have no visual
@ -18,7 +19,23 @@
// "break" the border behind the title -- this is the classic Win3.1/Motif
// group box appearance.
#include "widgetInternal.h"
#include "dvxWidgetPlugin.h"
static int32_t sVBoxTypeId = -1;
static int32_t sHBoxTypeId = -1;
static int32_t sFrameTypeId = -1;
typedef enum {
FrameInE,
FrameOutE,
FrameFlatE
} FrameStyleE;
typedef struct {
const char *title;
FrameStyleE style;
uint32_t color;
} FrameDataT;
// ============================================================
@ -37,15 +54,16 @@
// FrameOutE -- Motif "ridge" (outset bevel: highlight-then-shadow)
// The groove/ridge are each two nested 1px bevels with swapped colors.
void widgetFramePaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors) {
int32_t fb = widgetFrameBorderWidth(w);
int32_t boxY = w->y + font->charHeight / 2;
int32_t boxH = w->h - font->charHeight / 2;
uint32_t fg = w->fgColor ? w->fgColor : colors->contentFg;
uint32_t bg = w->bgColor ? w->bgColor : colors->contentBg;
FrameDataT *fd = (FrameDataT *)w->data;
int32_t fb = widgetFrameBorderWidth(w);
int32_t boxY = w->y + font->charHeight / 2;
int32_t boxH = w->h - font->charHeight / 2;
uint32_t fg = w->fgColor ? w->fgColor : colors->contentFg;
uint32_t bg = w->bgColor ? w->bgColor : colors->contentBg;
if (w->as.frame.style == FrameFlatE) {
if (fd->style == FrameFlatE) {
// Flat: solid color rectangle outline
uint32_t fc = w->as.frame.color ? w->as.frame.color : colors->windowShadow;
uint32_t fc = fd->color ? fd->color : colors->windowShadow;
drawHLine(d, ops, w->x, boxY, w->w, fc);
drawHLine(d, ops, w->x, boxY + boxH - 1, w->w, fc);
@ -56,7 +74,7 @@ void widgetFramePaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const Bitmap
BevelStyleT outer;
BevelStyleT inner;
if (w->as.frame.style == FrameInE) {
if (fd->style == FrameInE) {
outer.highlight = colors->windowShadow;
outer.shadow = colors->windowHighlight;
inner.highlight = colors->windowHighlight;
@ -77,8 +95,8 @@ void widgetFramePaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const Bitmap
}
// Draw title centered vertically on the top border line
if (w->as.frame.title && w->as.frame.title[0]) {
int32_t titleW = textWidthAccel(font, w->as.frame.title);
if (fd->title && fd->title[0]) {
int32_t titleW = textWidthAccel(font, fd->title);
int32_t titleX = w->x + DEFAULT_PADDING + fb;
int32_t titleY = boxY + (fb - font->charHeight) / 2;
@ -86,50 +104,33 @@ void widgetFramePaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const Bitmap
titleW + 4, font->charHeight, bg);
if (!w->enabled) {
drawTextAccelEmbossed(d, ops, font, titleX, titleY, w->as.frame.title, colors);
drawTextAccelEmbossed(d, ops, font, titleX, titleY, fd->title, colors);
} else {
drawTextAccel(d, ops, font, titleX, titleY, w->as.frame.title, fg, bg, true);
drawTextAccel(d, ops, font, titleX, titleY, fd->title, fg, bg, true);
}
}
}
// ============================================================
// wgtFrame
// widgetFrameGetLayoutMetrics
// ============================================================
// Create a Frame container. The title string supports accelerator keys
// (prefixed with '&') which are parsed by accelParse. The title pointer
// is stored directly (not copied) -- the caller must ensure it remains valid.
WidgetT *wgtFrame(WidgetT *parent, const char *title) {
WidgetT *w = widgetAlloc(parent, WidgetFrameE);
if (w) {
w->as.frame.title = title;
w->as.frame.style = FrameInE;
w->as.frame.color = 0;
w->accelKey = accelParse(title);
}
return w;
void widgetFrameGetLayoutMetrics(const WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font, int32_t *pad, int32_t *gap, int32_t *extraTop, int32_t *borderW) {
FrameDataT *fd = (FrameDataT *)w->data;
*pad = DEFAULT_PADDING;
*gap = 0;
*extraTop = font ? font->charHeight / 2 : 0;
*borderW = (fd && fd->style == FrameFlatE) ? 1 : 2;
}
// ============================================================
// wgtHBox
// widgetFrameDestroy
// ============================================================
WidgetT *wgtHBox(WidgetT *parent) {
return widgetAlloc(parent, WidgetHBoxE);
}
// ============================================================
// wgtVBox
// ============================================================
WidgetT *wgtVBox(WidgetT *parent) {
return widgetAlloc(parent, WidgetVBoxE);
void widgetFrameDestroy(WidgetT *w) {
free(w->data);
}
@ -165,20 +166,68 @@ static const WidgetClassT sClassHBox = {
};
static const WidgetClassT sClassFrame = {
.flags = WCLASS_BOX_CONTAINER,
.paint = widgetFramePaint,
.paintOverlay = NULL,
.calcMinSize = NULL,
.layout = NULL,
.onMouse = NULL,
.onKey = NULL,
.destroy = NULL,
.getText = NULL,
.setText = NULL
.flags = WCLASS_BOX_CONTAINER | WCLASS_FOCUS_FORWARD,
.paint = widgetFramePaint,
.paintOverlay = NULL,
.calcMinSize = NULL,
.layout = NULL,
.onMouse = NULL,
.onKey = NULL,
.destroy = widgetFrameDestroy,
.getText = NULL,
.setText = NULL,
.getLayoutMetrics = widgetFrameGetLayoutMetrics
};
// ============================================================
// Widget creation functions
// ============================================================
WidgetT *wgtFrame(WidgetT *parent, const char *title) {
WidgetT *w = widgetAlloc(parent, sFrameTypeId);
if (w) {
FrameDataT *fd = calloc(1, sizeof(FrameDataT));
fd->title = title;
fd->style = FrameInE;
fd->color = 0;
w->data = fd;
w->accelKey = accelParse(title);
}
return w;
}
WidgetT *wgtHBox(WidgetT *parent) {
return widgetAlloc(parent, sHBoxTypeId);
}
WidgetT *wgtVBox(WidgetT *parent) {
return widgetAlloc(parent, sVBoxTypeId);
}
// ============================================================
// DXE registration
// ============================================================
static const struct {
WidgetT *(*vBox)(WidgetT *parent);
WidgetT *(*hBox)(WidgetT *parent);
WidgetT *(*frame)(WidgetT *parent, const char *title);
} sApi = {
.vBox = wgtVBox,
.hBox = wgtHBox,
.frame = wgtFrame
};
void wgtRegister(void) {
widgetClassTable[WidgetVBoxE] = &sClassVBox;
widgetClassTable[WidgetHBoxE] = &sClassHBox;
widgetClassTable[WidgetFrameE] = &sClassFrame;
sVBoxTypeId = wgtRegisterClass(&sClassVBox);
sHBoxTypeId = wgtRegisterClass(&sClassHBox);
sFrameTypeId = wgtRegisterClass(&sClassFrame);
wgtRegisterApi("box", &sApi);
}

23
widgets/widgetBox.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
// widgetBox.h -- Box container widget API (VBox, HBox, Frame)
#ifndef WIDGET_BOX_H
#define WIDGET_BOX_H
#include "../core/dvxWidget.h"
typedef struct {
WidgetT *(*vBox)(WidgetT *parent);
WidgetT *(*hBox)(WidgetT *parent);
WidgetT *(*frame)(WidgetT *parent, const char *title);
} BoxApiT;
static inline const BoxApiT *dvxBoxApi(void) {
static const BoxApiT *sApi;
if (!sApi) { sApi = (const BoxApiT *)wgtGetApi("box"); }
return sApi;
}
#define wgtVBox(parent) dvxBoxApi()->vBox(parent)
#define wgtHBox(parent) dvxBoxApi()->hBox(parent)
#define wgtFrame(parent, title) dvxBoxApi()->frame(parent, title)
#endif // WIDGET_BOX_H

170
widgets/widgetButton.c
View file

@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
#define DVX_WIDGET_IMPL
// widgetButton.c -- Button widget
//
// Standard push button with text label, Motif-style 2px beveled border,
@ -19,42 +20,38 @@
// Text supports accelerator keys via '&' prefix (e.g., "&OK" underlines 'O'
// and Alt+O activates the button).
#include "widgetInternal.h"
#include "dvxWidgetPlugin.h"
#define BUTTON_PAD_H 8
#define BUTTON_PAD_V 4
#define BUTTON_FOCUS_INSET 3
#define BUTTON_PRESS_OFFSET 1
static int32_t sTypeId = -1;
typedef struct {
const char *text;
bool pressed;
} ButtonDataT;
// ============================================================
// wgtButton
// Prototypes
// ============================================================
WidgetT *wgtButton(WidgetT *parent, const char *text) {
WidgetT *w = widgetAlloc(parent, WidgetButtonE);
if (w) {
w->as.button.text = text;
w->as.button.pressed = false;
w->accelKey = accelParse(text);
}
return w;
}
static void widgetButtonDestroy(WidgetT *w);
// ============================================================
// widgetButtonGetText
// widgetButtonAccelActivate
// ============================================================
const char *widgetButtonGetText(const WidgetT *w) {
return w->as.button.text;
}
// ============================================================
// widgetButtonSetText
// ============================================================
void widgetButtonSetText(WidgetT *w, const char *text) {
w->as.button.text = text;
w->accelKey = accelParse(text);
void widgetButtonAccelActivate(WidgetT *w, WidgetT *root) {
(void)root;
ButtonDataT *d = (ButtonDataT *)w->data;
d->pressed = true;
sKeyPressedBtn = w;
wgtInvalidatePaint(w);
}
@ -66,11 +63,32 @@ void widgetButtonSetText(WidgetT *w, const char *text) {
// width is computed by textWidthAccel which excludes the '&' accelerator prefix
// character from the measurement.
void widgetButtonCalcMinSize(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font) {
w->calcMinW = textWidthAccel(font, w->as.button.text) + BUTTON_PAD_H * 2;
ButtonDataT *d = (ButtonDataT *)w->data;
w->calcMinW = textWidthAccel(font, d->text) + BUTTON_PAD_H * 2;
w->calcMinH = font->charHeight + BUTTON_PAD_V * 2;
}
// ============================================================
// widgetButtonDestroy
// ============================================================
static void widgetButtonDestroy(WidgetT *w) {
free(w->data);
w->data = NULL;
}
// ============================================================
// widgetButtonGetText
// ============================================================
const char *widgetButtonGetText(const WidgetT *w) {
ButtonDataT *d = (ButtonDataT *)w->data;
return d->text;
}
// ============================================================
// widgetButtonOnKey
// ============================================================
@ -79,7 +97,8 @@ void widgetButtonOnKey(WidgetT *w, int32_t key, int32_t mod) {
(void)mod;
if (key == ' ' || key == 0x0D) {
w->as.button.pressed = true;
ButtonDataT *d = (ButtonDataT *)w->data;
d->pressed = true;
sKeyPressedBtn = w;
wgtInvalidatePaint(w);
}
@ -94,8 +113,9 @@ void widgetButtonOnMouse(WidgetT *w, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy) {
(void)root;
(void)vx;
(void)vy;
ButtonDataT *d = (ButtonDataT *)w->data;
w->focused = true;
w->as.button.pressed = true;
d->pressed = true;
sPressedButton = w;
}
@ -111,56 +131,112 @@ void widgetButtonOnMouse(WidgetT *w, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy) {
// shadow color at 0,0) to create a chiseled/etched look -- this is the
// standard Windows 3.1 disabled control appearance.
void widgetButtonPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors) {
ButtonDataT *bd = (ButtonDataT *)w->data;
uint32_t fg = w->fgColor ? w->fgColor : colors->contentFg;
uint32_t bgFace = w->bgColor ? w->bgColor : colors->buttonFace;
BevelStyleT bevel;
bevel.highlight = w->as.button.pressed ? colors->windowShadow : colors->windowHighlight;
bevel.shadow = w->as.button.pressed ? colors->windowHighlight : colors->windowShadow;
bevel.highlight = bd->pressed ? colors->windowShadow : colors->windowHighlight;
bevel.shadow = bd->pressed ? colors->windowHighlight : colors->windowShadow;
bevel.face = bgFace;
bevel.width = 2;
drawBevel(d, ops, w->x, w->y, w->w, w->h, &bevel);
int32_t textW = textWidthAccel(font, w->as.button.text);
int32_t textW = textWidthAccel(font, bd->text);
int32_t textX = w->x + (w->w - textW) / 2;
int32_t textY = w->y + (w->h - font->charHeight) / 2;
if (w->as.button.pressed) {
if (bd->pressed) {
textX += BUTTON_PRESS_OFFSET;
textY += BUTTON_PRESS_OFFSET;
}
if (!w->enabled) {
drawTextAccelEmbossed(d, ops, font, textX, textY, w->as.button.text, colors);
drawTextAccelEmbossed(d, ops, font, textX, textY, bd->text, colors);
} else {
drawTextAccel(d, ops, font, textX, textY, w->as.button.text, fg, bgFace, true);
drawTextAccel(d, ops, font, textX, textY, bd->text, fg, bgFace, true);
}
if (w->focused) {
int32_t off = w->as.button.pressed ? BUTTON_PRESS_OFFSET : 0;
int32_t off = bd->pressed ? BUTTON_PRESS_OFFSET : 0;
drawFocusRect(d, ops, w->x + BUTTON_FOCUS_INSET + off, w->y + BUTTON_FOCUS_INSET + off, w->w - BUTTON_FOCUS_INSET * 2, w->h - BUTTON_FOCUS_INSET * 2, fg);
}
}
// ============================================================
// widgetButtonSetPressed
// ============================================================
void widgetButtonSetPressed(WidgetT *w, bool pressed) {
ButtonDataT *d = (ButtonDataT *)w->data;
d->pressed = pressed;
wgtInvalidatePaint(w);
}
// ============================================================
// widgetButtonSetText
// ============================================================
void widgetButtonSetText(WidgetT *w, const char *text) {
ButtonDataT *d = (ButtonDataT *)w->data;
d->text = text;
w->accelKey = accelParse(text);
}
// ============================================================
// DXE registration
// ============================================================
static const WidgetClassT sClassButton = {
.flags = WCLASS_FOCUSABLE,
.paint = widgetButtonPaint,
.paintOverlay = NULL,
.calcMinSize = widgetButtonCalcMinSize,
.layout = NULL,
.onMouse = widgetButtonOnMouse,
.onKey = widgetButtonOnKey,
.destroy = NULL,
.getText = widgetButtonGetText,
.setText = widgetButtonSetText
.flags = WCLASS_FOCUSABLE | WCLASS_PRESS_RELEASE,
.paint = widgetButtonPaint,
.paintOverlay = NULL,
.calcMinSize = widgetButtonCalcMinSize,
.layout = NULL,
.onMouse = widgetButtonOnMouse,
.onKey = widgetButtonOnKey,
.onAccelActivate = widgetButtonAccelActivate,
.destroy = widgetButtonDestroy,
.getText = widgetButtonGetText,
.setText = widgetButtonSetText,
.setPressed = widgetButtonSetPressed
};
// ============================================================
// Widget creation functions
// ============================================================
WidgetT *wgtButton(WidgetT *parent, const char *text) {
WidgetT *w = widgetAlloc(parent, sTypeId);
if (w) {
ButtonDataT *d = calloc(1, sizeof(ButtonDataT));
w->data = d;
d->text = text;
w->accelKey = accelParse(text);
}
return w;
}
// ============================================================
// DXE registration
// ============================================================
static const struct {
WidgetT *(*create)(WidgetT *parent, const char *text);
} sApi = {
.create = wgtButton
};
void wgtRegister(void) {
widgetClassTable[WidgetButtonE] = &sClassButton;
sTypeId = wgtRegisterClass(&sClassButton);
wgtRegisterApi("button", &sApi);
}

19
widgets/widgetButton.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
// widgetButton.h -- Button widget API
#ifndef WIDGET_BUTTON_H
#define WIDGET_BUTTON_H
#include "../core/dvxWidget.h"
typedef struct {
WidgetT *(*create)(WidgetT *parent, const char *text);
} ButtonApiT;
static inline const ButtonApiT *dvxButtonApi(void) {
static const ButtonApiT *sApi;
if (!sApi) { sApi = (const ButtonApiT *)wgtGetApi("button"); }
return sApi;
}
#define wgtButton(parent, text) dvxButtonApi()->create(parent, text)
#endif // WIDGET_BUTTON_H

533
widgets/widgetCanvas.c
View file

@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
#define DVX_WIDGET_IMPL
// widgetCanvas.c -- Drawable canvas widget (freehand draw, PNG save/load)
//
// The canvas widget provides a pixel buffer in the display's native pixel
@ -21,17 +22,32 @@
// top-left of the canvas content, not the widget. Mouse events translate
// widget-space coordinates to canvas-space by subtracting the border offset.
#include "widgetInternal.h"
#include "dvxWidgetPlugin.h"
static int32_t sTypeId = -1;
#define CANVAS_BORDER 2
typedef struct {
uint8_t *pixelData; // pixel buffer in display format
int32_t canvasW;
int32_t canvasH;
int32_t canvasPitch;
int32_t canvasBpp; // cached bytes per pixel
uint32_t penColor;
int32_t penSize;
int32_t lastX;
int32_t lastY;
void (*onMouse)(struct WidgetT *w, int32_t cx, int32_t cy, bool drag);
} CanvasDataT;
// ============================================================
// Prototypes
// ============================================================
static void canvasDrawDot(WidgetT *w, int32_t cx, int32_t cy);
static void canvasDrawLine(WidgetT *w, int32_t x0, int32_t y0, int32_t x1, int32_t y1);
static void canvasDrawDot(CanvasDataT *cd, int32_t cx, int32_t cy);
static void canvasDrawLine(CanvasDataT *cd, int32_t x0, int32_t y0, int32_t x1, int32_t y1);
// ============================================================
@ -72,14 +88,14 @@ static inline void canvasPutPixel(uint8_t *dst, uint32_t color, int32_t bpp) {
//
// Draw a filled circle of diameter penSize at (cx, cy) in canvas coords.
static void canvasDrawDot(WidgetT *w, int32_t cx, int32_t cy) {
int32_t bpp = w->as.canvas.canvasBpp;
int32_t pitch = w->as.canvas.canvasPitch;
uint8_t *data = w->as.canvas.data;
int32_t cw = w->as.canvas.canvasW;
int32_t ch = w->as.canvas.canvasH;
uint32_t color = w->as.canvas.penColor;
int32_t rad = w->as.canvas.penSize / 2;
static void canvasDrawDot(CanvasDataT *cd, int32_t cx, int32_t cy) {
int32_t bpp = cd->canvasBpp;
int32_t pitch = cd->canvasPitch;
uint8_t *data = cd->pixelData;
int32_t cw = cd->canvasW;
int32_t ch = cd->canvasH;
uint32_t color = cd->penColor;
int32_t rad = cd->penSize / 2;
if (rad < 1) {
// Single pixel
@ -161,7 +177,7 @@ static void canvasDrawDot(WidgetT *w, int32_t cx, int32_t cy) {
// chosen over DDA because it's pure integer arithmetic -- no floating point
// needed, which matters on 486SX (no FPU).
static void canvasDrawLine(WidgetT *w, int32_t x0, int32_t y0, int32_t x1, int32_t y1) {
static void canvasDrawLine(CanvasDataT *cd, int32_t x0, int32_t y0, int32_t x1, int32_t y1) {
int32_t dx = x1 - x0;
int32_t dy = y1 - y0;
int32_t sx = (dx >= 0) ? 1 : -1;
@ -173,7 +189,7 @@ static void canvasDrawLine(WidgetT *w, int32_t x0, int32_t y0, int32_t x1, int32
int32_t err = dx - dy;
for (;;) {
canvasDrawDot(w, x0, y0);
canvasDrawDot(cd, x0, y0);
if (x0 == x1 && y0 == y1) {
break;
@ -194,79 +210,18 @@ static void canvasDrawLine(WidgetT *w, int32_t x0, int32_t y0, int32_t x1, int32
}
// ============================================================
// wgtCanvas
// ============================================================
// Create a canvas widget with the specified dimensions. The canvas buffer
// is allocated in the display's native pixel format by walking up the widget
// tree to find the AppContextT (which holds the display format info). This
// tree-walk pattern is necessary because the widget doesn't have direct access
// to the display -- only the root widget's userData points to the AppContextT.
// The buffer is initialized to white using spanFill for performance.
WidgetT *wgtCanvas(WidgetT *parent, int32_t w, int32_t h) {
if (!parent || w <= 0 || h <= 0) {
return NULL;
}
// Find the AppContextT to get display format
WidgetT *root = parent;
while (root->parent) {
root = root->parent;
}
AppContextT *ctx = (AppContextT *)root->userData;
if (!ctx) {
return NULL;
}
const DisplayT *d = &ctx->display;
int32_t bpp = d->format.bytesPerPixel;
int32_t pitch = w * bpp;
uint8_t *data = (uint8_t *)malloc(pitch * h);
if (!data) {
return NULL;
}
// Fill with white using span fill for performance
uint32_t white = packColor(d, 255, 255, 255);
BlitOpsT canvasOps;
drawInit(&canvasOps, d);
for (int32_t y = 0; y < h; y++) {
canvasOps.spanFill(data + y * pitch, white, w);
}
WidgetT *wgt = widgetAlloc(parent, WidgetCanvasE);
if (wgt) {
wgt->as.canvas.data = data;
wgt->as.canvas.canvasW = w;
wgt->as.canvas.canvasH = h;
wgt->as.canvas.canvasPitch = pitch;
wgt->as.canvas.canvasBpp = bpp;
wgt->as.canvas.penColor = packColor(d, 0, 0, 0);
wgt->as.canvas.penSize = 2;
wgt->as.canvas.lastX = -1;
wgt->as.canvas.lastY = -1;
} else {
free(data);
}
return wgt;
}
// ============================================================
// wgtCanvasClear
// ============================================================
void wgtCanvasClear(WidgetT *w, uint32_t color) {
if (!w || w->type != WidgetCanvasE || !w->as.canvas.data) {
if (!w || w->type != sTypeId) {
return;
}
CanvasDataT *cd = (CanvasDataT *)w->data;
if (!cd->pixelData) {
return;
}
@ -280,12 +235,12 @@ void wgtCanvasClear(WidgetT *w, uint32_t color) {
return;
}
int32_t pitch = w->as.canvas.canvasPitch;
int32_t cw = w->as.canvas.canvasW;
int32_t ch = w->as.canvas.canvasH;
int32_t pitch = cd->canvasPitch;
int32_t cw = cd->canvasW;
int32_t ch = cd->canvasH;
for (int32_t y = 0; y < ch; y++) {
ctx->blitOps.spanFill(w->as.canvas.data + y * pitch, color, cw);
ctx->blitOps.spanFill(cd->pixelData + y * pitch, color, cw);
}
}
@ -297,11 +252,17 @@ void wgtCanvasClear(WidgetT *w, uint32_t color) {
// Draw a line using the current pen color and pen size.
void wgtCanvasDrawLine(WidgetT *w, int32_t x0, int32_t y0, int32_t x1, int32_t y1) {
if (!w || w->type != WidgetCanvasE || !w->as.canvas.data) {
if (!w || w->type != sTypeId) {
return;
}
canvasDrawLine(w, x0, y0, x1, y1);
CanvasDataT *cd = (CanvasDataT *)w->data;
if (!cd->pixelData) {
return;
}
canvasDrawLine(cd, x0, y0, x1, y1);
}
@ -312,7 +273,13 @@ void wgtCanvasDrawLine(WidgetT *w, int32_t x0, int32_t y0, int32_t x1, int32_t y
// Draw a 1px outlined rectangle using the current pen color.
void wgtCanvasDrawRect(WidgetT *w, int32_t x, int32_t y, int32_t width, int32_t height) {
if (!w || w->type != WidgetCanvasE || !w->as.canvas.data) {
if (!w || w->type != sTypeId) {
return;
}
CanvasDataT *cd = (CanvasDataT *)w->data;
if (!cd->pixelData) {
return;
}
@ -320,12 +287,12 @@ void wgtCanvasDrawRect(WidgetT *w, int32_t x, int32_t y, int32_t width, int32_t
return;
}
int32_t bpp = w->as.canvas.canvasBpp;
int32_t pitch = w->as.canvas.canvasPitch;
uint8_t *data = w->as.canvas.data;
int32_t cw = w->as.canvas.canvasW;
int32_t ch = w->as.canvas.canvasH;
uint32_t color = w->as.canvas.penColor;
int32_t bpp = cd->canvasBpp;
int32_t pitch = cd->canvasPitch;
uint8_t *data = cd->pixelData;
int32_t cw = cd->canvasW;
int32_t ch = cd->canvasH;
uint32_t color = cd->penColor;
// Top and bottom edges
for (int32_t px = x; px < x + width; px++) {
@ -378,7 +345,13 @@ void wgtCanvasDrawRect(WidgetT *w, int32_t x, int32_t y, int32_t width, int32_t
// Draw a filled circle using the current pen color.
void wgtCanvasFillCircle(WidgetT *w, int32_t cx, int32_t cy, int32_t radius) {
if (!w || w->type != WidgetCanvasE || !w->as.canvas.data) {
if (!w || w->type != sTypeId) {
return;
}
CanvasDataT *cd = (CanvasDataT *)w->data;
if (!cd->pixelData) {
return;
}
@ -386,12 +359,12 @@ void wgtCanvasFillCircle(WidgetT *w, int32_t cx, int32_t cy, int32_t radius) {
return;
}
int32_t bpp = w->as.canvas.canvasBpp;
int32_t pitch = w->as.canvas.canvasPitch;
uint8_t *data = w->as.canvas.data;
int32_t cw = w->as.canvas.canvasW;
int32_t ch = w->as.canvas.canvasH;
uint32_t color = w->as.canvas.penColor;
int32_t bpp = cd->canvasBpp;
int32_t pitch = cd->canvasPitch;
uint8_t *data = cd->pixelData;
int32_t cw = cd->canvasW;
int32_t ch = cd->canvasH;
uint32_t color = cd->penColor;
int32_t r2 = radius * radius;
for (int32_t dy = -radius; dy <= radius; dy++) {
@ -449,7 +422,13 @@ void wgtCanvasFillCircle(WidgetT *w, int32_t cx, int32_t cy, int32_t radius) {
// Draw a filled rectangle using the current pen color.
void wgtCanvasFillRect(WidgetT *w, int32_t x, int32_t y, int32_t width, int32_t height) {
if (!w || w->type != WidgetCanvasE || !w->as.canvas.data) {
if (!w || w->type != sTypeId) {
return;
}
CanvasDataT *cd = (CanvasDataT *)w->data;
if (!cd->pixelData) {
return;
}
@ -457,12 +436,12 @@ void wgtCanvasFillRect(WidgetT *w, int32_t x, int32_t y, int32_t width, int32_t
return;
}
int32_t bpp = w->as.canvas.canvasBpp;
int32_t pitch = w->as.canvas.canvasPitch;
uint8_t *data = w->as.canvas.data;
int32_t cw = w->as.canvas.canvasW;
int32_t ch = w->as.canvas.canvasH;
uint32_t color = w->as.canvas.penColor;
int32_t bpp = cd->canvasBpp;
int32_t pitch = cd->canvasPitch;
uint8_t *data = cd->pixelData;
int32_t cw = cd->canvasW;
int32_t ch = cd->canvasH;
uint32_t color = cd->penColor;
// Clip to canvas bounds
int32_t x0 = x < 0 ? 0 : x;
@ -505,129 +484,48 @@ void wgtCanvasFillRect(WidgetT *w, int32_t x, int32_t y, int32_t width, int32_t
// ============================================================
uint32_t wgtCanvasGetPixel(const WidgetT *w, int32_t x, int32_t y) {
if (!w || w->type != WidgetCanvasE || !w->as.canvas.data) {
if (!w || w->type != sTypeId) {
return 0;
}
if (x < 0 || x >= w->as.canvas.canvasW || y < 0 || y >= w->as.canvas.canvasH) {
const CanvasDataT *cd = (const CanvasDataT *)w->data;
if (!cd->pixelData) {
return 0;
}
int32_t bpp = w->as.canvas.canvasBpp;
const uint8_t *src = w->as.canvas.data + y * w->as.canvas.canvasPitch + x * bpp;
if (x < 0 || x >= cd->canvasW || y < 0 || y >= cd->canvasH) {
return 0;
}
int32_t bpp = cd->canvasBpp;
const uint8_t *src = cd->pixelData + y * cd->canvasPitch + x * bpp;
return canvasGetPixel(src, bpp);
}
// ============================================================
// wgtCanvasLoad
// ============================================================
// Load an image file into the canvas, replacing the current content.
// Delegates to dvxLoadImage for format decoding and pixel conversion.
// The old buffer is freed and replaced with the new one -- canvas
// dimensions change to match the loaded image.
int32_t wgtCanvasLoad(WidgetT *w, const char *path) {
if (!w || w->type != WidgetCanvasE || !path) {
return -1;
}
AppContextT *ctx = wgtGetContext(w);
if (!ctx) {
return -1;
}
int32_t imgW;
int32_t imgH;
int32_t pitch;
uint8_t *data = dvxLoadImage(ctx, path, &imgW, &imgH, &pitch);
if (!data) {
return -1;
}
free(w->as.canvas.data);
w->as.canvas.data = data;
w->as.canvas.canvasW = imgW;
w->as.canvas.canvasH = imgH;
w->as.canvas.canvasPitch = pitch;
w->as.canvas.canvasBpp = ctx->display.format.bytesPerPixel;
return 0;
}
// ============================================================
// wgtCanvasSave
// ============================================================
// Save the canvas content to a PNG file. Delegates to dvxSaveImage
// which handles native-to-RGB conversion and PNG encoding.
int32_t wgtCanvasSave(WidgetT *w, const char *path) {
if (!w || w->type != WidgetCanvasE || !path || !w->as.canvas.data) {
return -1;
}
AppContextT *ctx = wgtGetContext(w);
if (!ctx) {
return -1;
}
return dvxSaveImage(ctx, w->as.canvas.data, w->as.canvas.canvasW, w->as.canvas.canvasH, w->as.canvas.canvasPitch, path);
}
// ============================================================
// wgtCanvasSetMouseCallback
// ============================================================
void wgtCanvasSetMouseCallback(WidgetT *w, void (*cb)(WidgetT *w, int32_t cx, int32_t cy, bool drag)) {
if (w && w->type == WidgetCanvasE) {
w->as.canvas.onMouse = cb;
}
}
// ============================================================
// wgtCanvasSetPenColor
// ============================================================
void wgtCanvasSetPenColor(WidgetT *w, uint32_t color) {
if (w && w->type == WidgetCanvasE) {
w->as.canvas.penColor = color;
}
}
// ============================================================
// wgtCanvasSetPenSize
// ============================================================
void wgtCanvasSetPenSize(WidgetT *w, int32_t size) {
if (w && w->type == WidgetCanvasE && size > 0) {
w->as.canvas.penSize = size;
}
}
// ============================================================
// wgtCanvasSetPixel
// ============================================================
void wgtCanvasSetPixel(WidgetT *w, int32_t x, int32_t y, uint32_t color) {
if (!w || w->type != WidgetCanvasE || !w->as.canvas.data) {
if (!w || w->type != sTypeId) {
return;
}
if (x < 0 || x >= w->as.canvas.canvasW || y < 0 || y >= w->as.canvas.canvasH) {
CanvasDataT *cd = (CanvasDataT *)w->data;
if (!cd->pixelData) {
return;
}
int32_t bpp = w->as.canvas.canvasBpp;
uint8_t *dst = w->as.canvas.data + y * w->as.canvas.canvasPitch + x * bpp;
if (x < 0 || x >= cd->canvasW || y < 0 || y >= cd->canvasH) {
return;
}
int32_t bpp = cd->canvasBpp;
uint8_t *dst = cd->pixelData + y * cd->canvasPitch + x * bpp;
canvasPutPixel(dst, color, bpp);
}
@ -638,7 +536,10 @@ void wgtCanvasSetPixel(WidgetT *w, int32_t x, int32_t y, uint32_t color) {
// ============================================================
void widgetCanvasDestroy(WidgetT *w) {
free(w->as.canvas.data);
CanvasDataT *cd = (CanvasDataT *)w->data;
free(cd->pixelData);
free(cd);
}
@ -652,8 +553,10 @@ void widgetCanvasDestroy(WidgetT *w) {
// minimum, and the layout engine should respect that.
void widgetCanvasCalcMinSize(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font) {
(void)font;
w->calcMinW = w->as.canvas.canvasW + CANVAS_BORDER * 2;
w->calcMinH = w->as.canvas.canvasH + CANVAS_BORDER * 2;
CanvasDataT *cd = (CanvasDataT *)w->data;
w->calcMinW = cd->canvasW + CANVAS_BORDER * 2;
w->calcMinH = cd->canvasH + CANVAS_BORDER * 2;
}
@ -668,8 +571,9 @@ void widgetCanvasCalcMinSize(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font) {
// and continuing one.
void widgetCanvasOnMouse(WidgetT *hit, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy) {
(void)root;
CanvasDataT *cd = (CanvasDataT *)hit->data;
if (!hit->as.canvas.onMouse) {
if (!cd->onMouse) {
return;
}
@ -681,12 +585,14 @@ void widgetCanvasOnMouse(WidgetT *hit, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy) {
if (!drag) {
sDrawingCanvas = hit;
cd->lastX = -1;
cd->lastY = -1;
}
hit->as.canvas.lastX = cx;
hit->as.canvas.lastY = cy;
cd->lastX = cx;
cd->lastY = cy;
hit->as.canvas.onMouse(hit, cx, cy, drag);
cd->onMouse(hit, cx, cy, drag);
wgtInvalidatePaint(hit);
}
@ -701,8 +607,9 @@ void widgetCanvasOnMouse(WidgetT *hit, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy) {
// repaint essentially free relative to the display bandwidth.
void widgetCanvasPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors) {
(void)font;
CanvasDataT *cd = (CanvasDataT *)w->data;
if (!w->as.canvas.data) {
if (!cd->pixelData) {
return;
}
@ -715,13 +622,13 @@ void widgetCanvasPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const Bitma
drawBevel(d, ops, w->x, w->y, w->w, w->h, &sunken);
// Blit the canvas data inside the border
int32_t imgW = w->as.canvas.canvasW;
int32_t imgH = w->as.canvas.canvasH;
int32_t imgW = cd->canvasW;
int32_t imgH = cd->canvasH;
int32_t dx = w->x + CANVAS_BORDER;
int32_t dy = w->y + CANVAS_BORDER;
rectCopy(d, ops, dx, dy,
w->as.canvas.data, w->as.canvas.canvasPitch,
cd->pixelData, cd->canvasPitch,
0, 0, imgW, imgH);
}
@ -744,6 +651,188 @@ static const WidgetClassT sClassCanvas = {
};
void wgtRegister(void) {
widgetClassTable[WidgetCanvasE] = &sClassCanvas;
// ============================================================
// Widget creation functions
// ============================================================
WidgetT *wgtCanvas(WidgetT *parent, int32_t w, int32_t h) {
if (!parent || w <= 0 || h <= 0) {
return NULL;
}
// Find the AppContextT to get display format
WidgetT *root = parent;
while (root->parent) {
root = root->parent;
}
AppContextT *ctx = (AppContextT *)root->userData;
if (!ctx) {
return NULL;
}
const DisplayT *d = &ctx->display;
int32_t bpp = d->format.bytesPerPixel;
int32_t pitch = w * bpp;
uint8_t *data = (uint8_t *)malloc(pitch * h);
if (!data) {
return NULL;
}
// Fill with white using span fill for performance
uint32_t white = packColor(d, 255, 255, 255);
BlitOpsT canvasOps;
drawInit(&canvasOps, d);
for (int32_t y = 0; y < h; y++) {
canvasOps.spanFill(data + y * pitch, white, w);
}
WidgetT *wgt = widgetAlloc(parent, sTypeId);
if (wgt) {
CanvasDataT *cd = (CanvasDataT *)calloc(1, sizeof(CanvasDataT));
cd->pixelData = data;
cd->canvasW = w;
cd->canvasH = h;
cd->canvasPitch = pitch;
cd->canvasBpp = bpp;
cd->penColor = packColor(d, 0, 0, 0);
cd->penSize = 2;
cd->lastX = -1;
cd->lastY = -1;
wgt->data = cd;
} else {
free(data);
}
return wgt;
}
int32_t wgtCanvasLoad(WidgetT *w, const char *path) {
if (!w || w->type != sTypeId || !path) {
return -1;
}
AppContextT *ctx = wgtGetContext(w);
if (!ctx) {
return -1;
}
int32_t imgW;
int32_t imgH;
int32_t pitch;
uint8_t *data = dvxLoadImage(ctx, path, &imgW, &imgH, &pitch);
if (!data) {
return -1;
}
CanvasDataT *cd = (CanvasDataT *)w->data;
free(cd->pixelData);
cd->pixelData = data;
cd->canvasW = imgW;
cd->canvasH = imgH;
cd->canvasPitch = pitch;
cd->canvasBpp = ctx->display.format.bytesPerPixel;
return 0;
}
int32_t wgtCanvasSave(WidgetT *w, const char *path) {
if (!w || w->type != sTypeId || !path) {
return -1;
}
CanvasDataT *cd = (CanvasDataT *)w->data;
if (!cd->pixelData) {
return -1;
}
AppContextT *ctx = wgtGetContext(w);
if (!ctx) {
return -1;
}
return dvxSaveImage(ctx, cd->pixelData, cd->canvasW, cd->canvasH, cd->canvasPitch, path);
}
void wgtCanvasSetMouseCallback(WidgetT *w, void (*cb)(WidgetT *w, int32_t cx, int32_t cy, bool drag)) {
if (w && w->type == sTypeId) {
CanvasDataT *cd = (CanvasDataT *)w->data;
cd->onMouse = cb;
}
}
void wgtCanvasSetPenColor(WidgetT *w, uint32_t color) {
if (w && w->type == sTypeId) {
CanvasDataT *cd = (CanvasDataT *)w->data;
cd->penColor = color;
}
}
void wgtCanvasSetPenSize(WidgetT *w, int32_t size) {
if (w && w->type == sTypeId && size > 0) {
CanvasDataT *cd = (CanvasDataT *)w->data;
cd->penSize = size;
}
}
// ============================================================
// DXE registration
// ============================================================
static const struct {
WidgetT *(*create)(WidgetT *parent, int32_t w, int32_t h);
void (*clear)(WidgetT *w, uint32_t color);
void (*setPenColor)(WidgetT *w, uint32_t color);
void (*setPenSize)(WidgetT *w, int32_t size);
void (*setMouseCallback)(WidgetT *w, void (*cb)(WidgetT *w, int32_t cx, int32_t cy, bool drag));
int32_t (*save)(WidgetT *w, const char *path);
int32_t (*load)(WidgetT *w, const char *path);
void (*drawLine)(WidgetT *w, int32_t x0, int32_t y0, int32_t x1, int32_t y1);
void (*drawRect)(WidgetT *w, int32_t x, int32_t y, int32_t width, int32_t height);
void (*fillRect)(WidgetT *w, int32_t x, int32_t y, int32_t width, int32_t height);
void (*fillCircle)(WidgetT *w, int32_t cx, int32_t cy, int32_t radius);
void (*setPixel)(WidgetT *w, int32_t x, int32_t y, uint32_t color);
uint32_t (*getPixel)(const WidgetT *w, int32_t x, int32_t y);
} sApi = {
.create = wgtCanvas,
.clear = wgtCanvasClear,
.setPenColor = wgtCanvasSetPenColor,
.setPenSize = wgtCanvasSetPenSize,
.setMouseCallback = wgtCanvasSetMouseCallback,
.save = wgtCanvasSave,
.load = wgtCanvasLoad,
.drawLine = wgtCanvasDrawLine,
.drawRect = wgtCanvasDrawRect,
.fillRect = wgtCanvasFillRect,
.fillCircle = wgtCanvasFillCircle,
.setPixel = wgtCanvasSetPixel,
.getPixel = wgtCanvasGetPixel
};
void wgtRegister(void) {
sTypeId = wgtRegisterClass(&sClassCanvas);
wgtRegisterApi("canvas", &sApi);
}

43
widgets/widgetCanvas.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
// widgetCanvas.h -- Canvas widget API
#ifndef WIDGET_CANVAS_H
#define WIDGET_CANVAS_H
#include "../core/dvxWidget.h"
typedef struct {
WidgetT *(*create)(WidgetT *parent, int32_t w, int32_t h);
void (*clear)(WidgetT *w, uint32_t color);
void (*setPenColor)(WidgetT *w, uint32_t color);
void (*setPenSize)(WidgetT *w, int32_t size);
void (*setMouseCallback)(WidgetT *w, void (*cb)(WidgetT *w, int32_t cx, int32_t cy, bool drag));
void (*save)(WidgetT *w, const char *path);
void (*load)(WidgetT *w, const char *path);
void (*drawLine)(WidgetT *w, int32_t x0, int32_t y0, int32_t x1, int32_t y1);
void (*drawRect)(WidgetT *w, int32_t x, int32_t y, int32_t width, int32_t height);
void (*fillRect)(WidgetT *w, int32_t x, int32_t y, int32_t width, int32_t height);
void (*fillCircle)(WidgetT *w, int32_t cx, int32_t cy, int32_t radius);
void (*setPixel)(WidgetT *w, int32_t x, int32_t y, uint32_t color);
uint32_t (*getPixel)(const WidgetT *w, int32_t x, int32_t y);
} CanvasApiT;
static inline const CanvasApiT *dvxCanvasApi(void) {
static const CanvasApiT *sApi;
if (!sApi) { sApi = (const CanvasApiT *)wgtGetApi("canvas"); }
return sApi;
}
#define wgtCanvas(parent, w, h) dvxCanvasApi()->create(parent, w, h)
#define wgtCanvasClear(w, color) dvxCanvasApi()->clear(w, color)
#define wgtCanvasSetPenColor(w, color) dvxCanvasApi()->setPenColor(w, color)
#define wgtCanvasSetPenSize(w, size) dvxCanvasApi()->setPenSize(w, size)
#define wgtCanvasSetMouseCallback(w, cb) dvxCanvasApi()->setMouseCallback(w, cb)
#define wgtCanvasSave(w, path) dvxCanvasApi()->save(w, path)
#define wgtCanvasLoad(w, path) dvxCanvasApi()->load(w, path)
#define wgtCanvasDrawLine(w, x0, y0, x1, y1) dvxCanvasApi()->drawLine(w, x0, y0, x1, y1)
#define wgtCanvasDrawRect(w, x, y, width, height) dvxCanvasApi()->drawRect(w, x, y, width, height)
#define wgtCanvasFillRect(w, x, y, width, height) dvxCanvasApi()->fillRect(w, x, y, width, height)
#define wgtCanvasFillCircle(w, cx, cy, radius) dvxCanvasApi()->fillCircle(w, cx, cy, radius)
#define wgtCanvasSetPixel(w, x, y, color) dvxCanvasApi()->setPixel(w, x, y, color)
#define wgtCanvasGetPixel(w, x, y) dvxCanvasApi()->getPixel(w, x, y)
#endif // WIDGET_CANVAS_H

177
widgets/widgetCheckbox.c
View file

@ -1,9 +1,10 @@
#define DVX_WIDGET_IMPL
// widgetCheckbox.c -- Checkbox widget
//
// Classic checkbox: a small box with a sunken bevel (1px) on the left, a text
// label to the right. The check mark is drawn as two diagonal lines forming an
// "X" pattern rather than a traditional checkmark glyph -- this is simpler to
// render with drawHLine primitives and matches the DV/X aesthetic.
// render with drawHLine primitives and matches the DVX aesthetic.
//
// State management is simple: a boolean 'checked' flag toggles on each click
// or Space/Enter keypress. The onChange callback fires after each toggle so
@ -12,42 +13,34 @@
// Focus is shown via a dotted rectangle around the label text (not the box),
// matching the Win3.1 convention where the focus indicator wraps the label.
#include "widgetInternal.h"
#include "dvxWidgetPlugin.h"
#define CHECKBOX_BOX_SIZE 12
#define CHECKBOX_GAP 4
static int32_t sTypeId = -1;
typedef struct {
const char *text;
bool checked;
} CheckboxDataT;
// ============================================================
// wgtCheckbox
// Prototypes
// ============================================================
WidgetT *wgtCheckbox(WidgetT *parent, const char *text) {
WidgetT *w = widgetAlloc(parent, WidgetCheckboxE);
if (w) {
w->as.checkbox.text = text;
w->as.checkbox.checked = false;
w->accelKey = accelParse(text);
}
return w;
}
static void widgetCheckboxDestroy(WidgetT *w);
void widgetCheckboxOnMouse(WidgetT *w, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy);
// ============================================================
// widgetCheckboxGetText
// widgetCheckboxAccelActivate
// ============================================================
const char *widgetCheckboxGetText(const WidgetT *w) {
return w->as.checkbox.text;
}
// ============================================================
// widgetCheckboxSetText
// ============================================================
void widgetCheckboxSetText(WidgetT *w, const char *text) {
w->as.checkbox.text = text;
w->accelKey = accelParse(text);
void widgetCheckboxAccelActivate(WidgetT *w, WidgetT *root) {
(void)root;
widgetCheckboxOnMouse(w, NULL, 0, 0);
}
@ -59,12 +52,33 @@ void widgetCheckboxSetText(WidgetT *w, const char *text) {
// the font). This ensures the box and text are always vertically centered
// relative to each other regardless of font size.
void widgetCheckboxCalcMinSize(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font) {
CheckboxDataT *d = (CheckboxDataT *)w->data;
w->calcMinW = CHECKBOX_BOX_SIZE + CHECKBOX_GAP +
textWidthAccel(font, w->as.checkbox.text);
textWidthAccel(font, d->text);
w->calcMinH = DVX_MAX(CHECKBOX_BOX_SIZE, font->charHeight);
}
// ============================================================
// widgetCheckboxDestroy
// ============================================================
static void widgetCheckboxDestroy(WidgetT *w) {
free(w->data);
w->data = NULL;
}
// ============================================================
// widgetCheckboxGetText
// ============================================================
const char *widgetCheckboxGetText(const WidgetT *w) {
CheckboxDataT *d = (CheckboxDataT *)w->data;
return d->text;
}
// ============================================================
// widgetCheckboxOnKey
// ============================================================
@ -73,7 +87,8 @@ void widgetCheckboxOnKey(WidgetT *w, int32_t key, int32_t mod) {
(void)mod;
if (key == ' ' || key == 0x0D) {
w->as.checkbox.checked = !w->as.checkbox.checked;
CheckboxDataT *d = (CheckboxDataT *)w->data;
d->checked = !d->checked;
if (w->onChange) {
w->onChange(w);
@ -92,8 +107,9 @@ void widgetCheckboxOnMouse(WidgetT *w, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy) {
(void)root;
(void)vx;
(void)vy;
CheckboxDataT *d = (CheckboxDataT *)w->data;
w->focused = true;
w->as.checkbox.checked = !w->as.checkbox.checked;
d->checked = !d->checked;
if (w->onChange) {
w->onChange(w);
@ -106,9 +122,10 @@ void widgetCheckboxOnMouse(WidgetT *w, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy) {
// ============================================================
void widgetCheckboxPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors) {
uint32_t fg = w->fgColor ? w->fgColor : colors->contentFg;
uint32_t bg = w->bgColor ? w->bgColor : colors->contentBg;
int32_t boxY = w->y + (w->h - CHECKBOX_BOX_SIZE) / 2;
CheckboxDataT *cd = (CheckboxDataT *)w->data;
uint32_t fg = w->fgColor ? w->fgColor : colors->contentFg;
uint32_t bg = w->bgColor ? w->bgColor : colors->contentBg;
int32_t boxY = w->y + (w->h - CHECKBOX_BOX_SIZE) / 2;
// Draw checkbox box
BevelStyleT bevel;
@ -123,7 +140,7 @@ void widgetCheckboxPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const Bit
// instead of a real line drawing algorithm avoids Bresenham overhead
// for what's always a small fixed-size glyph (6x6 pixels). The 3px
// inset from the box edge keeps the mark visually centered.
if (w->as.checkbox.checked) {
if (cd->checked) {
int32_t cx = w->x + 3;
int32_t cy = boxY + 3;
int32_t cs = CHECKBOX_BOX_SIZE - 6;
@ -138,12 +155,12 @@ void widgetCheckboxPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const Bit
// Draw label
int32_t labelX = w->x + CHECKBOX_BOX_SIZE + CHECKBOX_GAP;
int32_t labelY = w->y + (w->h - font->charHeight) / 2;
int32_t labelW = textWidthAccel(font, w->as.checkbox.text);
int32_t labelW = textWidthAccel(font, cd->text);
if (!w->enabled) {
drawTextAccelEmbossed(d, ops, font, labelX, labelY, w->as.checkbox.text, colors);
drawTextAccelEmbossed(d, ops, font, labelX, labelY, cd->text, colors);
} else {
drawTextAccel(d, ops, font, labelX, labelY, w->as.checkbox.text, fg, bg, false);
drawTextAccel(d, ops, font, labelX, labelY, cd->text, fg, bg, false);
}
if (w->focused) {
@ -152,24 +169,88 @@ void widgetCheckboxPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const Bit
}
// ============================================================
// widgetCheckboxSetText
// ============================================================
void widgetCheckboxSetText(WidgetT *w, const char *text) {
CheckboxDataT *d = (CheckboxDataT *)w->data;
d->text = text;
w->accelKey = accelParse(text);
}
// ============================================================
// DXE registration
// ============================================================
static const WidgetClassT sClassCheckbox = {
.flags = WCLASS_FOCUSABLE,
.paint = widgetCheckboxPaint,
.paintOverlay = NULL,
.calcMinSize = widgetCheckboxCalcMinSize,
.layout = NULL,
.onMouse = widgetCheckboxOnMouse,
.onKey = widgetCheckboxOnKey,
.destroy = NULL,
.getText = widgetCheckboxGetText,
.setText = widgetCheckboxSetText
.flags = WCLASS_FOCUSABLE,
.paint = widgetCheckboxPaint,
.paintOverlay = NULL,
.calcMinSize = widgetCheckboxCalcMinSize,
.layout = NULL,
.onMouse = widgetCheckboxOnMouse,
.onKey = widgetCheckboxOnKey,
.onAccelActivate = widgetCheckboxAccelActivate,
.destroy = widgetCheckboxDestroy,
.getText = widgetCheckboxGetText,
.setText = widgetCheckboxSetText
};
// ============================================================
// Widget creation functions
// ============================================================
WidgetT *wgtCheckbox(WidgetT *parent, const char *text) {
WidgetT *w = widgetAlloc(parent, sTypeId);
if (w) {
CheckboxDataT *d = calloc(1, sizeof(CheckboxDataT));
w->data = d;
d->text = text;
w->accelKey = accelParse(text);
}
return w;
}
bool wgtCheckboxIsChecked(const WidgetT *w) {
VALIDATE_WIDGET(w, sTypeId, false);
CheckboxDataT *d = (CheckboxDataT *)w->data;
return d->checked;
}
void wgtCheckboxSetChecked(WidgetT *w, bool checked) {
VALIDATE_WIDGET_VOID(w, sTypeId);
CheckboxDataT *d = (CheckboxDataT *)w->data;
d->checked = checked;
wgtInvalidatePaint(w);
}
// ============================================================
// DXE registration
// ============================================================
static const struct {
WidgetT *(*create)(WidgetT *parent, const char *text);
bool (*isChecked)(const WidgetT *w);
void (*setChecked)(WidgetT *w, bool checked);
} sApi = {
.create = wgtCheckbox,
.isChecked = wgtCheckboxIsChecked,
.setChecked = wgtCheckboxSetChecked
};
void wgtRegister(void) {
widgetClassTable[WidgetCheckboxE] = &sClassCheckbox;
sTypeId = wgtRegisterClass(&sClassCheckbox);
wgtRegisterApi("checkbox", &sApi);
}

23
widgets/widgetCheckbox.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
// widgetCheckbox.h -- Checkbox widget API
#ifndef WIDGET_CHECKBOX_H
#define WIDGET_CHECKBOX_H
#include "../core/dvxWidget.h"
typedef struct {
WidgetT *(*create)(WidgetT *parent, const char *text);
bool (*isChecked)(const WidgetT *w);
void (*setChecked)(WidgetT *w, bool checked);
} CheckboxApiT;
static inline const CheckboxApiT *dvxCheckboxApi(void) {
static const CheckboxApiT *sApi;
if (!sApi) { sApi = (const CheckboxApiT *)wgtGetApi("checkbox"); }
return sApi;
}
#define wgtCheckbox(parent, text) dvxCheckboxApi()->create(parent, text)
#define wgtCheckboxIsChecked(w) dvxCheckboxApi()->isChecked(w)
#define wgtCheckboxSetChecked(w, checked) dvxCheckboxApi()->setChecked(w, checked)
#endif // WIDGET_CHECKBOX_H

450
widgets/widgetComboBox.c
View file

@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
#define DVX_WIDGET_IMPL
// widgetComboBox.c -- ComboBox widget (editable text + dropdown list)
//
// Combines a single-line text input with a dropdown list. The text area
@ -20,104 +21,31 @@
// double-click (word select), and triple-click (select all). Drag-select
// is tracked via the sDragTextSelect global.
#include "widgetInternal.h"
#include "dvxWidgetPlugin.h"
#include "../texthelp/textHelp.h"
#include "../listhelp/listHelp.h"
static int32_t sTypeId = -1;
// ============================================================
// wgtComboBox
// ============================================================
// Create a combo box. maxLen controls the edit buffer size (0 = default 256).
// Two buffers are allocated: the edit buffer and an undo buffer (for Ctrl+Z
// single-level undo). Selection indices start at -1 (nothing selected).
// Default weight=100 makes combo boxes expand to fill available space in
// a layout container, which is the typical desired behavior.
WidgetT *wgtComboBox(WidgetT *parent, int32_t maxLen) {
WidgetT *w = widgetAlloc(parent, WidgetComboBoxE);
if (w) {
int32_t bufSize = maxLen > 0 ? maxLen + 1 : 256;
w->as.comboBox.buf = (char *)malloc(bufSize);
w->as.comboBox.undoBuf = (char *)malloc(bufSize);
w->as.comboBox.bufSize = bufSize;
if (!w->as.comboBox.buf || !w->as.comboBox.undoBuf) {
free(w->as.comboBox.buf);
free(w->as.comboBox.undoBuf);
w->as.comboBox.buf = NULL;
w->as.comboBox.undoBuf = NULL;
} else {
w->as.comboBox.buf[0] = '\0';
}
w->as.comboBox.selStart = -1;
w->as.comboBox.selEnd = -1;
w->as.comboBox.selectedIdx = -1;
w->weight = 100;
}
return w;
}
// ============================================================
// wgtComboBoxGetSelected
// ============================================================
int32_t wgtComboBoxGetSelected(const WidgetT *w) {
VALIDATE_WIDGET(w, WidgetComboBoxE, -1);
return w->as.comboBox.selectedIdx;
}
// ============================================================
// wgtComboBoxSetItems
// ============================================================
void wgtComboBoxSetItems(WidgetT *w, const char **items, int32_t count) {
VALIDATE_WIDGET_VOID(w, WidgetComboBoxE);
w->as.comboBox.items = items;
w->as.comboBox.itemCount = count;
// Cache max item string length so calcMinSize doesn't need to re-scan
// the entire item array on every layout pass. Items are stored as
// external pointers (not copied) -- the caller owns the string data.
w->as.comboBox.maxItemLen = widgetMaxItemLen(items, count);
if (w->as.comboBox.selectedIdx >= count) {
w->as.comboBox.selectedIdx = -1;
}
// wgtInvalidate (not wgtInvalidatePaint) triggers a full relayout because
// changing items may change the widget's minimum width
wgtInvalidate(w);
}
// ============================================================
// wgtComboBoxSetSelected
// ============================================================
void wgtComboBoxSetSelected(WidgetT *w, int32_t idx) {
VALIDATE_WIDGET_VOID(w, WidgetComboBoxE);
w->as.comboBox.selectedIdx = idx;
// Copy selected item text to buffer
if (idx >= 0 && idx < w->as.comboBox.itemCount && w->as.comboBox.buf) {
strncpy(w->as.comboBox.buf, w->as.comboBox.items[idx], w->as.comboBox.bufSize - 1);
w->as.comboBox.buf[w->as.comboBox.bufSize - 1] = '\0';
w->as.comboBox.len = (int32_t)strlen(w->as.comboBox.buf);
w->as.comboBox.cursorPos = w->as.comboBox.len;
w->as.comboBox.scrollOff = 0;
w->as.comboBox.selStart = -1;
w->as.comboBox.selEnd = -1;
}
wgtInvalidatePaint(w);
}
typedef struct {
char *buf;
int32_t bufSize;
int32_t len;
int32_t cursorPos;
int32_t scrollOff;
int32_t selStart;
int32_t selEnd;
char *undoBuf;
int32_t undoLen;
int32_t undoCursor;
const char **items;
int32_t itemCount;
int32_t selectedIdx;
bool open;
int32_t hoverIdx;
int32_t listScrollPos;
int32_t maxItemLen;
} ComboBoxDataT;
// ============================================================
@ -125,7 +53,8 @@ void wgtComboBoxSetSelected(WidgetT *w, int32_t idx) {
// ============================================================
void widgetComboBoxCalcMinSize(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font) {
int32_t maxItemW = w->as.comboBox.maxItemLen * font->charWidth;
ComboBoxDataT *d = (ComboBoxDataT *)w->data;
int32_t maxItemW = d->maxItemLen * font->charWidth;
int32_t minW = font->charWidth * 8;
if (maxItemW < minW) {
@ -142,8 +71,14 @@ void widgetComboBoxCalcMinSize(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font) {
// ============================================================
void widgetComboBoxDestroy(WidgetT *w) {
free(w->as.comboBox.buf);
free(w->as.comboBox.undoBuf);
ComboBoxDataT *d = (ComboBoxDataT *)w->data;
if (d) {
free(d->buf);
free(d->undoBuf);
free(d);
w->data = NULL;
}
}
@ -152,7 +87,8 @@ void widgetComboBoxDestroy(WidgetT *w) {
// ============================================================
const char *widgetComboBoxGetText(const WidgetT *w) {
return w->as.comboBox.buf ? w->as.comboBox.buf : "";
const ComboBoxDataT *d = (const ComboBoxDataT *)w->data;
return d->buf ? d->buf : "";
}
@ -167,13 +103,15 @@ const char *widgetComboBoxGetText(const WidgetT *w) {
// and a list selector depending on popup state.
// Key codes: 0x48|0x100 = Up, 0x50|0x100 = Down (BIOS scan codes with extended bit).
void widgetComboBoxOnKey(WidgetT *w, int32_t key, int32_t mod) {
if (w->as.comboBox.open) {
if (key == (0x48 | 0x100)) {
if (w->as.comboBox.hoverIdx > 0) {
w->as.comboBox.hoverIdx--;
ComboBoxDataT *d = (ComboBoxDataT *)w->data;
if (w->as.comboBox.hoverIdx < w->as.comboBox.listScrollPos) {
w->as.comboBox.listScrollPos = w->as.comboBox.hoverIdx;
if (d->open) {
if (key == (0x48 | 0x100)) {
if (d->hoverIdx > 0) {
d->hoverIdx--;
if (d->hoverIdx < d->listScrollPos) {
d->listScrollPos = d->hoverIdx;
}
}
@ -182,11 +120,11 @@ void widgetComboBoxOnKey(WidgetT *w, int32_t key, int32_t mod) {
}
if (key == (0x50 | 0x100)) {
if (w->as.comboBox.hoverIdx < w->as.comboBox.itemCount - 1) {
w->as.comboBox.hoverIdx++;
if (d->hoverIdx < d->itemCount - 1) {
d->hoverIdx++;
if (w->as.comboBox.hoverIdx >= w->as.comboBox.listScrollPos + DROPDOWN_MAX_VISIBLE) {
w->as.comboBox.listScrollPos = w->as.comboBox.hoverIdx - DROPDOWN_MAX_VISIBLE + 1;
if (d->hoverIdx >= d->listScrollPos + DROPDOWN_MAX_VISIBLE) {
d->listScrollPos = d->hoverIdx - DROPDOWN_MAX_VISIBLE + 1;
}
}
@ -195,22 +133,22 @@ void widgetComboBoxOnKey(WidgetT *w, int32_t key, int32_t mod) {
}
if (key == 0x0D) {
int32_t idx = w->as.comboBox.hoverIdx;
int32_t idx = d->hoverIdx;
if (idx >= 0 && idx < w->as.comboBox.itemCount) {
w->as.comboBox.selectedIdx = idx;
if (idx >= 0 && idx < d->itemCount) {
d->selectedIdx = idx;
const char *itemText = w->as.comboBox.items[idx];
strncpy(w->as.comboBox.buf, itemText, w->as.comboBox.bufSize - 1);
w->as.comboBox.buf[w->as.comboBox.bufSize - 1] = '\0';
w->as.comboBox.len = (int32_t)strlen(w->as.comboBox.buf);
w->as.comboBox.cursorPos = w->as.comboBox.len;
w->as.comboBox.scrollOff = 0;
w->as.comboBox.selStart = -1;
w->as.comboBox.selEnd = -1;
const char *itemText = d->items[idx];
strncpy(d->buf, itemText, d->bufSize - 1);
d->buf[d->bufSize - 1] = '\0';
d->len = (int32_t)strlen(d->buf);
d->cursorPos = d->len;
d->scrollOff = 0;
d->selStart = -1;
d->selEnd = -1;
}
w->as.comboBox.open = false;
d->open = false;
sOpenPopup = NULL;
if (w->onChange) {
@ -223,17 +161,17 @@ void widgetComboBoxOnKey(WidgetT *w, int32_t key, int32_t mod) {
}
// Down arrow on closed combobox opens the popup
if (!w->as.comboBox.open && key == (0x50 | 0x100)) {
w->as.comboBox.open = true;
w->as.comboBox.hoverIdx = w->as.comboBox.selectedIdx;
if (!d->open && key == (0x50 | 0x100)) {
d->open = true;
d->hoverIdx = d->selectedIdx;
sOpenPopup = w;
if (w->as.comboBox.hoverIdx >= w->as.comboBox.listScrollPos + DROPDOWN_MAX_VISIBLE) {
w->as.comboBox.listScrollPos = w->as.comboBox.hoverIdx - DROPDOWN_MAX_VISIBLE + 1;
if (d->hoverIdx >= d->listScrollPos + DROPDOWN_MAX_VISIBLE) {
d->listScrollPos = d->hoverIdx - DROPDOWN_MAX_VISIBLE + 1;
}
if (w->as.comboBox.hoverIdx < w->as.comboBox.listScrollPos) {
w->as.comboBox.listScrollPos = w->as.comboBox.hoverIdx;
if (d->hoverIdx < d->listScrollPos) {
d->listScrollPos = d->hoverIdx;
}
wgtInvalidatePaint(w);
@ -241,18 +179,18 @@ void widgetComboBoxOnKey(WidgetT *w, int32_t key, int32_t mod) {
}
// Text editing (when popup is closed, or non-navigation keys with popup open)
if (!w->as.comboBox.buf) {
if (!d->buf) {
return;
}
clearOtherSelections(w);
widgetTextEditOnKey(w, key, mod, w->as.comboBox.buf, w->as.comboBox.bufSize,
&w->as.comboBox.len, &w->as.comboBox.cursorPos,
&w->as.comboBox.scrollOff,
&w->as.comboBox.selStart, &w->as.comboBox.selEnd,
w->as.comboBox.undoBuf, &w->as.comboBox.undoLen,
&w->as.comboBox.undoCursor);
widgetTextEditOnKey(w, key, mod, d->buf, d->bufSize,
&d->len, &d->cursorPos,
&d->scrollOff,
&d->selStart, &d->selEnd,
d->undoBuf, &d->undoLen,
&d->undoCursor);
}
@ -262,6 +200,7 @@ void widgetComboBoxOnKey(WidgetT *w, int32_t key, int32_t mod) {
void widgetComboBoxOnMouse(WidgetT *w, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy) {
w->focused = true;
ComboBoxDataT *d = (ComboBoxDataT *)w->data;
// Check if click is on the button area
int32_t textAreaW = w->w - DROPDOWN_BTN_WIDTH;
@ -273,15 +212,15 @@ void widgetComboBoxOnMouse(WidgetT *w, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy) {
}
// Button click -- toggle popup
w->as.comboBox.open = !w->as.comboBox.open;
w->as.comboBox.hoverIdx = w->as.comboBox.selectedIdx;
sOpenPopup = w->as.comboBox.open ? w : NULL;
d->open = !d->open;
d->hoverIdx = d->selectedIdx;
sOpenPopup = d->open ? w : NULL;
} else {
// Text area click -- focus for editing
clearOtherSelections(w);
AppContextT *ctx = (AppContextT *)root->userData;
widgetTextEditMouseClick(w, vx, vy, w->x + TEXT_INPUT_PAD, &ctx->font, w->as.comboBox.buf, w->as.comboBox.len, w->as.comboBox.scrollOff, &w->as.comboBox.cursorPos, &w->as.comboBox.selStart, &w->as.comboBox.selEnd, true, true);
widgetTextEditMouseClick(w, vx, vy, w->x + TEXT_INPUT_PAD, &ctx->font, d->buf, d->len, d->scrollOff, &d->cursorPos, &d->selStart, &d->selEnd, true, true);
}
}
@ -296,7 +235,8 @@ void widgetComboBoxOnMouse(WidgetT *w, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy) {
// post-selection). The dropdown button has a small triangular arrow glyph
// drawn as horizontal lines of decreasing width. When the popup is open,
// the button bevel is inverted (sunken) to show it's active.
void widgetComboBoxPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors) {
void widgetComboBoxPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *disp, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors) {
ComboBoxDataT *d = (ComboBoxDataT *)w->data;
uint32_t fg = w->enabled ? (w->fgColor ? w->fgColor : colors->contentFg) : colors->windowShadow;
uint32_t bg = w->bgColor ? w->bgColor : colors->contentBg;
@ -307,36 +247,36 @@ void widgetComboBoxPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const Bit
bevel.shadow = colors->windowHighlight;
bevel.face = bg;
bevel.width = 2;
drawBevel(d, ops, w->x, w->y, textAreaW, w->h, &bevel);
drawBevel(disp, ops, w->x, w->y, textAreaW, w->h, &bevel);
// Draw text content
if (w->as.comboBox.buf) {
if (d->buf) {
int32_t textX = w->x + TEXT_INPUT_PAD;
int32_t textY = w->y + (w->h - font->charHeight) / 2;
int32_t maxChars = (textAreaW - TEXT_INPUT_PAD * 2 - 4) / font->charWidth;
int32_t off = w->as.comboBox.scrollOff;
int32_t len = w->as.comboBox.len - off;
int32_t off = d->scrollOff;
int32_t len = d->len - off;
if (len > maxChars) {
len = maxChars;
}
widgetTextEditPaintLine(d, ops, font, colors, textX, textY, w->as.comboBox.buf + off, len, off, w->as.comboBox.cursorPos, w->as.comboBox.selStart, w->as.comboBox.selEnd, fg, bg, w->focused && w->enabled && !w->as.comboBox.open, w->x + TEXT_INPUT_PAD, w->x + textAreaW - TEXT_INPUT_PAD);
widgetTextEditPaintLine(disp, ops, font, colors, textX, textY, d->buf + off, len, off, d->cursorPos, d->selStart, d->selEnd, fg, bg, w->focused && w->enabled && !d->open, w->x + TEXT_INPUT_PAD, w->x + textAreaW - TEXT_INPUT_PAD);
}
// Drop button
BevelStyleT btnBevel;
btnBevel.highlight = w->as.comboBox.open ? colors->windowShadow : colors->windowHighlight;
btnBevel.shadow = w->as.comboBox.open ? colors->windowHighlight : colors->windowShadow;
btnBevel.highlight = d->open ? colors->windowShadow : colors->windowHighlight;
btnBevel.shadow = d->open ? colors->windowHighlight : colors->windowShadow;
btnBevel.face = colors->buttonFace;
btnBevel.width = 2;
drawBevel(d, ops, w->x + textAreaW, w->y, DROPDOWN_BTN_WIDTH, w->h, &btnBevel);
drawBevel(disp, ops, w->x + textAreaW, w->y, DROPDOWN_BTN_WIDTH, w->h, &btnBevel);
// Down arrow
uint32_t arrowFg = w->enabled ? colors->contentFg : colors->windowShadow;
int32_t arrowX = w->x + textAreaW + DROPDOWN_BTN_WIDTH / 2;
int32_t arrowY = w->y + w->h / 2 - 1;
widgetDrawDropdownArrow(d, ops, arrowX, arrowY, arrowFg);
widgetDrawDropdownArrow(disp, ops, arrowX, arrowY, arrowFg);
}
@ -344,14 +284,15 @@ void widgetComboBoxPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const Bit
// widgetComboBoxPaintPopup
// ============================================================
void widgetComboBoxPaintPopup(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors) {
void widgetComboBoxPaintPopup(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *disp, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors) {
ComboBoxDataT *d = (ComboBoxDataT *)w->data;
int32_t popX;
int32_t popY;
int32_t popW;
int32_t popH;
widgetDropdownPopupRect(w, font, d->clipH, &popX, &popY, &popW, &popH);
widgetPaintPopupList(d, ops, font, colors, popX, popY, popW, popH, w->as.comboBox.items, w->as.comboBox.itemCount, w->as.comboBox.hoverIdx, w->as.comboBox.listScrollPos);
widgetDropdownPopupRect(w, font, disp->clipH, &popX, &popY, &popW, &popH);
widgetPaintPopupList(disp, ops, font, colors, popX, popY, popW, popH, d->items, d->itemCount, d->hoverIdx, d->listScrollPos);
}
@ -360,36 +301,199 @@ void widgetComboBoxPaintPopup(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, cons
// ============================================================
void widgetComboBoxSetText(WidgetT *w, const char *text) {
if (w->as.comboBox.buf) {
strncpy(w->as.comboBox.buf, text, w->as.comboBox.bufSize - 1);
w->as.comboBox.buf[w->as.comboBox.bufSize - 1] = '\0';
w->as.comboBox.len = (int32_t)strlen(w->as.comboBox.buf);
w->as.comboBox.cursorPos = w->as.comboBox.len;
w->as.comboBox.scrollOff = 0;
w->as.comboBox.selStart = -1;
w->as.comboBox.selEnd = -1;
ComboBoxDataT *d = (ComboBoxDataT *)w->data;
if (d->buf) {
strncpy(d->buf, text, d->bufSize - 1);
d->buf[d->bufSize - 1] = '\0';
d->len = (int32_t)strlen(d->buf);
d->cursorPos = d->len;
d->scrollOff = 0;
d->selStart = -1;
d->selEnd = -1;
}
}
// ============================================================
// widgetComboBoxAccelActivate
// ============================================================
void widgetComboBoxAccelActivate(WidgetT *w, WidgetT *root) {
(void)root;
ComboBoxDataT *d = (ComboBoxDataT *)w->data;
d->open = true;
d->hoverIdx = d->selectedIdx;
sOpenPopup = w;
wgtInvalidatePaint(w);
}
// ============================================================
// widgetComboBoxClosePopup
// ============================================================
void widgetComboBoxClosePopup(WidgetT *w) {
ComboBoxDataT *d = (ComboBoxDataT *)w->data;
d->open = false;
wgtInvalidatePaint(w);
}
// ============================================================
// widgetComboBoxGetPopupItemCount
// ============================================================
int32_t widgetComboBoxGetPopupItemCount(const WidgetT *w) {
const ComboBoxDataT *d = (const ComboBoxDataT *)w->data;
return d->itemCount;
}
// ============================================================
// widgetComboBoxOpenPopup
// ============================================================
void widgetComboBoxOpenPopup(WidgetT *w) {
ComboBoxDataT *d = (ComboBoxDataT *)w->data;
d->open = true;
d->hoverIdx = d->selectedIdx;
sOpenPopup = w;
wgtInvalidatePaint(w);
}
// ============================================================
// DXE registration
// ============================================================
static void widgetComboBoxGetPopupRect(const WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font, int32_t contentH, int32_t *popX, int32_t *popY, int32_t *popW, int32_t *popH) {
widgetDropdownPopupRect((WidgetT *)w, font, contentH, popX, popY, popW, popH);
}
static const WidgetClassT sClassComboBox = {
.flags = WCLASS_FOCUSABLE,
.paint = widgetComboBoxPaint,
.paintOverlay = widgetComboBoxPaintPopup,
.calcMinSize = widgetComboBoxCalcMinSize,
.layout = NULL,
.onMouse = widgetComboBoxOnMouse,
.onKey = widgetComboBoxOnKey,
.destroy = widgetComboBoxDestroy,
.getText = widgetComboBoxGetText,
.setText = widgetComboBoxSetText
.flags = WCLASS_FOCUSABLE | WCLASS_HAS_POPUP | WCLASS_SCROLLABLE,
.paint = widgetComboBoxPaint,
.paintOverlay = widgetComboBoxPaintPopup,
.calcMinSize = widgetComboBoxCalcMinSize,
.layout = NULL,
.onMouse = widgetComboBoxOnMouse,
.onKey = widgetComboBoxOnKey,
.onAccelActivate = widgetComboBoxAccelActivate,
.destroy = widgetComboBoxDestroy,
.getText = widgetComboBoxGetText,
.setText = widgetComboBoxSetText,
.openPopup = widgetComboBoxOpenPopup,
.closePopup = widgetComboBoxClosePopup,
.getPopupItemCount = widgetComboBoxGetPopupItemCount,
.getPopupRect = widgetComboBoxGetPopupRect
};
void wgtRegister(void) {
widgetClassTable[WidgetComboBoxE] = &sClassComboBox;
// ============================================================
// Widget creation functions
// ============================================================
WidgetT *wgtComboBox(WidgetT *parent, int32_t maxLen) {
WidgetT *w = widgetAlloc(parent, sTypeId);
if (w) {
ComboBoxDataT *d = (ComboBoxDataT *)calloc(1, sizeof(ComboBoxDataT));
if (!d) {
return w;
}
w->data = d;
int32_t bufSize = maxLen > 0 ? maxLen + 1 : 256;
d->buf = (char *)malloc(bufSize);
d->undoBuf = (char *)malloc(bufSize);
d->bufSize = bufSize;
if (!d->buf || !d->undoBuf) {
free(d->buf);
free(d->undoBuf);
d->buf = NULL;
d->undoBuf = NULL;
} else {
d->buf[0] = '\0';
}
d->selStart = -1;
d->selEnd = -1;
d->selectedIdx = -1;
w->weight = 100;
}
return w;
}
int32_t wgtComboBoxGetSelected(const WidgetT *w) {
VALIDATE_WIDGET(w, sTypeId, -1);
const ComboBoxDataT *d = (const ComboBoxDataT *)w->data;
return d->selectedIdx;
}
void wgtComboBoxSetItems(WidgetT *w, const char **items, int32_t count) {
VALIDATE_WIDGET_VOID(w, sTypeId);
ComboBoxDataT *d = (ComboBoxDataT *)w->data;
d->items = items;
d->itemCount = count;
d->maxItemLen = widgetMaxItemLen(items, count);
if (d->selectedIdx >= count) {
d->selectedIdx = -1;
}
wgtInvalidate(w);
}
void wgtComboBoxSetSelected(WidgetT *w, int32_t idx) {
VALIDATE_WIDGET_VOID(w, sTypeId);
ComboBoxDataT *d = (ComboBoxDataT *)w->data;
d->selectedIdx = idx;
// Copy selected item text to buffer
if (idx >= 0 && idx < d->itemCount && d->buf) {
strncpy(d->buf, d->items[idx], d->bufSize - 1);
d->buf[d->bufSize - 1] = '\0';
d->len = (int32_t)strlen(d->buf);
d->cursorPos = d->len;
d->scrollOff = 0;
d->selStart = -1;
d->selEnd = -1;
}
wgtInvalidatePaint(w);
}
// ============================================================
// DXE registration
// ============================================================
static const struct {
WidgetT *(*create)(WidgetT *parent, int32_t maxLen);
void (*setItems)(WidgetT *w, const char **items, int32_t count);
int32_t (*getSelected)(const WidgetT *w);
void (*setSelected)(WidgetT *w, int32_t index);
} sApi = {
.create = wgtComboBox,
.setItems = wgtComboBoxSetItems,
.getSelected = wgtComboBoxGetSelected,
.setSelected = wgtComboBoxSetSelected
};
void wgtRegister(void) {
sTypeId = wgtRegisterClass(&sClassComboBox);
wgtRegisterApi("combobox", &sApi);
}

25
widgets/widgetComboBox.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
// widgetComboBox.h -- ComboBox widget API
#ifndef WIDGET_COMBOBOX_H
#define WIDGET_COMBOBOX_H
#include "../core/dvxWidget.h"
typedef struct {
WidgetT *(*create)(WidgetT *parent, int32_t maxLen);
void (*setItems)(WidgetT *w, const char **items, int32_t count);
int32_t (*getSelected)(const WidgetT *w);
void (*setSelected)(WidgetT *w, int32_t idx);
} ComboBoxApiT;
static inline const ComboBoxApiT *dvxComboBoxApi(void) {
static const ComboBoxApiT *sApi;
if (!sApi) { sApi = (const ComboBoxApiT *)wgtGetApi("combobox"); }
return sApi;
}
#define wgtComboBox(parent, maxLen) dvxComboBoxApi()->create(parent, maxLen)
#define wgtComboBoxSetItems(w, items, count) dvxComboBoxApi()->setItems(w, items, count)
#define wgtComboBoxGetSelected(w) dvxComboBoxApi()->getSelected(w)
#define wgtComboBoxSetSelected(w, idx) dvxComboBoxApi()->setSelected(w, idx)
#endif // WIDGET_COMBOBOX_H

313
widgets/widgetDropdown.c
View file

@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
#define DVX_WIDGET_IMPL
// widgetDropdown.c -- Dropdown (select) widget
//
// A non-editable dropdown list (HTML <select> equivalent). Unlike ComboBox,
@ -18,66 +19,29 @@
// Popup overlay painting and hit testing are shared with ComboBox via
// widgetDropdownPopupRect and widgetPaintPopupList in widgetCore.c.
#include "widgetInternal.h"
#include "dvxWidgetPlugin.h"
#include "../texthelp/textHelp.h"
#include "../listhelp/listHelp.h"
static int32_t sTypeId = -1;
typedef struct {
const char **items;
int32_t itemCount;
int32_t selectedIdx;
bool open;
int32_t hoverIdx;
int32_t scrollPos;
int32_t maxItemLen;
} DropdownDataT;
// ============================================================
// wgtDropdown
// widgetDropdownDestroy
// ============================================================
WidgetT *wgtDropdown(WidgetT *parent) {
WidgetT *w = widgetAlloc(parent, WidgetDropdownE);
if (w) {
w->as.dropdown.selectedIdx = -1;
w->as.dropdown.hoverIdx = -1;
}
return w;
}
// ============================================================
// wgtDropdownGetSelected
// ============================================================
int32_t wgtDropdownGetSelected(const WidgetT *w) {
VALIDATE_WIDGET(w, WidgetDropdownE, -1);
return w->as.dropdown.selectedIdx;
}
// ============================================================
// wgtDropdownSetItems
// ============================================================
void wgtDropdownSetItems(WidgetT *w, const char **items, int32_t count) {
VALIDATE_WIDGET_VOID(w, WidgetDropdownE);
w->as.dropdown.items = items;
w->as.dropdown.itemCount = count;
// Cache max item strlen to avoid recomputing in calcMinSize
w->as.dropdown.maxItemLen = widgetMaxItemLen(items, count);
if (w->as.dropdown.selectedIdx >= count) {
w->as.dropdown.selectedIdx = -1;
}
wgtInvalidate(w);
}
// ============================================================
// wgtDropdownSetSelected
// ============================================================
void wgtDropdownSetSelected(WidgetT *w, int32_t idx) {
VALIDATE_WIDGET_VOID(w, WidgetDropdownE);
w->as.dropdown.selectedIdx = idx;
wgtInvalidatePaint(w);
void widgetDropdownDestroy(WidgetT *w) {
free(w->data);
}
@ -86,8 +50,10 @@ void wgtDropdownSetSelected(WidgetT *w, int32_t idx) {
// ============================================================
const char *widgetDropdownGetText(const WidgetT *w) {
if (w->as.dropdown.selectedIdx >= 0 && w->as.dropdown.selectedIdx < w->as.dropdown.itemCount) {
return w->as.dropdown.items[w->as.dropdown.selectedIdx];
const DropdownDataT *d = (const DropdownDataT *)w->data;
if (d->selectedIdx >= 0 && d->selectedIdx < d->itemCount) {
return d->items[d->selectedIdx];
}
return "";
@ -99,8 +65,10 @@ const char *widgetDropdownGetText(const WidgetT *w) {
// ============================================================
void widgetDropdownCalcMinSize(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font) {
DropdownDataT *d = (DropdownDataT *)w->data;
// Width: widest item + button width + border
int32_t maxItemW = w->as.dropdown.maxItemLen * font->charWidth;
int32_t maxItemW = d->maxItemLen * font->charWidth;
int32_t minW = font->charWidth * 8;
if (maxItemW < minW) {
@ -123,28 +91,29 @@ void widgetDropdownCalcMinSize(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font) {
// arrow-key cycling doesn't require the popup to be visible.
void widgetDropdownOnKey(WidgetT *w, int32_t key, int32_t mod) {
(void)mod;
DropdownDataT *d = (DropdownDataT *)w->data;
if (w->as.dropdown.open) {
if (d->open) {
// Popup is open -- navigate items
if (key == (0x48 | 0x100)) {
if (w->as.dropdown.hoverIdx > 0) {
w->as.dropdown.hoverIdx--;
if (d->hoverIdx > 0) {
d->hoverIdx--;
if (w->as.dropdown.hoverIdx < w->as.dropdown.scrollPos) {
w->as.dropdown.scrollPos = w->as.dropdown.hoverIdx;
if (d->hoverIdx < d->scrollPos) {
d->scrollPos = d->hoverIdx;
}
}
} else if (key == (0x50 | 0x100)) {
if (w->as.dropdown.hoverIdx < w->as.dropdown.itemCount - 1) {
w->as.dropdown.hoverIdx++;
if (d->hoverIdx < d->itemCount - 1) {
d->hoverIdx++;
if (w->as.dropdown.hoverIdx >= w->as.dropdown.scrollPos + DROPDOWN_MAX_VISIBLE) {
w->as.dropdown.scrollPos = w->as.dropdown.hoverIdx - DROPDOWN_MAX_VISIBLE + 1;
if (d->hoverIdx >= d->scrollPos + DROPDOWN_MAX_VISIBLE) {
d->scrollPos = d->hoverIdx - DROPDOWN_MAX_VISIBLE + 1;
}
}
} else if (key == 0x0D || key == ' ') {
w->as.dropdown.selectedIdx = w->as.dropdown.hoverIdx;
w->as.dropdown.open = false;
d->selectedIdx = d->hoverIdx;
d->open = false;
sOpenPopup = NULL;
if (w->onChange) {
@ -154,20 +123,20 @@ void widgetDropdownOnKey(WidgetT *w, int32_t key, int32_t mod) {
} else {
// Popup is closed
if (key == (0x50 | 0x100) || key == ' ' || key == 0x0D) {
w->as.dropdown.open = true;
w->as.dropdown.hoverIdx = w->as.dropdown.selectedIdx;
d->open = true;
d->hoverIdx = d->selectedIdx;
sOpenPopup = w;
if (w->as.dropdown.hoverIdx >= w->as.dropdown.scrollPos + DROPDOWN_MAX_VISIBLE) {
w->as.dropdown.scrollPos = w->as.dropdown.hoverIdx - DROPDOWN_MAX_VISIBLE + 1;
if (d->hoverIdx >= d->scrollPos + DROPDOWN_MAX_VISIBLE) {
d->scrollPos = d->hoverIdx - DROPDOWN_MAX_VISIBLE + 1;
}
if (w->as.dropdown.hoverIdx < w->as.dropdown.scrollPos) {
w->as.dropdown.scrollPos = w->as.dropdown.hoverIdx;
if (d->hoverIdx < d->scrollPos) {
d->scrollPos = d->hoverIdx;
}
} else if (key == (0x48 | 0x100)) {
if (w->as.dropdown.selectedIdx > 0) {
w->as.dropdown.selectedIdx--;
if (d->selectedIdx > 0) {
d->selectedIdx--;
if (w->onChange) {
w->onChange(w);
@ -201,9 +170,10 @@ void widgetDropdownOnMouse(WidgetT *w, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy) {
return;
}
w->as.dropdown.open = !w->as.dropdown.open;
w->as.dropdown.hoverIdx = w->as.dropdown.selectedIdx;
sOpenPopup = w->as.dropdown.open ? w : NULL;
DropdownDataT *d = (DropdownDataT *)w->data;
d->open = !d->open;
d->hoverIdx = d->selectedIdx;
sOpenPopup = d->open ? w : NULL;
}
@ -211,7 +181,8 @@ void widgetDropdownOnMouse(WidgetT *w, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy) {
// widgetDropdownPaint
// ============================================================
void widgetDropdownPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors) {
void widgetDropdownPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *disp, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors) {
DropdownDataT *d = (DropdownDataT *)w->data;
uint32_t fg = w->fgColor ? w->fgColor : colors->contentFg;
uint32_t bg = w->bgColor ? w->bgColor : colors->contentBg;
@ -222,36 +193,36 @@ void widgetDropdownPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const Bit
bevel.shadow = colors->windowHighlight;
bevel.face = bg;
bevel.width = 2;
drawBevel(d, ops, w->x, w->y, textAreaW, w->h, &bevel);
drawBevel(disp, ops, w->x, w->y, textAreaW, w->h, &bevel);
// Draw selected item text
if (w->as.dropdown.selectedIdx >= 0 && w->as.dropdown.selectedIdx < w->as.dropdown.itemCount) {
if (d->selectedIdx >= 0 && d->selectedIdx < d->itemCount) {
int32_t textX = w->x + TEXT_INPUT_PAD;
int32_t textY = w->y + (w->h - font->charHeight) / 2;
if (!w->enabled) {
drawTextEmbossed(d, ops, font, textX, textY, w->as.dropdown.items[w->as.dropdown.selectedIdx], colors);
drawTextEmbossed(disp, ops, font, textX, textY, d->items[d->selectedIdx], colors);
} else {
drawText(d, ops, font, textX, textY, w->as.dropdown.items[w->as.dropdown.selectedIdx], fg, bg, true);
drawText(disp, ops, font, textX, textY, d->items[d->selectedIdx], fg, bg, true);
}
}
// Drop button
BevelStyleT btnBevel;
btnBevel.highlight = w->as.dropdown.open ? colors->windowShadow : colors->windowHighlight;
btnBevel.shadow = w->as.dropdown.open ? colors->windowHighlight : colors->windowShadow;
btnBevel.highlight = d->open ? colors->windowShadow : colors->windowHighlight;
btnBevel.shadow = d->open ? colors->windowHighlight : colors->windowShadow;
btnBevel.face = colors->buttonFace;
btnBevel.width = 2;
drawBevel(d, ops, w->x + textAreaW, w->y, DROPDOWN_BTN_WIDTH, w->h, &btnBevel);
drawBevel(disp, ops, w->x + textAreaW, w->y, DROPDOWN_BTN_WIDTH, w->h, &btnBevel);
// Down arrow glyph in button
uint32_t arrowFg = w->enabled ? colors->contentFg : colors->windowShadow;
int32_t arrowX = w->x + textAreaW + DROPDOWN_BTN_WIDTH / 2;
int32_t arrowY = w->y + w->h / 2 - 1;
widgetDrawDropdownArrow(d, ops, arrowX, arrowY, arrowFg);
widgetDrawDropdownArrow(disp, ops, arrowX, arrowY, arrowFg);
if (w->focused) {
drawFocusRect(d, ops, w->x + 3, w->y + 3, textAreaW - 6, w->h - 6, fg);
drawFocusRect(disp, ops, w->x + 3, w->y + 3, textAreaW - 6, w->h - 6, fg);
}
}
@ -265,14 +236,63 @@ void widgetDropdownPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const Bit
// on-screen) and widgetPaintPopupList (which renders the bordered, scrollable
// item list with hover highlighting). These shared helpers are also used by
// ComboBox, keeping the popup rendering consistent between both widgets.
void widgetDropdownPaintPopup(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors) {
void widgetDropdownPaintPopup(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *disp, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors) {
DropdownDataT *d = (DropdownDataT *)w->data;
int32_t popX;
int32_t popY;
int32_t popW;
int32_t popH;
widgetDropdownPopupRect(w, font, d->clipH, &popX, &popY, &popW, &popH);
widgetPaintPopupList(d, ops, font, colors, popX, popY, popW, popH, w->as.dropdown.items, w->as.dropdown.itemCount, w->as.dropdown.hoverIdx, w->as.dropdown.scrollPos);
widgetDropdownPopupRect(w, font, disp->clipH, &popX, &popY, &popW, &popH);
widgetPaintPopupList(disp, ops, font, colors, popX, popY, popW, popH, d->items, d->itemCount, d->hoverIdx, d->scrollPos);
}
// ============================================================
// widgetDropdownAccelActivate
// ============================================================
void widgetDropdownAccelActivate(WidgetT *w, WidgetT *root) {
(void)root;
DropdownDataT *d = (DropdownDataT *)w->data;
d->open = true;
d->hoverIdx = d->selectedIdx;
sOpenPopup = w;
wgtInvalidatePaint(w);
}
// ============================================================
// widgetDropdownClosePopup
// ============================================================
void widgetDropdownClosePopup(WidgetT *w) {
DropdownDataT *d = (DropdownDataT *)w->data;
d->open = false;
wgtInvalidatePaint(w);
}
// ============================================================
// widgetDropdownGetPopupItemCount
// ============================================================
int32_t widgetDropdownGetPopupItemCount(const WidgetT *w) {
const DropdownDataT *d = (const DropdownDataT *)w->data;
return d->itemCount;
}
// ============================================================
// widgetDropdownOpenPopup
// ============================================================
void widgetDropdownOpenPopup(WidgetT *w) {
DropdownDataT *d = (DropdownDataT *)w->data;
d->open = true;
d->hoverIdx = d->selectedIdx;
sOpenPopup = w;
wgtInvalidatePaint(w);
}
@ -281,19 +301,104 @@ void widgetDropdownPaintPopup(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, cons
// ============================================================
static void widgetDropdownGetPopupRect(const WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font, int32_t contentH, int32_t *popX, int32_t *popY, int32_t *popW, int32_t *popH) {
widgetDropdownPopupRect((WidgetT *)w, font, contentH, popX, popY, popW, popH);
}
static const WidgetClassT sClassDropdown = {
.flags = WCLASS_FOCUSABLE,
.paint = widgetDropdownPaint,
.paintOverlay = widgetDropdownPaintPopup,
.calcMinSize = widgetDropdownCalcMinSize,
.layout = NULL,
.onMouse = widgetDropdownOnMouse,
.onKey = widgetDropdownOnKey,
.destroy = NULL,
.getText = widgetDropdownGetText,
.setText = NULL
.flags = WCLASS_FOCUSABLE | WCLASS_HAS_POPUP | WCLASS_SCROLLABLE,
.paint = widgetDropdownPaint,
.paintOverlay = widgetDropdownPaintPopup,
.calcMinSize = widgetDropdownCalcMinSize,
.layout = NULL,
.onMouse = widgetDropdownOnMouse,
.onKey = widgetDropdownOnKey,
.onAccelActivate = widgetDropdownAccelActivate,
.destroy = widgetDropdownDestroy,
.getText = widgetDropdownGetText,
.setText = NULL,
.openPopup = widgetDropdownOpenPopup,
.closePopup = widgetDropdownClosePopup,
.getPopupItemCount = widgetDropdownGetPopupItemCount,
.getPopupRect = widgetDropdownGetPopupRect
};
// ============================================================
// Widget creation functions
// ============================================================
WidgetT *wgtDropdown(WidgetT *parent) {
WidgetT *w = widgetAlloc(parent, sTypeId);
if (w) {
DropdownDataT *d = (DropdownDataT *)calloc(1, sizeof(DropdownDataT));
if (!d) {
return w;
}
w->data = d;
d->selectedIdx = -1;
d->hoverIdx = -1;
}
return w;
}
int32_t wgtDropdownGetSelected(const WidgetT *w) {
VALIDATE_WIDGET(w, sTypeId, -1);
const DropdownDataT *d = (const DropdownDataT *)w->data;
return d->selectedIdx;
}
void wgtDropdownSetItems(WidgetT *w, const char **items, int32_t count) {
VALIDATE_WIDGET_VOID(w, sTypeId);
DropdownDataT *d = (DropdownDataT *)w->data;
d->items = items;
d->itemCount = count;
d->maxItemLen = widgetMaxItemLen(items, count);
if (d->selectedIdx >= count) {
d->selectedIdx = -1;
}
wgtInvalidate(w);
}
void wgtDropdownSetSelected(WidgetT *w, int32_t idx) {
VALIDATE_WIDGET_VOID(w, sTypeId);
DropdownDataT *d = (DropdownDataT *)w->data;
d->selectedIdx = idx;
wgtInvalidatePaint(w);
}
// ============================================================
// DXE registration
// ============================================================
static const struct {
WidgetT *(*create)(WidgetT *parent);
void (*setItems)(WidgetT *w, const char **items, int32_t count);
int32_t (*getSelected)(const WidgetT *w);
void (*setSelected)(WidgetT *w, int32_t index);
} sApi = {
.create = wgtDropdown,
.setItems = wgtDropdownSetItems,
.getSelected = wgtDropdownGetSelected,
.setSelected = wgtDropdownSetSelected
};
void wgtRegister(void) {
widgetClassTable[WidgetDropdownE] = &sClassDropdown;
sTypeId = wgtRegisterClass(&sClassDropdown);
wgtRegisterApi("dropdown", &sApi);
}

25
widgets/widgetDropdown.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
// widgetDropdown.h -- Dropdown widget API
#ifndef WIDGET_DROPDOWN_H
#define WIDGET_DROPDOWN_H
#include "../core/dvxWidget.h"
typedef struct {
WidgetT *(*create)(WidgetT *parent);
void (*setItems)(WidgetT *w, const char **items, int32_t count);
int32_t (*getSelected)(const WidgetT *w);
void (*setSelected)(WidgetT *w, int32_t idx);
} DropdownApiT;
static inline const DropdownApiT *dvxDropdownApi(void) {
static const DropdownApiT *sApi;
if (!sApi) { sApi = (const DropdownApiT *)wgtGetApi("dropdown"); }
return sApi;
}
#define wgtDropdown(parent) dvxDropdownApi()->create(parent)
#define wgtDropdownSetItems(w, items, count) dvxDropdownApi()->setItems(w, items, count)
#define wgtDropdownGetSelected(w) dvxDropdownApi()->getSelected(w)
#define wgtDropdownSetSelected(w, idx) dvxDropdownApi()->setSelected(w, idx)
#endif // WIDGET_DROPDOWN_H

259
widgets/widgetImage.c
View file

@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
#define DVX_WIDGET_IMPL
// widgetImage.c -- Image widget (displays bitmap, responds to clicks)
//
// Displays a bitmap image, optionally responding to clicks. The image data
@ -16,38 +17,141 @@
// No border or bevel is drawn -- the image fills its widget bounds with
// centering if the widget is larger than the image.
#include "widgetInternal.h"
#include "dvxWidgetPlugin.h"
static int32_t sTypeId = -1;
typedef struct {
uint8_t *pixelData;
int32_t imgW;
int32_t imgH;
int32_t imgPitch;
bool pressed;
} ImageDataT;
// ============================================================
// wgtImage
// widgetImageDestroy
// ============================================================
//
// Create an image widget from raw pixel data already in display format.
// Takes ownership of the data buffer (freed on destroy).
WidgetT *wgtImage(WidgetT *parent, uint8_t *data, int32_t w, int32_t h, int32_t pitch) {
WidgetT *wgt = widgetAlloc(parent, WidgetImageE);
void widgetImageDestroy(WidgetT *w) {
ImageDataT *d = (ImageDataT *)w->data;
if (d) {
free(d->pixelData);
free(d);
}
}
// ============================================================
// widgetImageCalcMinSize
// ============================================================
void widgetImageCalcMinSize(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font) {
(void)font;
ImageDataT *d = (ImageDataT *)w->data;
w->calcMinW = d->imgW;
w->calcMinH = d->imgH;
}
// ============================================================
// widgetImageOnMouse
// ============================================================
// Mouse click: briefly sets pressed=true (for the 1px offset effect),
// invalidates to show the press, fires onClick, then immediately clears
// pressed. The press is purely visual -- there's no release tracking like
// Button has, since Image clicks are meant for instant actions (e.g.,
// clicking a logo or icon area).
void widgetImageOnMouse(WidgetT *w, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy) {
(void)root;
(void)vx;
(void)vy;
ImageDataT *d = (ImageDataT *)w->data;
d->pressed = true;
wgtInvalidatePaint(w);
if (w->onClick) {
w->onClick(w);
}
d->pressed = false;
}
// ============================================================
// widgetImagePaint
// ============================================================
void widgetImagePaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *disp, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors) {
(void)font;
(void)colors;
ImageDataT *d = (ImageDataT *)w->data;
if (!d->pixelData) {
return;
}
// Center the image within the widget bounds
int32_t imgW = d->imgW;
int32_t imgH = d->imgH;
int32_t dx = w->x + (w->w - imgW) / 2;
int32_t dy = w->y + (w->h - imgH) / 2;
// Offset by 1px when pressed (button-press effect)
if (d->pressed) {
dx++;
dy++;
}
rectCopy(disp, ops, dx, dy,
d->pixelData, d->imgPitch,
0, 0, imgW, imgH);
}
// ============================================================
// DXE registration
// ============================================================
static const WidgetClassT sClassImage = {
.flags = 0,
.paint = widgetImagePaint,
.paintOverlay = NULL,
.calcMinSize = widgetImageCalcMinSize,
.layout = NULL,
.onMouse = widgetImageOnMouse,
.onKey = NULL,
.destroy = widgetImageDestroy,
.getText = NULL,
.setText = NULL
};
// ============================================================
// Widget creation functions
// ============================================================
WidgetT *wgtImage(WidgetT *parent, uint8_t *pixelData, int32_t w, int32_t h, int32_t pitch) {
WidgetT *wgt = widgetAlloc(parent, sTypeId);
if (wgt) {
wgt->as.image.data = data;
wgt->as.image.imgW = w;
wgt->as.image.imgH = h;
wgt->as.image.imgPitch = pitch;
wgt->as.image.pressed = false;
ImageDataT *d = calloc(1, sizeof(ImageDataT));
d->pixelData = pixelData;
d->imgW = w;
d->imgH = h;
d->imgPitch = pitch;
d->pressed = false;
wgt->data = d;
}
return wgt;
}
// ============================================================
// wgtImageFromFile
// ============================================================
//
// Load an image from a file (BMP, PNG, JPEG, GIF), convert to
// display pixel format, and create an image widget. Delegates to
// dvxLoadImage for format decoding and pixel conversion.
WidgetT *wgtImageFromFile(WidgetT *parent, const char *path) {
if (!parent || !path) {
return NULL;
@ -72,114 +176,35 @@ WidgetT *wgtImageFromFile(WidgetT *parent, const char *path) {
}
// ============================================================
// wgtImageSetData
// ============================================================
void wgtImageSetData(WidgetT *w, uint8_t *pixelData, int32_t imgW, int32_t imgH, int32_t pitch) {
VALIDATE_WIDGET_VOID(w, sTypeId);
ImageDataT *d = (ImageDataT *)w->data;
void wgtImageSetData(WidgetT *w, uint8_t *data, int32_t imgW, int32_t imgH, int32_t pitch) {
VALIDATE_WIDGET_VOID(w, WidgetImageE);
free(w->as.image.data);
w->as.image.data = data;
w->as.image.imgW = imgW;
w->as.image.imgH = imgH;
w->as.image.imgPitch = pitch;
free(d->pixelData);
d->pixelData = pixelData;
d->imgW = imgW;
d->imgH = imgH;
d->imgPitch = pitch;
wgtInvalidate(w);
}
// ============================================================
// widgetImageDestroy
// ============================================================
void widgetImageDestroy(WidgetT *w) {
free(w->as.image.data);
}
// ============================================================
// widgetImageCalcMinSize
// ============================================================
void widgetImageCalcMinSize(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font) {
(void)font;
w->calcMinW = w->as.image.imgW;
w->calcMinH = w->as.image.imgH;
}
// ============================================================
// widgetImageOnMouse
// ============================================================
// Mouse click: briefly sets pressed=true (for the 1px offset effect),
// invalidates to show the press, fires onClick, then immediately clears
// pressed. The press is purely visual -- there's no release tracking like
// Button has, since Image clicks are meant for instant actions (e.g.,
// clicking a logo or icon area).
void widgetImageOnMouse(WidgetT *w, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy) {
(void)root;
(void)vx;
(void)vy;
w->as.image.pressed = true;
wgtInvalidatePaint(w);
if (w->onClick) {
w->onClick(w);
}
w->as.image.pressed = false;
}
// ============================================================
// widgetImagePaint
// ============================================================
void widgetImagePaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors) {
(void)font;
(void)colors;
if (!w->as.image.data) {
return;
}
// Center the image within the widget bounds
int32_t imgW = w->as.image.imgW;
int32_t imgH = w->as.image.imgH;
int32_t dx = w->x + (w->w - imgW) / 2;
int32_t dy = w->y + (w->h - imgH) / 2;
// Offset by 1px when pressed (button-press effect)
if (w->as.image.pressed) {
dx++;
dy++;
}
rectCopy(d, ops, dx, dy,
w->as.image.data, w->as.image.imgPitch,
0, 0, imgW, imgH);
}
// ============================================================
// DXE registration
// ============================================================
static const WidgetClassT sClassImage = {
.flags = 0,
.paint = widgetImagePaint,
.paintOverlay = NULL,
.calcMinSize = widgetImageCalcMinSize,
.layout = NULL,
.onMouse = widgetImageOnMouse,
.onKey = NULL,
.destroy = widgetImageDestroy,
.getText = NULL,
.setText = NULL
static const struct {
WidgetT *(*create)(WidgetT *parent, uint8_t *pixelData, int32_t w, int32_t h, int32_t pitch);
WidgetT *(*fromFile)(WidgetT *parent, const char *path);
void (*setData)(WidgetT *w, uint8_t *pixelData, int32_t imgW, int32_t imgH, int32_t pitch);
} sApi = {
.create = wgtImage,
.fromFile = wgtImageFromFile,
.setData = wgtImageSetData
};
void wgtRegister(void) {
widgetClassTable[WidgetImageE] = &sClassImage;
sTypeId = wgtRegisterClass(&sClassImage);
wgtRegisterApi("image", &sApi);
}

23
widgets/widgetImage.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
// widgetImage.h -- Image widget API
#ifndef WIDGET_IMAGE_H
#define WIDGET_IMAGE_H
#include "../core/dvxWidget.h"
typedef struct {
WidgetT *(*create)(WidgetT *parent, uint8_t *data, int32_t w, int32_t h, int32_t pitch);
WidgetT *(*fromFile)(WidgetT *parent, const char *path);
void (*setData)(WidgetT *w, uint8_t *data, int32_t imgW, int32_t imgH, int32_t pitch);
} ImageApiT;
static inline const ImageApiT *dvxImageApi(void) {
static const ImageApiT *sApi;
if (!sApi) { sApi = (const ImageApiT *)wgtGetApi("image"); }
return sApi;
}
#define wgtImage(parent, data, w, h, pitch) dvxImageApi()->create(parent, data, w, h, pitch)
#define wgtImageFromFile(parent, path) dvxImageApi()->fromFile(parent, path)
#define wgtImageSetData(w, data, imgW, imgH, pitch) dvxImageApi()->setData(w, data, imgW, imgH, pitch)
#endif // WIDGET_IMAGE_H

319
widgets/widgetImageButton.c
View file

@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
#define DVX_WIDGET_IMPL
// widgetImageButton.c -- Image button widget (button with image instead of text)
//
// Combines a Button's beveled border and press behavior with an Image's
@ -16,41 +17,190 @@
// the 2px bevel on each side -- no extra padding is added beyond that,
// keeping image buttons compact for toolbar use.
#include "widgetInternal.h"
#include "dvxWidgetPlugin.h"
static int32_t sTypeId = -1;
typedef struct {
uint8_t *pixelData;
int32_t imgW;
int32_t imgH;
int32_t imgPitch;
bool pressed;
} ImageButtonDataT;
// ============================================================
// wgtImageButton
// widgetImageButtonDestroy
// ============================================================
WidgetT *wgtImageButton(WidgetT *parent, uint8_t *data, int32_t w, int32_t h, int32_t pitch) {
if (!parent || !data || w <= 0 || h <= 0) {
void widgetImageButtonDestroy(WidgetT *w) {
ImageButtonDataT *d = (ImageButtonDataT *)w->data;
if (d) {
free(d->pixelData);
free(d);
}
}
// ============================================================
// widgetImageButtonCalcMinSize
// ============================================================
void widgetImageButtonCalcMinSize(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font) {
(void)font;
ImageButtonDataT *d = (ImageButtonDataT *)w->data;
// Bevel border only, no extra padding
w->calcMinW = d->imgW + 4;
w->calcMinH = d->imgH + 4;
}
// ============================================================
// widgetImageButtonOnKey
// ============================================================
void widgetImageButtonOnKey(WidgetT *w, int32_t key, int32_t mod) {
(void)mod;
ImageButtonDataT *d = (ImageButtonDataT *)w->data;
if (key == ' ' || key == 0x0D) {
d->pressed = true;
sKeyPressedBtn = w;
wgtInvalidatePaint(w);
}
}
// ============================================================
// widgetImageButtonOnMouse
// ============================================================
void widgetImageButtonOnMouse(WidgetT *w, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy) {
(void)root;
(void)vx;
(void)vy;
ImageButtonDataT *d = (ImageButtonDataT *)w->data;
w->focused = true;
d->pressed = true;
sPressedButton = w;
}
// ============================================================
// widgetImageButtonPaint
// ============================================================
void widgetImageButtonPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *disp, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors) {
(void)font;
ImageButtonDataT *d = (ImageButtonDataT *)w->data;
uint32_t bgFace = w->bgColor ? w->bgColor : colors->buttonFace;
bool pressed = d->pressed && w->enabled;
BevelStyleT bevel;
bevel.highlight = pressed ? colors->windowShadow : colors->windowHighlight;
bevel.shadow = pressed ? colors->windowHighlight : colors->windowShadow;
bevel.face = bgFace;
bevel.width = 2;
drawBevel(disp, ops, w->x, w->y, w->w, w->h, &bevel);
if (d->pixelData) {
int32_t imgX = w->x + (w->w - d->imgW) / 2;
int32_t imgY = w->y + (w->h - d->imgH) / 2;
if (pressed) {
imgX++;
imgY++;
}
rectCopy(disp, ops, imgX, imgY,
d->pixelData, d->imgPitch,
0, 0, d->imgW, d->imgH);
}
if (w->focused) {
uint32_t fg = w->fgColor ? w->fgColor : colors->contentFg;
int32_t off = pressed ? 1 : 0;
drawFocusRect(disp, ops, w->x + 3 + off, w->y + 3 + off, w->w - 6, w->h - 6, fg);
}
}
// ============================================================
// widgetImageButtonAccelActivate
// ============================================================
void widgetImageButtonAccelActivate(WidgetT *w, WidgetT *root) {
(void)root;
ImageButtonDataT *d = (ImageButtonDataT *)w->data;
d->pressed = true;
sKeyPressedBtn = w;
wgtInvalidatePaint(w);
}
// ============================================================
// widgetImageButtonSetPressed
// ============================================================
void widgetImageButtonSetPressed(WidgetT *w, bool pressed) {
ImageButtonDataT *d = (ImageButtonDataT *)w->data;
d->pressed = pressed;
wgtInvalidatePaint(w);
}
// ============================================================
// DXE registration
// ============================================================
static const WidgetClassT sClassImageButton = {
.flags = WCLASS_FOCUSABLE | WCLASS_PRESS_RELEASE,
.paint = widgetImageButtonPaint,
.paintOverlay = NULL,
.calcMinSize = widgetImageButtonCalcMinSize,
.layout = NULL,
.onMouse = widgetImageButtonOnMouse,
.onKey = widgetImageButtonOnKey,
.onAccelActivate = widgetImageButtonAccelActivate,
.destroy = widgetImageButtonDestroy,
.getText = NULL,
.setText = NULL,
.setPressed = widgetImageButtonSetPressed
};
// ============================================================
// Widget creation functions
// ============================================================
WidgetT *wgtImageButton(WidgetT *parent, uint8_t *pixelData, int32_t w, int32_t h, int32_t pitch) {
if (!parent || !pixelData || w <= 0 || h <= 0) {
return NULL;
}
WidgetT *wgt = widgetAlloc(parent, WidgetImageButtonE);
WidgetT *wgt = widgetAlloc(parent, sTypeId);
if (wgt) {
wgt->as.imageButton.data = data;
wgt->as.imageButton.imgW = w;
wgt->as.imageButton.imgH = h;
wgt->as.imageButton.imgPitch = pitch;
wgt->as.imageButton.pressed = false;
ImageButtonDataT *d = calloc(1, sizeof(ImageButtonDataT));
d->pixelData = pixelData;
d->imgW = w;
d->imgH = h;
d->imgPitch = pitch;
d->pressed = false;
wgt->data = d;
} else {
free(data);
free(pixelData);
}
return wgt;
}
// ============================================================
// wgtImageButtonFromFile
// ============================================================
//
// Load an image from disk and create an ImageButton widget.
// Delegates to dvxLoadImage for format decoding and pixel conversion.
WidgetT *wgtImageButtonFromFile(WidgetT *parent, const char *path) {
if (!parent || !path) {
return NULL;
@ -75,130 +225,35 @@ WidgetT *wgtImageButtonFromFile(WidgetT *parent, const char *path) {
}
// ============================================================
// wgtImageButtonSetData
// ============================================================
void wgtImageButtonSetData(WidgetT *w, uint8_t *pixelData, int32_t imgW, int32_t imgH, int32_t pitch) {
VALIDATE_WIDGET_VOID(w, sTypeId);
ImageButtonDataT *d = (ImageButtonDataT *)w->data;
void wgtImageButtonSetData(WidgetT *w, uint8_t *data, int32_t imgW, int32_t imgH, int32_t pitch) {
VALIDATE_WIDGET_VOID(w, WidgetImageButtonE);
free(w->as.imageButton.data);
w->as.imageButton.data = data;
w->as.imageButton.imgW = imgW;
w->as.imageButton.imgH = imgH;
w->as.imageButton.imgPitch = pitch;
free(d->pixelData);
d->pixelData = pixelData;
d->imgW = imgW;
d->imgH = imgH;
d->imgPitch = pitch;
wgtInvalidate(w);
}
// ============================================================
// widgetImageButtonDestroy
// ============================================================
void widgetImageButtonDestroy(WidgetT *w) {
free(w->as.imageButton.data);
}
// ============================================================
// widgetImageButtonCalcMinSize
// ============================================================
void widgetImageButtonCalcMinSize(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font) {
(void)font;
// Bevel border only, no extra padding
w->calcMinW = w->as.imageButton.imgW + 4;
w->calcMinH = w->as.imageButton.imgH + 4;
}
// ============================================================
// widgetImageButtonOnKey
// ============================================================
void widgetImageButtonOnKey(WidgetT *w, int32_t key, int32_t mod) {
(void)mod;
if (key == ' ' || key == 0x0D) {
w->as.imageButton.pressed = true;
sKeyPressedBtn = w;
wgtInvalidatePaint(w);
}
}
// ============================================================
// widgetImageButtonOnMouse
// ============================================================
void widgetImageButtonOnMouse(WidgetT *w, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy) {
(void)root;
(void)vx;
(void)vy;
w->focused = true;
w->as.imageButton.pressed = true;
sPressedButton = w;
}
// ============================================================
// widgetImageButtonPaint
// ============================================================
void widgetImageButtonPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors) {
(void)font;
uint32_t bgFace = w->bgColor ? w->bgColor : colors->buttonFace;
bool pressed = w->as.imageButton.pressed && w->enabled;
BevelStyleT bevel;
bevel.highlight = pressed ? colors->windowShadow : colors->windowHighlight;
bevel.shadow = pressed ? colors->windowHighlight : colors->windowShadow;
bevel.face = bgFace;
bevel.width = 2;
drawBevel(d, ops, w->x, w->y, w->w, w->h, &bevel);
if (w->as.imageButton.data) {
int32_t imgX = w->x + (w->w - w->as.imageButton.imgW) / 2;
int32_t imgY = w->y + (w->h - w->as.imageButton.imgH) / 2;
if (pressed) {
imgX++;
imgY++;
}
rectCopy(d, ops, imgX, imgY,
w->as.imageButton.data, w->as.imageButton.imgPitch,
0, 0, w->as.imageButton.imgW, w->as.imageButton.imgH);
}
if (w->focused) {
uint32_t fg = w->fgColor ? w->fgColor : colors->contentFg;
int32_t off = pressed ? 1 : 0;
drawFocusRect(d, ops, w->x + 3 + off, w->y + 3 + off, w->w - 6, w->h - 6, fg);
}
}
// ============================================================
// DXE registration
// ============================================================
static const WidgetClassT sClassImageButton = {
.flags = WCLASS_FOCUSABLE,
.paint = widgetImageButtonPaint,
.paintOverlay = NULL,
.calcMinSize = widgetImageButtonCalcMinSize,
.layout = NULL,
.onMouse = widgetImageButtonOnMouse,
.onKey = widgetImageButtonOnKey,
.destroy = widgetImageButtonDestroy,
.getText = NULL,
.setText = NULL
static const struct {
WidgetT *(*create)(WidgetT *parent, uint8_t *pixelData, int32_t w, int32_t h, int32_t pitch);
WidgetT *(*fromFile)(WidgetT *parent, const char *path);
void (*setData)(WidgetT *w, uint8_t *pixelData, int32_t imgW, int32_t imgH, int32_t pitch);
} sApi = {
.create = wgtImageButton,
.fromFile = wgtImageButtonFromFile,
.setData = wgtImageButtonSetData
};
void wgtRegister(void) {
widgetClassTable[WidgetImageButtonE] = &sClassImageButton;
sTypeId = wgtRegisterClass(&sClassImageButton);
wgtRegisterApi("imagebutton", &sApi);
}

23
widgets/widgetImageButton.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
// widgetImageButton.h -- ImageButton widget API
#ifndef WIDGET_IMAGEBUTTON_H
#define WIDGET_IMAGEBUTTON_H
#include "../core/dvxWidget.h"
typedef struct {
WidgetT *(*create)(WidgetT *parent, uint8_t *data, int32_t w, int32_t h, int32_t pitch);
WidgetT *(*fromFile)(WidgetT *parent, const char *path);
void (*setData)(WidgetT *w, uint8_t *data, int32_t imgW, int32_t imgH, int32_t pitch);
} ImageButtonApiT;
static inline const ImageButtonApiT *dvxImageButtonApi(void) {
static const ImageButtonApiT *sApi;
if (!sApi) { sApi = (const ImageButtonApiT *)wgtGetApi("imagebutton"); }
return sApi;
}
#define wgtImageButton(parent, data, w, h, pitch) dvxImageButtonApi()->create(parent, data, w, h, pitch)
#define wgtImageButtonFromFile(parent, path) dvxImageButtonApi()->fromFile(parent, path)
#define wgtImageButtonSetData(w, data, imgW, imgH, pitch) dvxImageButtonApi()->setData(w, data, imgW, imgH, pitch)
#endif // WIDGET_IMAGEBUTTON_H

135
widgets/widgetLabel.c
View file

@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
#define DVX_WIDGET_IMPL
// widgetLabel.c -- Label widget
//
// Static text display -- the simplest widget. Not focusable, not interactive.
@ -15,22 +16,41 @@
// content background color from the color scheme). The +1 in calcMinH adds a
// pixel of breathing room below the text baseline.
#include "widgetInternal.h"
#include "dvxWidgetPlugin.h"
static int32_t sTypeId = -1;
typedef struct {
const char *text;
WidgetAlignE textAlign;
} LabelDataT;
// ============================================================
// wgtLabel
// Prototypes
// ============================================================
WidgetT *wgtLabel(WidgetT *parent, const char *text) {
WidgetT *w = widgetAlloc(parent, WidgetLabelE);
static void widgetLabelDestroy(WidgetT *w);
if (w) {
w->as.label.text = text;
w->accelKey = accelParse(text);
}
return w;
// ============================================================
// widgetLabelCalcMinSize
// ============================================================
void widgetLabelCalcMinSize(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font) {
LabelDataT *d = (LabelDataT *)w->data;
w->calcMinW = textWidthAccel(font, d->text);
w->calcMinH = font->charHeight + 1;
}
// ============================================================
// widgetLabelDestroy
// ============================================================
static void widgetLabelDestroy(WidgetT *w) {
free(w->data);
w->data = NULL;
}
@ -39,27 +59,8 @@ WidgetT *wgtLabel(WidgetT *parent, const char *text) {
// ============================================================
const char *widgetLabelGetText(const WidgetT *w) {
return w->as.label.text;
}
// ============================================================
// widgetLabelSetText
// ============================================================
void widgetLabelSetText(WidgetT *w, const char *text) {
w->as.label.text = text;
w->accelKey = accelParse(text);
}
// ============================================================
// widgetLabelCalcMinSize
// ============================================================
void widgetLabelCalcMinSize(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font) {
w->calcMinW = textWidthAccel(font, w->as.label.text);
w->calcMinH = font->charHeight + 1;
LabelDataT *d = (LabelDataT *)w->data;
return d->text;
}
@ -68,36 +69,37 @@ void widgetLabelCalcMinSize(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font) {
// ============================================================
void widgetLabelPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors) {
int32_t textW = textWidthAccel(font, w->as.label.text);
int32_t textX = w->x;
int32_t textY = w->y + (w->h - font->charHeight) / 2;
LabelDataT *ld = (LabelDataT *)w->data;
int32_t textW = textWidthAccel(font, ld->text);
int32_t textX = w->x;
int32_t textY = w->y + (w->h - font->charHeight) / 2;
if (w->as.label.textAlign == AlignCenterE) {
if (ld->textAlign == AlignCenterE) {
textX = w->x + (w->w - textW) / 2;
} else if (w->as.label.textAlign == AlignEndE) {
} else if (ld->textAlign == AlignEndE) {
textX = w->x + w->w - textW;
}
if (!w->enabled) {
drawTextAccelEmbossed(d, ops, font, textX, textY, w->as.label.text, colors);
drawTextAccelEmbossed(d, ops, font, textX, textY, ld->text, colors);
return;
}
uint32_t fg = w->fgColor ? w->fgColor : colors->contentFg;
uint32_t bg = w->bgColor ? w->bgColor : colors->contentBg;
drawTextAccel(d, ops, font, textX, textY, w->as.label.text, fg, bg, false);
drawTextAccel(d, ops, font, textX, textY, ld->text, fg, bg, false);
}
// ============================================================
// wgtLabelSetAlign
// widgetLabelSetText
// ============================================================
void wgtLabelSetAlign(WidgetT *w, WidgetAlignE align) {
if (w && w->type == WidgetLabelE) {
w->as.label.textAlign = align;
}
void widgetLabelSetText(WidgetT *w, const char *text) {
LabelDataT *d = (LabelDataT *)w->data;
d->text = text;
w->accelKey = accelParse(text);
}
@ -107,18 +109,59 @@ void wgtLabelSetAlign(WidgetT *w, WidgetAlignE align) {
static const WidgetClassT sClassLabel = {
.flags = 0,
.flags = WCLASS_FOCUS_FORWARD,
.paint = widgetLabelPaint,
.paintOverlay = NULL,
.calcMinSize = widgetLabelCalcMinSize,
.layout = NULL,
.onMouse = NULL,
.onKey = NULL,
.destroy = NULL,
.destroy = widgetLabelDestroy,
.getText = widgetLabelGetText,
.setText = widgetLabelSetText
};
void wgtRegister(void) {
widgetClassTable[WidgetLabelE] = &sClassLabel;
// ============================================================
// Widget creation functions
// ============================================================
WidgetT *wgtLabel(WidgetT *parent, const char *text) {
WidgetT *w = widgetAlloc(parent, sTypeId);
if (w) {
LabelDataT *d = calloc(1, sizeof(LabelDataT));
w->data = d;
d->text = text;
w->accelKey = accelParse(text);
}
return w;
}
void wgtLabelSetAlign(WidgetT *w, WidgetAlignE align) {
if (w && w->type == sTypeId) {
LabelDataT *d = (LabelDataT *)w->data;
d->textAlign = align;
}
}
// ============================================================
// DXE registration
// ============================================================
static const struct {
WidgetT *(*create)(WidgetT *parent, const char *text);
void (*setAlign)(WidgetT *w, WidgetAlignE align);
} sApi = {
.create = wgtLabel,
.setAlign = wgtLabelSetAlign
};
void wgtRegister(void) {
sTypeId = wgtRegisterClass(&sClassLabel);
wgtRegisterApi("label", &sApi);
}

21
widgets/widgetLabel.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
// widgetLabel.h -- Label widget API
#ifndef WIDGET_LABEL_H
#define WIDGET_LABEL_H
#include "../core/dvxWidget.h"
typedef struct {
WidgetT *(*create)(WidgetT *parent, const char *text);
void (*setAlign)(WidgetT *w, WidgetAlignE align);
} LabelApiT;
static inline const LabelApiT *dvxLabelApi(void) {
static const LabelApiT *sApi;
if (!sApi) { sApi = (const LabelApiT *)wgtGetApi("label"); }
return sApi;
}
#define wgtLabel(parent, text) dvxLabelApi()->create(parent, text)
#define wgtLabelSetAlign(w, align) dvxLabelApi()->setAlign(w, align)
#endif // WIDGET_LABEL_H

590
widgets/widgetListBox.c
View file

@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
#define DVX_WIDGET_IMPL
// widgetListBox.c -- ListBox widget (single and multi-select)
//
// Scrollable list of text items with single-select or multi-select modes.
@ -27,7 +28,26 @@
// and a 2px horizontal line indicator shows the insertion point. The actual
// reordering is handled by the application's onReorder callback.
#include "widgetInternal.h"
#include "dvxWidgetPlugin.h"
#include "../listhelp/listHelp.h"
#define LISTBOX_BORDER 2
static int32_t sTypeId = -1;
typedef struct {
const char **items;
int32_t itemCount;
int32_t selectedIdx;
int32_t scrollPos;
int32_t maxItemLen;
bool multiSelect;
int32_t anchorIdx;
uint8_t *selBits;
bool reorderable;
int32_t dragIdx;
int32_t dropIdx;
} ListBoxDataT;
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
@ -40,32 +60,10 @@
// Prototypes
// ============================================================
static void allocSelBits(WidgetT *w);
static void ensureScrollVisible(WidgetT *w, int32_t idx);
static void selectRange(WidgetT *w, int32_t from, int32_t to);
// ============================================================
// allocSelBits
// ============================================================
// Allocate (or re-allocate) the selection bits array. Only allocated in
// multi-select mode -- in single-select, selectedIdx alone tracks the
// selection. calloc initializes all bits to 0 (nothing selected).
static void allocSelBits(WidgetT *w) {
if (w->as.listBox.selBits) {
free(w->as.listBox.selBits);
w->as.listBox.selBits = NULL;
}
int32_t count = w->as.listBox.itemCount;
if (count > 0 && w->as.listBox.multiSelect) {
w->as.listBox.selBits = (uint8_t *)calloc(count, 1);
}
}
// ============================================================
// ensureScrollVisible
// ============================================================
@ -78,6 +76,7 @@ static void ensureScrollVisible(WidgetT *w, int32_t idx) {
return;
}
ListBoxDataT *d = (ListBoxDataT *)w->data;
AppContextT *ctx = wgtGetContext(w);
const BitmapFontT *font = &ctx->font;
int32_t innerH = w->h - LISTBOX_BORDER * 2;
@ -87,10 +86,10 @@ static void ensureScrollVisible(WidgetT *w, int32_t idx) {
visibleRows = 1;
}
if (idx < w->as.listBox.scrollPos) {
w->as.listBox.scrollPos = idx;
} else if (idx >= w->as.listBox.scrollPos + visibleRows) {
w->as.listBox.scrollPos = idx - visibleRows + 1;
if (idx < d->scrollPos) {
d->scrollPos = idx;
} else if (idx >= d->scrollPos + visibleRows) {
d->scrollPos = idx - visibleRows + 1;
}
}
@ -102,7 +101,9 @@ static void ensureScrollVisible(WidgetT *w, int32_t idx) {
// Set selection bits for all items in the range [from, to] (inclusive,
// order-independent). Used for shift-click and shift-arrow range selection.
static void selectRange(WidgetT *w, int32_t from, int32_t to) {
if (!w->as.listBox.selBits) {
ListBoxDataT *d = (ListBoxDataT *)w->data;
if (!d->selBits) {
return;
}
@ -113,12 +114,12 @@ static void selectRange(WidgetT *w, int32_t from, int32_t to) {
lo = 0;
}
if (hi >= w->as.listBox.itemCount) {
hi = w->as.listBox.itemCount - 1;
if (hi >= d->itemCount) {
hi = d->itemCount - 1;
}
for (int32_t i = lo; i <= hi; i++) {
w->as.listBox.selBits[i] = 1;
d->selBits[i] = 1;
}
}
@ -128,191 +129,16 @@ static void selectRange(WidgetT *w, int32_t from, int32_t to) {
// ============================================================
void widgetListBoxDestroy(WidgetT *w) {
if (w->as.listBox.selBits) {
free(w->as.listBox.selBits);
w->as.listBox.selBits = NULL;
ListBoxDataT *d = (ListBoxDataT *)w->data;
if (d) {
free(d->selBits);
free(d);
w->data = NULL;
}
}
// ============================================================
// wgtListBox
// ============================================================
WidgetT *wgtListBox(WidgetT *parent) {
WidgetT *w = widgetAlloc(parent, WidgetListBoxE);
if (w) {
w->as.listBox.selectedIdx = -1;
w->as.listBox.anchorIdx = -1;
w->as.listBox.dragIdx = -1;
w->as.listBox.dropIdx = -1;
}
return w;
}
// ============================================================
// wgtListBoxClearSelection
// ============================================================
void wgtListBoxClearSelection(WidgetT *w) {
if (!w || w->type != WidgetListBoxE || !w->as.listBox.selBits) {
return;
}
memset(w->as.listBox.selBits, 0, w->as.listBox.itemCount);
wgtInvalidatePaint(w);
}
// ============================================================
// wgtListBoxGetSelected
// ============================================================
int32_t wgtListBoxGetSelected(const WidgetT *w) {
VALIDATE_WIDGET(w, WidgetListBoxE, -1);
return w->as.listBox.selectedIdx;
}
// ============================================================
// wgtListBoxIsItemSelected
// ============================================================
bool wgtListBoxIsItemSelected(const WidgetT *w, int32_t idx) {
VALIDATE_WIDGET(w, WidgetListBoxE, false);
if (!w->as.listBox.multiSelect) {
return idx == w->as.listBox.selectedIdx;
}
if (!w->as.listBox.selBits || idx < 0 || idx >= w->as.listBox.itemCount) {
return false;
}
return w->as.listBox.selBits[idx] != 0;
}
// ============================================================
// wgtListBoxSelectAll
// ============================================================
void wgtListBoxSelectAll(WidgetT *w) {
if (!w || w->type != WidgetListBoxE || !w->as.listBox.selBits) {
return;
}
memset(w->as.listBox.selBits, 1, w->as.listBox.itemCount);
wgtInvalidatePaint(w);
}
// ============================================================
// wgtListBoxSetItemSelected
// ============================================================
void wgtListBoxSetItemSelected(WidgetT *w, int32_t idx, bool selected) {
VALIDATE_WIDGET_VOID(w, WidgetListBoxE);
if (!w->as.listBox.selBits || idx < 0 || idx >= w->as.listBox.itemCount) {
return;
}
w->as.listBox.selBits[idx] = selected ? 1 : 0;
wgtInvalidatePaint(w);
}
// ============================================================
// wgtListBoxSetItems
// ============================================================
void wgtListBoxSetItems(WidgetT *w, const char **items, int32_t count) {
VALIDATE_WIDGET_VOID(w, WidgetListBoxE);
w->as.listBox.items = items;
w->as.listBox.itemCount = count;
// Cache max item strlen to avoid recomputing in calcMinSize
w->as.listBox.maxItemLen = widgetMaxItemLen(items, count);
if (w->as.listBox.selectedIdx >= count) {
w->as.listBox.selectedIdx = count > 0 ? 0 : -1;
}
if (w->as.listBox.selectedIdx < 0 && count > 0) {
w->as.listBox.selectedIdx = 0;
}
w->as.listBox.anchorIdx = w->as.listBox.selectedIdx;
// Reallocate selection bits
allocSelBits(w);
// Pre-select the cursor item
if (w->as.listBox.selBits && w->as.listBox.selectedIdx >= 0) {
w->as.listBox.selBits[w->as.listBox.selectedIdx] = 1;
}
wgtInvalidate(w);
}
// ============================================================
// wgtListBoxSetReorderable
// ============================================================
void wgtListBoxSetReorderable(WidgetT *w, bool reorderable) {
VALIDATE_WIDGET_VOID(w, WidgetListBoxE);
w->as.listBox.reorderable = reorderable;
}
// ============================================================
// wgtListBoxSetMultiSelect
// ============================================================
void wgtListBoxSetMultiSelect(WidgetT *w, bool multi) {
VALIDATE_WIDGET_VOID(w, WidgetListBoxE);
w->as.listBox.multiSelect = multi;
allocSelBits(w);
// Sync: mark current selection
if (w->as.listBox.selBits && w->as.listBox.selectedIdx >= 0) {
w->as.listBox.selBits[w->as.listBox.selectedIdx] = 1;
}
}
// ============================================================
// wgtListBoxSetSelected
// ============================================================
void wgtListBoxSetSelected(WidgetT *w, int32_t idx) {
VALIDATE_WIDGET_VOID(w, WidgetListBoxE);
w->as.listBox.selectedIdx = idx;
w->as.listBox.anchorIdx = idx;
// In multi-select, clear all then select just this one
if (w->as.listBox.selBits) {
memset(w->as.listBox.selBits, 0, w->as.listBox.itemCount);
if (idx >= 0 && idx < w->as.listBox.itemCount) {
w->as.listBox.selBits[idx] = 1;
}
}
wgtInvalidatePaint(w);
}
// ============================================================
// widgetListBoxCalcMinSize
// ============================================================
@ -322,8 +148,9 @@ void wgtListBoxSetSelected(WidgetT *w, int32_t idx) {
// minimum height even when empty. The 8-character minimum width prevents
// the listbox from collapsing too narrow when items are short or absent.
void widgetListBoxCalcMinSize(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font) {
int32_t maxItemW = w->as.listBox.maxItemLen * font->charWidth;
int32_t minW = font->charWidth * 8;
ListBoxDataT *d = (ListBoxDataT *)w->data;
int32_t maxItemW = d->maxItemLen * font->charWidth;
int32_t minW = font->charWidth * 8;
if (maxItemW < minW) {
maxItemW = minW;
@ -343,14 +170,16 @@ void widgetListBoxCalcMinSize(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font) {
// navigation. This shared helper ensures consistent keyboard navigation
// across ListBox, ListView, and other scrollable widgets.
void widgetListBoxOnKey(WidgetT *w, int32_t key, int32_t mod) {
if (!w || w->type != WidgetListBoxE || w->as.listBox.itemCount == 0) {
ListBoxDataT *d = (ListBoxDataT *)w->data;
if (!w || w->type != sTypeId || d->itemCount == 0) {
return;
}
bool multi = w->as.listBox.multiSelect;
bool multi = d->multiSelect;
bool shift = (mod & KEY_MOD_SHIFT) != 0;
bool ctrl = (mod & KEY_MOD_CTRL) != 0;
int32_t sel = w->as.listBox.selectedIdx;
int32_t sel = d->selectedIdx;
// Ctrl+A -- select all (multi-select only)
if (multi && ctrl && (key == 'a' || key == 'A' || key == 1)) {
@ -360,9 +189,9 @@ void widgetListBoxOnKey(WidgetT *w, int32_t key, int32_t mod) {
// Space -- toggle current item (multi-select only)
if (multi && key == ' ') {
if (sel >= 0 && w->as.listBox.selBits) {
w->as.listBox.selBits[sel] ^= 1;
w->as.listBox.anchorIdx = sel;
if (sel >= 0 && d->selBits) {
d->selBits[sel] ^= 1;
d->anchorIdx = sel;
}
if (w->onChange) {
@ -390,7 +219,7 @@ void widgetListBoxOnKey(WidgetT *w, int32_t key, int32_t mod) {
visibleRows = 1;
}
int32_t newSel = widgetNavigateIndex(key, sel, w->as.listBox.itemCount, visibleRows);
int32_t newSel = widgetNavigateIndex(key, sel, d->itemCount, visibleRows);
if (newSel < 0) {
return;
@ -400,14 +229,14 @@ void widgetListBoxOnKey(WidgetT *w, int32_t key, int32_t mod) {
return;
}
w->as.listBox.selectedIdx = newSel;
d->selectedIdx = newSel;
// Update selection
if (multi && w->as.listBox.selBits) {
if (multi && d->selBits) {
if (shift) {
// Shift+arrow: range from anchor to new cursor
memset(w->as.listBox.selBits, 0, w->as.listBox.itemCount);
selectRange(w, w->as.listBox.anchorIdx, newSel);
memset(d->selBits, 0, d->itemCount);
selectRange(w, d->anchorIdx, newSel);
}
// Plain arrow: just move cursor, leave selections untouched
}
@ -432,21 +261,22 @@ void widgetListBoxOnKey(WidgetT *w, int32_t key, int32_t mod) {
// regions, and thumb based on the click position. Item clicks are translated
// from pixel coordinates to item index using integer division by charHeight.
void widgetListBoxOnMouse(WidgetT *hit, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy) {
ListBoxDataT *d = (ListBoxDataT *)hit->data;
AppContextT *ctx = (AppContextT *)root->userData;
const BitmapFontT *font = &ctx->font;
int32_t innerH = hit->h - LISTBOX_BORDER * 2;
int32_t visibleRows = innerH / font->charHeight;
bool needSb = (hit->as.listBox.itemCount > visibleRows);
bool needSb = (d->itemCount > visibleRows);
// Clamp scroll
int32_t maxScroll = hit->as.listBox.itemCount - visibleRows;
int32_t maxScroll = d->itemCount - visibleRows;
if (maxScroll < 0) {
maxScroll = 0;
}
hit->as.listBox.scrollPos = clampInt(hit->as.listBox.scrollPos, 0, maxScroll);
d->scrollPos = clampInt(d->scrollPos, 0, maxScroll);
// Check if click is on the scrollbar
if (needSb) {
@ -454,27 +284,27 @@ void widgetListBoxOnMouse(WidgetT *hit, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy) {
if (vx >= sbX) {
int32_t relY = vy - (hit->y + LISTBOX_BORDER);
ScrollHitE sh = widgetScrollbarHitTest(innerH, relY, hit->as.listBox.itemCount, visibleRows, hit->as.listBox.scrollPos);
ScrollHitE sh = widgetScrollbarHitTest(innerH, relY, d->itemCount, visibleRows, d->scrollPos);
if (sh == ScrollHitArrowDecE) {
if (hit->as.listBox.scrollPos > 0) {
hit->as.listBox.scrollPos--;
if (d->scrollPos > 0) {
d->scrollPos--;
}
} else if (sh == ScrollHitArrowIncE) {
if (hit->as.listBox.scrollPos < maxScroll) {
hit->as.listBox.scrollPos++;
if (d->scrollPos < maxScroll) {
d->scrollPos++;
}
} else if (sh == ScrollHitPageDecE) {
hit->as.listBox.scrollPos -= visibleRows;
hit->as.listBox.scrollPos = clampInt(hit->as.listBox.scrollPos, 0, maxScroll);
d->scrollPos -= visibleRows;
d->scrollPos = clampInt(d->scrollPos, 0, maxScroll);
} else if (sh == ScrollHitPageIncE) {
hit->as.listBox.scrollPos += visibleRows;
hit->as.listBox.scrollPos = clampInt(hit->as.listBox.scrollPos, 0, maxScroll);
d->scrollPos += visibleRows;
d->scrollPos = clampInt(d->scrollPos, 0, maxScroll);
} else if (sh == ScrollHitThumbE) {
int32_t trackLen = innerH - WGT_SB_W * 2;
int32_t thumbPos;
int32_t thumbSize;
widgetScrollbarThumb(trackLen, hit->as.listBox.itemCount, visibleRows, hit->as.listBox.scrollPos, &thumbPos, &thumbSize);
widgetScrollbarThumb(trackLen, d->itemCount, visibleRows, d->scrollPos, &thumbPos, &thumbSize);
sDragScrollbar = hit;
sDragScrollbarOrient = 0;
@ -495,33 +325,33 @@ void widgetListBoxOnMouse(WidgetT *hit, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy) {
}
int32_t clickedRow = relY / font->charHeight;
int32_t idx = hit->as.listBox.scrollPos + clickedRow;
int32_t idx = d->scrollPos + clickedRow;
if (idx < 0 || idx >= hit->as.listBox.itemCount) {
if (idx < 0 || idx >= d->itemCount) {
return;
}
bool multi = hit->as.listBox.multiSelect;
bool multi = d->multiSelect;
bool shift = (ctx->keyModifiers & KEY_MOD_SHIFT) != 0;
bool ctrl = (ctx->keyModifiers & KEY_MOD_CTRL) != 0;
hit->as.listBox.selectedIdx = idx;
d->selectedIdx = idx;
hit->focused = true;
if (multi && hit->as.listBox.selBits) {
if (multi && d->selBits) {
if (ctrl) {
// Ctrl+click: toggle item, update anchor
hit->as.listBox.selBits[idx] ^= 1;
hit->as.listBox.anchorIdx = idx;
d->selBits[idx] ^= 1;
d->anchorIdx = idx;
} else if (shift) {
// Shift+click: range from anchor to clicked
memset(hit->as.listBox.selBits, 0, hit->as.listBox.itemCount);
selectRange(hit, hit->as.listBox.anchorIdx, idx);
memset(d->selBits, 0, d->itemCount);
selectRange(hit, d->anchorIdx, idx);
} else {
// Plain click: select only this item, update anchor
memset(hit->as.listBox.selBits, 0, hit->as.listBox.itemCount);
hit->as.listBox.selBits[idx] = 1;
hit->as.listBox.anchorIdx = idx;
memset(d->selBits, 0, d->itemCount);
d->selBits[idx] = 1;
d->anchorIdx = idx;
}
}
@ -532,9 +362,9 @@ void widgetListBoxOnMouse(WidgetT *hit, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy) {
// onDblClick is handled by the central dispatcher in widgetEvent.c
// Initiate drag-reorder if enabled (not from modifier clicks)
if (hit->as.listBox.reorderable && !shift && !ctrl) {
hit->as.listBox.dragIdx = idx;
hit->as.listBox.dropIdx = idx;
if (d->reorderable && !shift && !ctrl) {
d->dragIdx = idx;
d->dropIdx = idx;
sDragReorder = hit;
}
}
@ -552,12 +382,13 @@ void widgetListBoxOnMouse(WidgetT *hit, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy) {
// items are selected. The scrollbar is drawn only when needed (item count
// exceeds visible rows), and the content width is reduced accordingly.
void widgetListBoxPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors) {
ListBoxDataT *lb = (ListBoxDataT *)w->data;
uint32_t fg = w->fgColor ? w->fgColor : colors->contentFg;
uint32_t bg = w->bgColor ? w->bgColor : colors->contentBg;
int32_t innerH = w->h - LISTBOX_BORDER * 2;
int32_t visibleRows = innerH / font->charHeight;
bool needSb = (w->as.listBox.itemCount > visibleRows);
bool needSb = (lb->itemCount > visibleRows);
int32_t contentW = w->w - LISTBOX_BORDER * 2;
if (needSb) {
@ -569,22 +400,22 @@ void widgetListBoxPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const Bitm
drawBevel(d, ops, w->x, w->y, w->w, w->h, &bevel);
// Clamp scroll position
int32_t maxScroll = w->as.listBox.itemCount - visibleRows;
int32_t maxScroll = lb->itemCount - visibleRows;
if (maxScroll < 0) {
maxScroll = 0;
}
w->as.listBox.scrollPos = clampInt(w->as.listBox.scrollPos, 0, maxScroll);
lb->scrollPos = clampInt(lb->scrollPos, 0, maxScroll);
// Draw items
int32_t innerX = w->x + LISTBOX_BORDER + LISTBOX_PAD;
int32_t innerY = w->y + LISTBOX_BORDER;
int32_t scrollPos = w->as.listBox.scrollPos;
bool multi = w->as.listBox.multiSelect;
uint8_t *selBits = w->as.listBox.selBits;
int32_t scrollPos = lb->scrollPos;
bool multi = lb->multiSelect;
uint8_t *selBits = lb->selBits;
for (int32_t i = 0; i < visibleRows && (scrollPos + i) < w->as.listBox.itemCount; i++) {
for (int32_t i = 0; i < visibleRows && (scrollPos + i) < lb->itemCount; i++) {
int32_t idx = scrollPos + i;
int32_t iy = innerY + i * font->charHeight;
uint32_t ifg = fg;
@ -595,7 +426,7 @@ void widgetListBoxPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const Bitm
if (multi && selBits) {
isSelected = selBits[idx] != 0;
} else {
isSelected = (idx == w->as.listBox.selectedIdx);
isSelected = (idx == lb->selectedIdx);
}
if (isSelected) {
@ -604,10 +435,10 @@ void widgetListBoxPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const Bitm
rectFill(d, ops, w->x + LISTBOX_BORDER, iy, contentW, font->charHeight, ibg);
}
drawText(d, ops, font, innerX, iy, w->as.listBox.items[idx], ifg, ibg, false);
drawText(d, ops, font, innerX, iy, lb->items[idx], ifg, ibg, false);
// Draw cursor indicator in multi-select (dotted focus rect on cursor item)
if (multi && idx == w->as.listBox.selectedIdx && w->focused) {
if (multi && idx == lb->selectedIdx && w->focused) {
drawFocusRect(d, ops, w->x + LISTBOX_BORDER, iy, contentW, font->charHeight, fg);
}
}
@ -615,8 +446,8 @@ void widgetListBoxPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const Bitm
// Draw drag-reorder insertion indicator: a 2px horizontal line at the
// drop position. The line is drawn between items (not on top of them)
// so it's clear where the dragged item will be inserted.
if (w->as.listBox.reorderable && w->as.listBox.dragIdx >= 0 && w->as.listBox.dropIdx >= 0) {
int32_t drop = w->as.listBox.dropIdx;
if (lb->reorderable && lb->dragIdx >= 0 && lb->dropIdx >= 0) {
int32_t drop = lb->dropIdx;
int32_t lineY = innerY + (drop - scrollPos) * font->charHeight;
if (lineY >= innerY && lineY <= innerY + innerH) {
@ -629,7 +460,7 @@ void widgetListBoxPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const Bitm
if (needSb) {
int32_t sbX = w->x + w->w - LISTBOX_BORDER - WGT_SB_W;
int32_t sbY = w->y + LISTBOX_BORDER;
widgetDrawScrollbarV(d, ops, colors, sbX, sbY, innerH, w->as.listBox.itemCount, visibleRows, w->as.listBox.scrollPos);
widgetDrawScrollbarV(d, ops, colors, sbX, sbY, innerH, lb->itemCount, visibleRows, lb->scrollPos);
}
if (w->focused) {
@ -644,7 +475,7 @@ void widgetListBoxPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const Bitm
static const WidgetClassT sClassListBox = {
.flags = WCLASS_FOCUSABLE,
.flags = WCLASS_FOCUSABLE | WCLASS_SCROLLABLE,
.paint = widgetListBoxPaint,
.paintOverlay = NULL,
.calcMinSize = widgetListBoxCalcMinSize,
@ -656,6 +487,227 @@ static const WidgetClassT sClassListBox = {
.setText = NULL
};
void wgtRegister(void) {
widgetClassTable[WidgetListBoxE] = &sClassListBox;
// ============================================================
// Widget creation functions and accessors
// ============================================================
// Allocate (or re-allocate) the selection bits array for multi-select mode.
static void listBoxAllocSelBits(WidgetT *w) {
ListBoxDataT *d = (ListBoxDataT *)w->data;
free(d->selBits);
d->selBits = NULL;
int32_t count = d->itemCount;
if (count > 0 && d->multiSelect) {
d->selBits = (uint8_t *)calloc(count, 1);
}
}
WidgetT *wgtListBox(WidgetT *parent) {
WidgetT *w = widgetAlloc(parent, sTypeId);
if (w) {
ListBoxDataT *d = (ListBoxDataT *)calloc(1, sizeof(ListBoxDataT));
if (!d) {
return w;
}
w->data = d;
d->selectedIdx = -1;
d->anchorIdx = -1;
d->dragIdx = -1;
d->dropIdx = -1;
}
return w;
}
void wgtListBoxClearSelection(WidgetT *w) {
if (!w || w->type != sTypeId) {
return;
}
ListBoxDataT *d = (ListBoxDataT *)w->data;
if (!d->selBits) {
return;
}
memset(d->selBits, 0, d->itemCount);
wgtInvalidatePaint(w);
}
int32_t wgtListBoxGetSelected(const WidgetT *w) {
VALIDATE_WIDGET(w, sTypeId, -1);
ListBoxDataT *d = (ListBoxDataT *)w->data;
return d->selectedIdx;
}
bool wgtListBoxIsItemSelected(const WidgetT *w, int32_t idx) {
VALIDATE_WIDGET(w, sTypeId, false);
ListBoxDataT *d = (ListBoxDataT *)w->data;
if (!d->multiSelect) {
return idx == d->selectedIdx;
}
if (!d->selBits || idx < 0 || idx >= d->itemCount) {
return false;
}
return d->selBits[idx] != 0;
}
void wgtListBoxSelectAll(WidgetT *w) {
if (!w || w->type != sTypeId) {
return;
}
ListBoxDataT *d = (ListBoxDataT *)w->data;
if (!d->selBits) {
return;
}
memset(d->selBits, 1, d->itemCount);
wgtInvalidatePaint(w);
}
void wgtListBoxSetItemSelected(WidgetT *w, int32_t idx, bool selected) {
VALIDATE_WIDGET_VOID(w, sTypeId);
ListBoxDataT *d = (ListBoxDataT *)w->data;
if (!d->selBits || idx < 0 || idx >= d->itemCount) {
return;
}
d->selBits[idx] = selected ? 1 : 0;
wgtInvalidatePaint(w);
}
void wgtListBoxSetItems(WidgetT *w, const char **items, int32_t count) {
VALIDATE_WIDGET_VOID(w, sTypeId);
ListBoxDataT *d = (ListBoxDataT *)w->data;
d->items = items;
d->itemCount = count;
d->maxItemLen = widgetMaxItemLen(items, count);
if (d->selectedIdx >= count) {
d->selectedIdx = count > 0 ? 0 : -1;
}
if (d->selectedIdx < 0 && count > 0) {
d->selectedIdx = 0;
}
d->anchorIdx = d->selectedIdx;
// Reallocate selection bits
listBoxAllocSelBits(w);
// Pre-select the cursor item
if (d->selBits && d->selectedIdx >= 0) {
d->selBits[d->selectedIdx] = 1;
}
wgtInvalidate(w);
}
void wgtListBoxSetMultiSelect(WidgetT *w, bool multi) {
VALIDATE_WIDGET_VOID(w, sTypeId);
ListBoxDataT *d = (ListBoxDataT *)w->data;
d->multiSelect = multi;
listBoxAllocSelBits(w);
// Sync: mark current selection
if (d->selBits && d->selectedIdx >= 0) {
d->selBits[d->selectedIdx] = 1;
}
}
void wgtListBoxSetReorderable(WidgetT *w, bool reorderable) {
VALIDATE_WIDGET_VOID(w, sTypeId);
ListBoxDataT *d = (ListBoxDataT *)w->data;
d->reorderable = reorderable;
}
void wgtListBoxSetSelected(WidgetT *w, int32_t idx) {
VALIDATE_WIDGET_VOID(w, sTypeId);
ListBoxDataT *d = (ListBoxDataT *)w->data;
d->selectedIdx = idx;
d->anchorIdx = idx;
d->scrollPos = 0;
// In multi-select, clear all then select just this one
if (d->selBits) {
memset(d->selBits, 0, d->itemCount);
if (idx >= 0 && idx < d->itemCount) {
d->selBits[idx] = 1;
}
}
// Scroll to make the selected item visible
ensureScrollVisible(w, idx);
wgtInvalidatePaint(w);
}
// ============================================================
// DXE registration
// ============================================================
static const struct {
WidgetT *(*create)(WidgetT *parent);
void (*setItems)(WidgetT *w, const char **items, int32_t count);
int32_t (*getSelected)(const WidgetT *w);
void (*setSelected)(WidgetT *w, int32_t idx);
void (*setMultiSelect)(WidgetT *w, bool multi);
bool (*isItemSelected)(const WidgetT *w, int32_t idx);
void (*setItemSelected)(WidgetT *w, int32_t idx, bool selected);
void (*selectAll)(WidgetT *w);
void (*clearSelection)(WidgetT *w);
void (*setReorderable)(WidgetT *w, bool reorderable);
} sApi = {
.create = wgtListBox,
.setItems = wgtListBoxSetItems,
.getSelected = wgtListBoxGetSelected,
.setSelected = wgtListBoxSetSelected,
.setMultiSelect = wgtListBoxSetMultiSelect,
.isItemSelected = wgtListBoxIsItemSelected,
.setItemSelected = wgtListBoxSetItemSelected,
.selectAll = wgtListBoxSelectAll,
.clearSelection = wgtListBoxClearSelection,
.setReorderable = wgtListBoxSetReorderable
};
void wgtRegister(void) {
sTypeId = wgtRegisterClass(&sClassListBox);
wgtRegisterApi("listbox", &sApi);
}

37
widgets/widgetListBox.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
// widgetListBox.h -- ListBox widget API
#ifndef WIDGET_LISTBOX_H
#define WIDGET_LISTBOX_H
#include "../core/dvxWidget.h"
typedef struct {
WidgetT *(*create)(WidgetT *parent);
void (*setItems)(WidgetT *w, const char **items, int32_t count);
int32_t (*getSelected)(const WidgetT *w);
void (*setSelected)(WidgetT *w, int32_t idx);
void (*setMultiSelect)(WidgetT *w, bool multi);
bool (*isItemSelected)(const WidgetT *w, int32_t idx);
void (*setItemSelected)(WidgetT *w, int32_t idx, bool selected);
void (*selectAll)(WidgetT *w);
void (*clearSelection)(WidgetT *w);
void (*setReorderable)(WidgetT *w, bool reorderable);
} ListBoxApiT;
static inline const ListBoxApiT *dvxListBoxApi(void) {
static const ListBoxApiT *sApi;
if (!sApi) { sApi = (const ListBoxApiT *)wgtGetApi("listbox"); }
return sApi;
}
#define wgtListBox(parent) dvxListBoxApi()->create(parent)
#define wgtListBoxSetItems(w, items, count) dvxListBoxApi()->setItems(w, items, count)
#define wgtListBoxGetSelected(w) dvxListBoxApi()->getSelected(w)
#define wgtListBoxSetSelected(w, idx) dvxListBoxApi()->setSelected(w, idx)
#define wgtListBoxSetMultiSelect(w, multi) dvxListBoxApi()->setMultiSelect(w, multi)
#define wgtListBoxIsItemSelected(w, idx) dvxListBoxApi()->isItemSelected(w, idx)
#define wgtListBoxSetItemSelected(w, idx, selected) dvxListBoxApi()->setItemSelected(w, idx, selected)
#define wgtListBoxSelectAll(w) dvxListBoxApi()->selectAll(w)
#define wgtListBoxClearSelection(w) dvxListBoxApi()->clearSelection(w)
#define wgtListBoxSetReorderable(w, reorderable) dvxListBoxApi()->setReorderable(w, reorderable)
#endif // WIDGET_LISTBOX_H

1035
widgets/widgetListView.c
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

47
widgets/widgetListView.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
// widgetListView.h -- ListView widget API
//
// Include this header in app/shell code that uses the ListView widget.
// Column types (ListViewColT, ListViewAlignE, ListViewSortE) are
// defined in dvxWidget.h so widget DXEs can reference them.
#ifndef WIDGET_LISTVIEW_H
#define WIDGET_LISTVIEW_H
#include "../core/dvxWidget.h"
typedef struct {
WidgetT *(*create)(WidgetT *parent);
void (*setColumns)(WidgetT *w, const ListViewColT *cols, int32_t count);
void (*setData)(WidgetT *w, const char **cellData, int32_t rowCount);
int32_t (*getSelected)(const WidgetT *w);
void (*setSelected)(WidgetT *w, int32_t idx);
void (*setSort)(WidgetT *w, int32_t col, ListViewSortE dir);
void (*setHeaderClickCallback)(WidgetT *w, void (*cb)(WidgetT *w, int32_t col, ListViewSortE dir));
void (*setMultiSelect)(WidgetT *w, bool multi);
bool (*isItemSelected)(const WidgetT *w, int32_t idx);
void (*setItemSelected)(WidgetT *w, int32_t idx, bool selected);
void (*selectAll)(WidgetT *w);
void (*clearSelection)(WidgetT *w);
void (*setReorderable)(WidgetT *w, bool reorderable);
} ListViewApiT;
static inline const ListViewApiT *dvxListViewApi(void) {
static const ListViewApiT *sApi;
if (!sApi) { sApi = (const ListViewApiT *)wgtGetApi("listview"); }
return sApi;
}
#define wgtListView(parent) dvxListViewApi()->create(parent)
#define wgtListViewSetColumns(w, cols, count) dvxListViewApi()->setColumns(w, cols, count)
#define wgtListViewSetData(w, cellData, rowCount) dvxListViewApi()->setData(w, cellData, rowCount)
#define wgtListViewGetSelected(w) dvxListViewApi()->getSelected(w)
#define wgtListViewSetSelected(w, idx) dvxListViewApi()->setSelected(w, idx)
#define wgtListViewSetSort(w, col, dir) dvxListViewApi()->setSort(w, col, dir)
#define wgtListViewSetHeaderClickCallback(w, cb) dvxListViewApi()->setHeaderClickCallback(w, cb)
#define wgtListViewSetMultiSelect(w, multi) dvxListViewApi()->setMultiSelect(w, multi)
#define wgtListViewIsItemSelected(w, idx) dvxListViewApi()->isItemSelected(w, idx)
#define wgtListViewSetItemSelected(w, idx, selected) dvxListViewApi()->setItemSelected(w, idx, selected)
#define wgtListViewSelectAll(w) dvxListViewApi()->selectAll(w)
#define wgtListViewClearSelection(w) dvxListViewApi()->clearSelection(w)
#define wgtListViewSetReorderable(w, reorderable) dvxListViewApi()->setReorderable(w, reorderable)
#endif // WIDGET_LISTVIEW_H

186
widgets/widgetProgressBar.c
View file

@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
#define DVX_WIDGET_IMPL
// widgetProgressBar.c -- ProgressBar widget
//
// A non-interactive fill-bar widget for displaying bounded progress.
@ -14,72 +15,15 @@
// The widget has no mouse or keyboard handlers -- it is purely display.
// Value is controlled externally through the set/get API.
#include "widgetInternal.h"
#include "dvxWidgetPlugin.h"
static int32_t sTypeId = -1;
// ============================================================
// wgtProgressBar
// ============================================================
WidgetT *wgtProgressBar(WidgetT *parent) {
WidgetT *w = widgetAlloc(parent, WidgetProgressBarE);
if (w) {
w->as.progressBar.value = 0;
w->as.progressBar.maxValue = 100;
w->as.progressBar.vertical = false;
}
return w;
}
// ============================================================
// wgtProgressBarV
// ============================================================
WidgetT *wgtProgressBarV(WidgetT *parent) {
WidgetT *w = widgetAlloc(parent, WidgetProgressBarE);
if (w) {
w->as.progressBar.value = 0;
w->as.progressBar.maxValue = 100;
w->as.progressBar.vertical = true;
}
return w;
}
// ============================================================
// wgtProgressBarGetValue
// ============================================================
int32_t wgtProgressBarGetValue(const WidgetT *w) {
VALIDATE_WIDGET(w, WidgetProgressBarE, 0);
return w->as.progressBar.value;
}
// ============================================================
// wgtProgressBarSetValue
// ============================================================
void wgtProgressBarSetValue(WidgetT *w, int32_t value) {
VALIDATE_WIDGET_VOID(w, WidgetProgressBarE);
if (value < 0) {
value = 0;
}
if (value > w->as.progressBar.maxValue) {
value = w->as.progressBar.maxValue;
}
w->as.progressBar.value = value;
wgtInvalidatePaint(w);
}
typedef struct {
int32_t value;
int32_t maxValue;
bool vertical;
} ProgressBarDataT;
// ============================================================
@ -91,7 +35,9 @@ void wgtProgressBarSetValue(WidgetT *w, int32_t value) {
// bar plus 2px bevel on each side). The main axis uses 12 char widths
// so the bar is wide enough to show meaningful progress granularity.
void widgetProgressBarCalcMinSize(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font) {
if (w->as.progressBar.vertical) {
ProgressBarDataT *d = (ProgressBarDataT *)w->data;
if (d->vertical) {
w->calcMinW = font->charHeight + 4;
w->calcMinH = font->charWidth * 12;
} else {
@ -113,8 +59,9 @@ void widgetProgressBarCalcMinSize(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font) {
//
// Vertical bars fill from bottom-up (natural "filling" metaphor),
// which requires computing the Y offset as (innerH - fillH).
void widgetProgressBarPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors) {
void widgetProgressBarPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *disp, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors) {
(void)font;
ProgressBarDataT *d = (ProgressBarDataT *)w->data;
uint32_t fg = w->enabled ? (w->fgColor ? w->fgColor : colors->activeTitleBg) : colors->windowShadow;
uint32_t bg = w->bgColor ? w->bgColor : colors->contentBg;
@ -125,10 +72,10 @@ void widgetProgressBarPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const
bevel.shadow = colors->windowHighlight;
bevel.face = bg;
bevel.width = 2;
drawBevel(d, ops, w->x, w->y, w->w, w->h, &bevel);
drawBevel(disp, ops, w->x, w->y, w->w, w->h, &bevel);
// Fill bar
int32_t maxVal = w->as.progressBar.maxValue;
int32_t maxVal = d->maxValue;
if (maxVal <= 0) {
maxVal = 100;
@ -137,30 +84,39 @@ void widgetProgressBarPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const
int32_t innerW = w->w - 4;
int32_t innerH = w->h - 4;
if (w->as.progressBar.vertical) {
int32_t fillH = (innerH * w->as.progressBar.value) / maxVal;
if (d->vertical) {
int32_t fillH = (innerH * d->value) / maxVal;
if (fillH > innerH) {
fillH = innerH;
}
if (fillH > 0) {
rectFill(d, ops, w->x + 2, w->y + 2 + innerH - fillH, innerW, fillH, fg);
rectFill(disp, ops, w->x + 2, w->y + 2 + innerH - fillH, innerW, fillH, fg);
}
} else {
int32_t fillW = (innerW * w->as.progressBar.value) / maxVal;
int32_t fillW = (innerW * d->value) / maxVal;
if (fillW > innerW) {
fillW = innerW;
}
if (fillW > 0) {
rectFill(d, ops, w->x + 2, w->y + 2, fillW, innerH, fg);
rectFill(disp, ops, w->x + 2, w->y + 2, fillW, innerH, fg);
}
}
}
// ============================================================
// widgetProgressBarDestroy
// ============================================================
void widgetProgressBarDestroy(WidgetT *w) {
free(w->data);
}
// ============================================================
// DXE registration
// ============================================================
@ -173,12 +129,90 @@ static const WidgetClassT sClassProgressBar = {
.layout = NULL,
.onMouse = NULL,
.onKey = NULL,
.destroy = NULL,
.destroy = widgetProgressBarDestroy,
.getText = NULL,
.setText = NULL
};
void wgtRegister(void) {
widgetClassTable[WidgetProgressBarE] = &sClassProgressBar;
// ============================================================
// Widget creation functions
// ============================================================
WidgetT *wgtProgressBar(WidgetT *parent) {
WidgetT *w = widgetAlloc(parent, sTypeId);
if (w) {
ProgressBarDataT *d = calloc(1, sizeof(ProgressBarDataT));
d->value = 0;
d->maxValue = 100;
d->vertical = false;
w->data = d;
}
return w;
}
WidgetT *wgtProgressBarV(WidgetT *parent) {
WidgetT *w = widgetAlloc(parent, sTypeId);
if (w) {
ProgressBarDataT *d = calloc(1, sizeof(ProgressBarDataT));
d->value = 0;
d->maxValue = 100;
d->vertical = true;
w->data = d;
}
return w;
}
int32_t wgtProgressBarGetValue(const WidgetT *w) {
VALIDATE_WIDGET(w, sTypeId, 0);
ProgressBarDataT *d = (ProgressBarDataT *)w->data;
return d->value;
}
void wgtProgressBarSetValue(WidgetT *w, int32_t value) {
VALIDATE_WIDGET_VOID(w, sTypeId);
ProgressBarDataT *d = (ProgressBarDataT *)w->data;
if (value < 0) {
value = 0;
}
if (value > d->maxValue) {
value = d->maxValue;
}
d->value = value;
wgtInvalidatePaint(w);
}
// ============================================================
// DXE registration
// ============================================================
static const struct {
WidgetT *(*create)(WidgetT *parent);
WidgetT *(*createV)(WidgetT *parent);
void (*setValue)(WidgetT *w, int32_t value);
int32_t (*getValue)(const WidgetT *w);
} sApi = {
.create = wgtProgressBar,
.createV = wgtProgressBarV,
.setValue = wgtProgressBarSetValue,
.getValue = wgtProgressBarGetValue
};
void wgtRegister(void) {
sTypeId = wgtRegisterClass(&sClassProgressBar);
wgtRegisterApi("progressbar", &sApi);
}

25
widgets/widgetProgressBar.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
// widgetProgressBar.h -- ProgressBar widget API
#ifndef WIDGET_PROGRESSBAR_H
#define WIDGET_PROGRESSBAR_H
#include "../core/dvxWidget.h"
typedef struct {
WidgetT *(*create)(WidgetT *parent);
WidgetT *(*createV)(WidgetT *parent);
void (*setValue)(WidgetT *w, int32_t value);
int32_t (*getValue)(const WidgetT *w);
} ProgressBarApiT;
static inline const ProgressBarApiT *dvxProgressBarApi(void) {
static const ProgressBarApiT *sApi;
if (!sApi) { sApi = (const ProgressBarApiT *)wgtGetApi("progressbar"); }
return sApi;
}
#define wgtProgressBar(parent) dvxProgressBarApi()->create(parent)
#define wgtProgressBarV(parent) dvxProgressBarApi()->createV(parent)
#define wgtProgressBarSetValue(w, value) dvxProgressBarApi()->setValue(w, value)
#define wgtProgressBarGetValue(w) dvxProgressBarApi()->getValue(w)
#endif // WIDGET_PROGRESSBAR_H

289
widgets/widgetRadio.c
View file

@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
#define DVX_WIDGET_IMPL
// widgetRadio.c -- RadioGroup and Radio button widgets
//
// Two-level architecture: RadioGroupE is an invisible container that
@ -21,70 +22,40 @@
// focus AND selection together (standard radio group behavior --
// focus and selection are coupled, unlike checkboxes).
#include "widgetInternal.h"
#include "dvxWidgetPlugin.h"
#define CHECKBOX_BOX_SIZE 12
#define CHECKBOX_GAP 4
static int32_t sRadioGroupTypeId = -1;
static int32_t sRadioTypeId = -1;
typedef struct {
const char *text;
int32_t index;
} RadioDataT;
typedef struct {
int32_t selectedIdx;
} RadioGroupDataT;
// ============================================================
// wgtRadio
// Prototypes
// ============================================================
// Auto-index is computed by counting RadioE siblings before this one.
// This means radio buttons must be added in order and not reordered
// after construction -- which is the normal pattern for radio groups.
WidgetT *wgtRadio(WidgetT *parent, const char *text) {
WidgetT *w = widgetAlloc(parent, WidgetRadioE);
if (w) {
w->as.radio.text = text;
w->accelKey = accelParse(text);
// Auto-assign index based on position in parent
int32_t idx = 0;
for (WidgetT *c = parent->firstChild; c != w; c = c->nextSibling) {
if (c->type == WidgetRadioE) {
idx++;
}
}
w->as.radio.index = idx;
}
return w;
}
static void widgetRadioDestroy(WidgetT *w);
static void widgetRadioGroupDestroy(WidgetT *w);
void widgetRadioOnMouse(WidgetT *w, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy);
// ============================================================
// wgtRadioGroup
// widgetRadioAccelActivate
// ============================================================
WidgetT *wgtRadioGroup(WidgetT *parent) {
WidgetT *w = widgetAlloc(parent, WidgetRadioGroupE);
if (w) {
w->as.radioGroup.selectedIdx = 0;
}
return w;
}
// ============================================================
// widgetRadioGetText
// ============================================================
const char *widgetRadioGetText(const WidgetT *w) {
return w->as.radio.text;
}
// ============================================================
// widgetRadioSetText
// ============================================================
void widgetRadioSetText(WidgetT *w, const char *text) {
w->as.radio.text = text;
w->accelKey = accelParse(text);
void widgetRadioAccelActivate(WidgetT *w, WidgetT *root) {
(void)root;
widgetRadioOnMouse(w, NULL, 0, 0);
}
@ -96,12 +67,43 @@ void widgetRadioSetText(WidgetT *w, const char *text) {
// so radio buttons and checkboxes align when placed in the same
// column, and the indicator + label layout is visually consistent.
void widgetRadioCalcMinSize(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font) {
RadioDataT *d = (RadioDataT *)w->data;
w->calcMinW = CHECKBOX_BOX_SIZE + CHECKBOX_GAP +
textWidthAccel(font, w->as.radio.text);
textWidthAccel(font, d->text);
w->calcMinH = DVX_MAX(CHECKBOX_BOX_SIZE, font->charHeight);
}
// ============================================================
// widgetRadioDestroy
// ============================================================
static void widgetRadioDestroy(WidgetT *w) {
free(w->data);
w->data = NULL;
}
// ============================================================
// widgetRadioGetText
// ============================================================
const char *widgetRadioGetText(const WidgetT *w) {
RadioDataT *d = (RadioDataT *)w->data;
return d->text;
}
// ============================================================
// widgetRadioGroupDestroy
// ============================================================
static void widgetRadioGroupDestroy(WidgetT *w) {
free(w->data);
w->data = NULL;
}
// ============================================================
// widgetRadioOnKey
// ============================================================
@ -117,11 +119,13 @@ void widgetRadioCalcMinSize(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font) {
// ORed with the scancode. 0x50=Down, 0x4D=Right, 0x48=Up, 0x4B=Left.
void widgetRadioOnKey(WidgetT *w, int32_t key, int32_t mod) {
(void)mod;
RadioDataT *rd = (RadioDataT *)w->data;
if (key == ' ' || key == 0x0D) {
// Select this radio
if (w->parent && w->parent->type == WidgetRadioGroupE) {
w->parent->as.radioGroup.selectedIdx = w->as.radio.index;
if (w->parent && w->parent->type == sRadioGroupTypeId) {
RadioGroupDataT *gd = (RadioGroupDataT *)w->parent->data;
gd->selectedIdx = rd->index;
if (w->parent->onChange) {
w->parent->onChange(w->parent);
@ -131,21 +135,23 @@ void widgetRadioOnKey(WidgetT *w, int32_t key, int32_t mod) {
wgtInvalidatePaint(w);
} else if (key == (0x50 | 0x100) || key == (0x4D | 0x100)) {
// Down or Right -- next radio in group
if (w->parent && w->parent->type == WidgetRadioGroupE) {
if (w->parent && w->parent->type == sRadioGroupTypeId) {
WidgetT *next = NULL;
for (WidgetT *s = w->nextSibling; s; s = s->nextSibling) {
if (s->type == WidgetRadioE && s->visible && s->enabled) {
if (s->type == sRadioTypeId && s->visible && s->enabled) {
next = s;
break;
}
}
if (next) {
w->focused = false;
RadioDataT *nd = (RadioDataT *)next->data;
RadioGroupDataT *gd = (RadioGroupDataT *)next->parent->data;
w->focused = false;
next->focused = true;
sFocusedWidget = next;
next->parent->as.radioGroup.selectedIdx = next->as.radio.index;
gd->selectedIdx = nd->index;
if (next->parent->onChange) {
next->parent->onChange(next->parent);
@ -156,20 +162,22 @@ void widgetRadioOnKey(WidgetT *w, int32_t key, int32_t mod) {
}
} else if (key == (0x48 | 0x100) || key == (0x4B | 0x100)) {
// Up or Left -- previous radio in group
if (w->parent && w->parent->type == WidgetRadioGroupE) {
if (w->parent && w->parent->type == sRadioGroupTypeId) {
WidgetT *prev = NULL;
for (WidgetT *s = w->parent->firstChild; s && s != w; s = s->nextSibling) {
if (s->type == WidgetRadioE && s->visible && s->enabled) {
if (s->type == sRadioTypeId && s->visible && s->enabled) {
prev = s;
}
}
if (prev) {
w->focused = false;
RadioDataT *pd = (RadioDataT *)prev->data;
RadioGroupDataT *gd = (RadioGroupDataT *)prev->parent->data;
w->focused = false;
prev->focused = true;
sFocusedWidget = prev;
prev->parent->as.radioGroup.selectedIdx = prev->as.radio.index;
gd->selectedIdx = pd->index;
if (prev->parent->onChange) {
prev->parent->onChange(prev->parent);
@ -192,8 +200,10 @@ void widgetRadioOnMouse(WidgetT *w, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy) {
(void)vy;
w->focused = true;
if (w->parent && w->parent->type == WidgetRadioGroupE) {
w->parent->as.radioGroup.selectedIdx = w->as.radio.index;
if (w->parent && w->parent->type == sRadioGroupTypeId) {
RadioDataT *rd = (RadioDataT *)w->data;
RadioGroupDataT *gd = (RadioGroupDataT *)w->parent->data;
gd->selectedIdx = rd->index;
if (w->parent->onChange) {
w->parent->onChange(w->parent);
@ -217,9 +227,10 @@ void widgetRadioOnMouse(WidgetT *w, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy) {
// left/right extent is computed with simple integer distance from
// the midpoint, making the diamond perfectly symmetric at any size.
void widgetRadioPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors) {
uint32_t fg = w->fgColor ? w->fgColor : colors->contentFg;
uint32_t bg = w->bgColor ? w->bgColor : colors->contentBg;
int32_t boxY = w->y + (w->h - CHECKBOX_BOX_SIZE) / 2;
RadioDataT *rd = (RadioDataT *)w->data;
uint32_t fg = w->fgColor ? w->fgColor : colors->contentFg;
uint32_t bg = w->bgColor ? w->bgColor : colors->contentBg;
int32_t boxY = w->y + (w->h - CHECKBOX_BOX_SIZE) / 2;
// Draw diamond-shaped radio box
int32_t bx = w->x;
@ -254,26 +265,29 @@ void widgetRadioPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const Bitmap
}
// Draw filled diamond if selected
if (w->parent && w->parent->type == WidgetRadioGroupE &&
w->parent->as.radioGroup.selectedIdx == w->as.radio.index) {
uint32_t dotFg = w->enabled ? fg : colors->windowShadow;
if (w->parent && w->parent->type == sRadioGroupTypeId) {
RadioGroupDataT *gd = (RadioGroupDataT *)w->parent->data;
static const int32_t dotW[] = {2, 4, 6, 6, 4, 2};
if (gd->selectedIdx == rd->index) {
uint32_t dotFg = w->enabled ? fg : colors->windowShadow;
for (int32_t i = 0; i < 6; i++) {
int32_t dw = dotW[i];
drawHLine(d, ops, bx + mid - dw / 2, boxY + mid - 3 + i, dw, dotFg);
static const int32_t dotW[] = {2, 4, 6, 6, 4, 2};
for (int32_t i = 0; i < 6; i++) {
int32_t dw = dotW[i];
drawHLine(d, ops, bx + mid - dw / 2, boxY + mid - 3 + i, dw, dotFg);
}
}
}
int32_t labelX = w->x + CHECKBOX_BOX_SIZE + CHECKBOX_GAP;
int32_t labelY = w->y + (w->h - font->charHeight) / 2;
int32_t labelW = textWidthAccel(font, w->as.radio.text);
int32_t labelW = textWidthAccel(font, rd->text);
if (!w->enabled) {
drawTextAccelEmbossed(d, ops, font, labelX, labelY, w->as.radio.text, colors);
drawTextAccelEmbossed(d, ops, font, labelX, labelY, rd->text, colors);
} else {
drawTextAccel(d, ops, font, labelX, labelY, w->as.radio.text, fg, bg, false);
drawTextAccel(d, ops, font, labelX, labelY, rd->text, fg, bg, false);
}
if (w->focused) {
@ -282,6 +296,17 @@ void widgetRadioPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const Bitmap
}
// ============================================================
// widgetRadioSetText
// ============================================================
void widgetRadioSetText(WidgetT *w, const char *text) {
RadioDataT *d = (RadioDataT *)w->data;
d->text = text;
w->accelKey = accelParse(text);
}
// ============================================================
// DXE registration
// ============================================================
@ -295,25 +320,103 @@ static const WidgetClassT sClassRadioGroup = {
.layout = NULL,
.onMouse = NULL,
.onKey = NULL,
.destroy = NULL,
.destroy = widgetRadioGroupDestroy,
.getText = NULL,
.setText = NULL
};
static const WidgetClassT sClassRadio = {
.flags = WCLASS_FOCUSABLE,
.paint = widgetRadioPaint,
.paintOverlay = NULL,
.calcMinSize = widgetRadioCalcMinSize,
.layout = NULL,
.onMouse = widgetRadioOnMouse,
.onKey = widgetRadioOnKey,
.destroy = NULL,
.getText = widgetRadioGetText,
.setText = widgetRadioSetText
.flags = WCLASS_FOCUSABLE,
.paint = widgetRadioPaint,
.paintOverlay = NULL,
.calcMinSize = widgetRadioCalcMinSize,
.layout = NULL,
.onMouse = widgetRadioOnMouse,
.onKey = widgetRadioOnKey,
.onAccelActivate = widgetRadioAccelActivate,
.destroy = widgetRadioDestroy,
.getText = widgetRadioGetText,
.setText = widgetRadioSetText
};
// ============================================================
// Widget creation functions
// ============================================================
WidgetT *wgtRadio(WidgetT *parent, const char *text) {
WidgetT *w = widgetAlloc(parent, sRadioTypeId);
if (w) {
RadioDataT *d = calloc(1, sizeof(RadioDataT));
w->data = d;
d->text = text;
w->accelKey = accelParse(text);
// Auto-assign index based on position in parent
int32_t idx = 0;
for (WidgetT *c = parent->firstChild; c != w; c = c->nextSibling) {
if (c->type == sRadioTypeId) {
idx++;
}
}
d->index = idx;
}
return w;
}
WidgetT *wgtRadioGroup(WidgetT *parent) {
WidgetT *w = widgetAlloc(parent, sRadioGroupTypeId);
if (w) {
RadioGroupDataT *d = calloc(1, sizeof(RadioGroupDataT));
w->data = d;
}
return w;
}
// ============================================================
// DXE registration
// ============================================================
void wgtRadioGroupSetSelected(WidgetT *w, int32_t idx) {
VALIDATE_WIDGET_VOID(w, sRadioGroupTypeId);
RadioGroupDataT *d = (RadioGroupDataT *)w->data;
d->selectedIdx = idx;
wgtInvalidatePaint(w);
}
int32_t wgtRadioGetIndex(const WidgetT *w) {
VALIDATE_WIDGET(w, sRadioTypeId, -1);
RadioDataT *d = (RadioDataT *)w->data;
return d->index;
}
static const struct {
WidgetT *(*group)(WidgetT *parent);
WidgetT *(*create)(WidgetT *parent, const char *text);
void (*groupSetSelected)(WidgetT *group, int32_t index);
int32_t (*getIndex)(const WidgetT *w);
} sApi = {
.group = wgtRadioGroup,
.create = wgtRadio,
.groupSetSelected = wgtRadioGroupSetSelected,
.getIndex = wgtRadioGetIndex
};
void wgtRegister(void) {
widgetClassTable[WidgetRadioGroupE] = &sClassRadioGroup;
widgetClassTable[WidgetRadioE] = &sClassRadio;
sRadioGroupTypeId = wgtRegisterClass(&sClassRadioGroup);
sRadioTypeId = wgtRegisterClass(&sClassRadio);
wgtRegisterApi("radio", &sApi);
}

25
widgets/widgetRadio.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
// widgetRadio.h -- Radio button widget API
#ifndef WIDGET_RADIO_H
#define WIDGET_RADIO_H
#include "../core/dvxWidget.h"
typedef struct {
WidgetT *(*group)(WidgetT *parent);
WidgetT *(*create)(WidgetT *parent, const char *text);
void (*groupSetSelected)(WidgetT *w, int32_t idx);
int32_t (*getIndex)(const WidgetT *w);
} RadioApiT;
static inline const RadioApiT *dvxRadioApi(void) {
static const RadioApiT *sApi;
if (!sApi) { sApi = (const RadioApiT *)wgtGetApi("radio"); }
return sApi;
}
#define wgtRadioGroup(parent) dvxRadioApi()->group(parent)
#define wgtRadio(parent, text) dvxRadioApi()->create(parent, text)
#define wgtRadioGroupSetSelected(w, idx) dvxRadioApi()->groupSetSelected(w, idx)
#define wgtRadioGetIndex(w) dvxRadioApi()->getIndex(w)
#endif // WIDGET_RADIO_H

146
widgets/widgetScrollPane.c
View file

@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
#define DVX_WIDGET_IMPL
// widgetScrollPane.c -- ScrollPane container widget
//
// A clipping container that allows its children (laid out as a
@ -27,7 +28,14 @@
// This is a minor duplication tradeoff for allowing different scrollbar
// widths in different contexts.
#include "widgetInternal.h"
#include "dvxWidgetPlugin.h"
static int32_t sTypeId = -1;
typedef struct {
int32_t scrollPosV;
int32_t scrollPosH;
} ScrollPaneDataT;
#define SP_BORDER 2
#define SP_SB_W 14
@ -41,6 +49,7 @@
static void drawSPHScrollbar(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const ColorSchemeT *colors, int32_t sbX, int32_t sbY, int32_t sbW, int32_t totalW, int32_t visibleW);
static void drawSPVScrollbar(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const ColorSchemeT *colors, int32_t sbX, int32_t sbY, int32_t sbH, int32_t totalH, int32_t visibleH);
static void spCalcNeeds(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font, int32_t *contentMinW, int32_t *contentMinH, int32_t *innerW, int32_t *innerH, bool *needVSb, bool *needHSb);
static void widgetScrollPaneDestroy(WidgetT *w);
// ============================================================
@ -52,6 +61,7 @@ static void drawSPHScrollbar(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const
return;
}
ScrollPaneDataT *sp = (ScrollPaneDataT *)w->data;
uint32_t fg = colors->contentFg;
// Trough
@ -90,7 +100,7 @@ static void drawSPHScrollbar(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const
if (trackLen > 0 && totalW > 0) {
int32_t thumbPos;
int32_t thumbSize;
widgetScrollbarThumb(trackLen, totalW, visibleW, w->as.scrollPane.scrollPosH, &thumbPos, &thumbSize);
widgetScrollbarThumb(trackLen, totalW, visibleW, sp->scrollPosH, &thumbPos, &thumbSize);
drawBevel(d, ops, sbX + SP_SB_W + thumbPos, sbY, thumbSize, SP_SB_W, &btnBevel);
}
}
@ -105,6 +115,7 @@ static void drawSPVScrollbar(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const
return;
}
ScrollPaneDataT *sp = (ScrollPaneDataT *)w->data;
uint32_t fg = colors->contentFg;
// Trough
@ -143,7 +154,7 @@ static void drawSPVScrollbar(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const
if (trackLen > 0 && totalH > 0) {
int32_t thumbPos;
int32_t thumbSize;
widgetScrollbarThumb(trackLen, totalH, visibleH, w->as.scrollPane.scrollPosV, &thumbPos, &thumbSize);
widgetScrollbarThumb(trackLen, totalH, visibleH, sp->scrollPosV, &thumbPos, &thumbSize);
drawBevel(d, ops, sbX, sbY + SP_SB_W + thumbPos, SP_SB_W, thumbSize, &btnBevel);
}
}
@ -240,6 +251,16 @@ void widgetScrollPaneCalcMinSize(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font) {
}
// ============================================================
// widgetScrollPaneDestroy
// ============================================================
static void widgetScrollPaneDestroy(WidgetT *w) {
free(w->data);
w->data = NULL;
}
// ============================================================
// widgetScrollPaneLayout
// ============================================================
@ -257,6 +278,8 @@ void widgetScrollPaneCalcMinSize(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font) {
// proportional to its weight/totalWeight ratio. This allows stretch
// children inside the scrollable area.
void widgetScrollPaneLayout(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font) {
ScrollPaneDataT *sp = (ScrollPaneDataT *)w->data;
int32_t contentMinW;
int32_t contentMinH;
int32_t innerW;
@ -278,16 +301,16 @@ void widgetScrollPaneLayout(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font) {
maxScrollH = 0;
}
w->as.scrollPane.scrollPosV = clampInt(w->as.scrollPane.scrollPosV, 0, maxScrollV);
w->as.scrollPane.scrollPosH = clampInt(w->as.scrollPane.scrollPosH, 0, maxScrollH);
sp->scrollPosV = clampInt(sp->scrollPosV, 0, maxScrollV);
sp->scrollPosH = clampInt(sp->scrollPosH, 0, maxScrollH);
// Layout children as a vertical box at virtual size
int32_t pad = wgtResolveSize(w->padding, 0, font->charWidth);
int32_t gap = wgtResolveSize(w->spacing, 0, font->charWidth);
int32_t virtualW = DVX_MAX(innerW, contentMinW);
int32_t virtualH = DVX_MAX(innerH, contentMinH);
int32_t baseX = w->x + SP_BORDER - w->as.scrollPane.scrollPosH;
int32_t baseY = w->y + SP_BORDER - w->as.scrollPane.scrollPosV;
int32_t baseX = w->x + SP_BORDER - sp->scrollPosH;
int32_t baseY = w->y + SP_BORDER - sp->scrollPosV;
int32_t childW = virtualW - pad * 2;
int32_t pos = baseY + pad;
@ -369,6 +392,7 @@ void widgetScrollPaneLayout(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font) {
void widgetScrollPaneOnKey(WidgetT *w, int32_t key, int32_t mod) {
(void)mod;
ScrollPaneDataT *sp = (ScrollPaneDataT *)w->data;
AppContextT *ctx = wgtGetContext(w);
const BitmapFontT *font = &ctx->font;
@ -396,34 +420,34 @@ void widgetScrollPaneOnKey(WidgetT *w, int32_t key, int32_t mod) {
if (key == (0x48 | 0x100)) {
// Up
w->as.scrollPane.scrollPosV -= step;
sp->scrollPosV -= step;
} else if (key == (0x50 | 0x100)) {
// Down
w->as.scrollPane.scrollPosV += step;
sp->scrollPosV += step;
} else if (key == (0x49 | 0x100)) {
// Page Up
w->as.scrollPane.scrollPosV -= innerH;
sp->scrollPosV -= innerH;
} else if (key == (0x51 | 0x100)) {
// Page Down
w->as.scrollPane.scrollPosV += innerH;
sp->scrollPosV += innerH;
} else if (key == (0x47 | 0x100)) {
// Home
w->as.scrollPane.scrollPosV = 0;
sp->scrollPosV = 0;
} else if (key == (0x4F | 0x100)) {
// End
w->as.scrollPane.scrollPosV = maxScrollV;
sp->scrollPosV = maxScrollV;
} else if (key == (0x4B | 0x100)) {
// Left
w->as.scrollPane.scrollPosH -= font->charWidth;
sp->scrollPosH -= font->charWidth;
} else if (key == (0x4D | 0x100)) {
// Right
w->as.scrollPane.scrollPosH += font->charWidth;
sp->scrollPosH += font->charWidth;
} else {
return;
}
w->as.scrollPane.scrollPosV = clampInt(w->as.scrollPane.scrollPosV, 0, maxScrollV);
w->as.scrollPane.scrollPosH = clampInt(w->as.scrollPane.scrollPosH, 0, maxScrollH);
sp->scrollPosV = clampInt(sp->scrollPosV, 0, maxScrollV);
sp->scrollPosH = clampInt(sp->scrollPosH, 0, maxScrollH);
wgtInvalidate(w);
}
@ -442,6 +466,7 @@ void widgetScrollPaneOnKey(WidgetT *w, int32_t key, int32_t mod) {
// into scroll pane children since their coordinates may be outside
// the pane's visible bounds.
void widgetScrollPaneOnMouse(WidgetT *hit, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy) {
ScrollPaneDataT *sp = (ScrollPaneDataT *)hit->data;
AppContextT *ctx = (AppContextT *)root->userData;
const BitmapFontT *font = &ctx->font;
@ -466,8 +491,8 @@ void widgetScrollPaneOnMouse(WidgetT *hit, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy
maxScrollH = 0;
}
hit->as.scrollPane.scrollPosV = clampInt(hit->as.scrollPane.scrollPosV, 0, maxScrollV);
hit->as.scrollPane.scrollPosH = clampInt(hit->as.scrollPane.scrollPosH, 0, maxScrollH);
sp->scrollPosV = clampInt(sp->scrollPosV, 0, maxScrollV);
sp->scrollPosH = clampInt(sp->scrollPosH, 0, maxScrollH);
// Check vertical scrollbar
if (needVSb) {
@ -485,20 +510,20 @@ void widgetScrollPaneOnMouse(WidgetT *hit, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy
}
if (relY < SP_SB_W) {
hit->as.scrollPane.scrollPosV -= font->charHeight;
sp->scrollPosV -= font->charHeight;
} else if (relY >= sbH - SP_SB_W) {
hit->as.scrollPane.scrollPosV += font->charHeight;
sp->scrollPosV += font->charHeight;
} else if (trackLen > 0) {
int32_t thumbPos;
int32_t thumbSize;
widgetScrollbarThumb(trackLen, contentMinH, innerH, hit->as.scrollPane.scrollPosV, &thumbPos, &thumbSize);
widgetScrollbarThumb(trackLen, contentMinH, innerH, sp->scrollPosV, &thumbPos, &thumbSize);
int32_t trackRelY = relY - SP_SB_W;
if (trackRelY < thumbPos) {
hit->as.scrollPane.scrollPosV -= pageSize;
sp->scrollPosV -= pageSize;
} else if (trackRelY >= thumbPos + thumbSize) {
hit->as.scrollPane.scrollPosV += pageSize;
sp->scrollPosV += pageSize;
} else {
sDragScrollbar = hit;
sDragScrollbarOrient = 0;
@ -507,7 +532,7 @@ void widgetScrollPaneOnMouse(WidgetT *hit, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy
}
}
hit->as.scrollPane.scrollPosV = clampInt(hit->as.scrollPane.scrollPosV, 0, maxScrollV);
sp->scrollPosV = clampInt(sp->scrollPosV, 0, maxScrollV);
wgtInvalidate(hit);
return;
}
@ -529,20 +554,20 @@ void widgetScrollPaneOnMouse(WidgetT *hit, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy
}
if (relX < SP_SB_W) {
hit->as.scrollPane.scrollPosH -= font->charWidth;
sp->scrollPosH -= font->charWidth;
} else if (relX >= sbW - SP_SB_W) {
hit->as.scrollPane.scrollPosH += font->charWidth;
sp->scrollPosH += font->charWidth;
} else if (trackLen > 0) {
int32_t thumbPos;
int32_t thumbSize;
widgetScrollbarThumb(trackLen, contentMinW, innerW, hit->as.scrollPane.scrollPosH, &thumbPos, &thumbSize);
widgetScrollbarThumb(trackLen, contentMinW, innerW, sp->scrollPosH, &thumbPos, &thumbSize);
int32_t trackRelX = relX - SP_SB_W;
if (trackRelX < thumbPos) {
hit->as.scrollPane.scrollPosH -= pageSize;
sp->scrollPosH -= pageSize;
} else if (trackRelX >= thumbPos + thumbSize) {
hit->as.scrollPane.scrollPosH += pageSize;
sp->scrollPosH += pageSize;
} else {
sDragScrollbar = hit;
sDragScrollbarOrient = 1;
@ -551,7 +576,7 @@ void widgetScrollPaneOnMouse(WidgetT *hit, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy
}
}
hit->as.scrollPane.scrollPosH = clampInt(hit->as.scrollPane.scrollPosH, 0, maxScrollH);
sp->scrollPosH = clampInt(sp->scrollPosH, 0, maxScrollH);
wgtInvalidate(hit);
return;
}
@ -609,6 +634,7 @@ void widgetScrollPaneOnMouse(WidgetT *hit, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy
// clip rect so they're always fully visible. The dead corner (when
// both scrollbars are present) is filled with windowFace color.
void widgetScrollPanePaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors) {
ScrollPaneDataT *sp = (ScrollPaneDataT *)w->data;
uint32_t bg = w->bgColor ? w->bgColor : colors->contentBg;
int32_t contentMinW;
@ -632,8 +658,8 @@ void widgetScrollPanePaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const B
maxScrollH = 0;
}
w->as.scrollPane.scrollPosV = clampInt(w->as.scrollPane.scrollPosV, 0, maxScrollV);
w->as.scrollPane.scrollPosH = clampInt(w->as.scrollPane.scrollPosH, 0, maxScrollH);
sp->scrollPosV = clampInt(sp->scrollPosV, 0, maxScrollV);
sp->scrollPosH = clampInt(sp->scrollPosH, 0, maxScrollH);
// Sunken border
BevelStyleT bevel = BEVEL_SUNKEN(colors, bg, SP_BORDER);
@ -681,18 +707,38 @@ void widgetScrollPanePaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const B
// ============================================================
// wgtScrollPane
// DXE registration
// ============================================================
// Default weight=100 so the scroll pane stretches to fill available
// space in its parent container. Without this, a scroll pane in a
// vertical box would collapse to its minimal size.
static const WidgetClassT sClassScrollPane = {
.flags = WCLASS_PAINTS_CHILDREN | WCLASS_NO_HIT_RECURSE | WCLASS_SCROLL_CONTAINER | WCLASS_RELAYOUT_ON_SCROLL,
.paint = widgetScrollPanePaint,
.paintOverlay = NULL,
.calcMinSize = widgetScrollPaneCalcMinSize,
.layout = widgetScrollPaneLayout,
.onMouse = widgetScrollPaneOnMouse,
.onKey = widgetScrollPaneOnKey,
.destroy = widgetScrollPaneDestroy,
.getText = NULL,
.setText = NULL
};
// ============================================================
// Widget creation functions
// ============================================================
WidgetT *wgtScrollPane(WidgetT *parent) {
WidgetT *w = widgetAlloc(parent, WidgetScrollPaneE);
WidgetT *w = widgetAlloc(parent, sTypeId);
if (w) {
w->as.scrollPane.scrollPosV = 0;
w->as.scrollPane.scrollPosH = 0;
ScrollPaneDataT *sp = (ScrollPaneDataT *)calloc(1, sizeof(ScrollPaneDataT));
if (sp) {
w->data = sp;
}
w->weight = 100;
}
@ -704,20 +750,14 @@ WidgetT *wgtScrollPane(WidgetT *parent) {
// DXE registration
// ============================================================
static const WidgetClassT sClassScrollPane = {
.flags = WCLASS_PAINTS_CHILDREN | WCLASS_NO_HIT_RECURSE,
.paint = widgetScrollPanePaint,
.paintOverlay = NULL,
.calcMinSize = widgetScrollPaneCalcMinSize,
.layout = widgetScrollPaneLayout,
.onMouse = widgetScrollPaneOnMouse,
.onKey = widgetScrollPaneOnKey,
.destroy = NULL,
.getText = NULL,
.setText = NULL
static const struct {
WidgetT *(*create)(WidgetT *parent);
} sApi = {
.create = wgtScrollPane
};
void wgtRegister(void) {
widgetClassTable[WidgetScrollPaneE] = &sClassScrollPane;
sTypeId = wgtRegisterClass(&sClassScrollPane);
wgtRegisterApi("scrollpane", &sApi);
}

19
widgets/widgetScrollPane.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
// widgetScrollPane.h -- ScrollPane widget API
#ifndef WIDGET_SCROLLPANE_H
#define WIDGET_SCROLLPANE_H
#include "../core/dvxWidget.h"
typedef struct {
WidgetT *(*create)(WidgetT *parent);
} ScrollPaneApiT;
static inline const ScrollPaneApiT *dvxScrollPaneApi(void) {
static const ScrollPaneApiT *sApi;
if (!sApi) { sApi = (const ScrollPaneApiT *)wgtGetApi("scrollpane"); }
return sApi;
}
#define wgtScrollPane(parent) dvxScrollPaneApi()->create(parent)
#endif // WIDGET_SCROLLPANE_H

104
widgets/widgetSeparator.c
View file

@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
#define DVX_WIDGET_IMPL
// widgetSeparator.c -- Separator widget (horizontal and vertical)
//
// A purely decorative widget that draws a 2px etched line (shadow +
@ -17,37 +18,22 @@
//
// No mouse/key handlers -- purely decorative, non-focusable.
#include "widgetInternal.h"
#include "dvxWidgetPlugin.h"
#define SEPARATOR_THICKNESS 2
static int32_t sTypeId = -1;
typedef struct {
bool vertical;
} SeparatorDataT;
// ============================================================
// wgtHSeparator
// Prototypes
// ============================================================
WidgetT *wgtHSeparator(WidgetT *parent) {
WidgetT *w = widgetAlloc(parent, WidgetSeparatorE);
if (w) {
w->as.separator.vertical = false;
}
return w;
}
// ============================================================
// wgtVSeparator
// ============================================================
WidgetT *wgtVSeparator(WidgetT *parent) {
WidgetT *w = widgetAlloc(parent, WidgetSeparatorE);
if (w) {
w->as.separator.vertical = true;
}
return w;
}
static void widgetSeparatorDestroy(WidgetT *w);
// ============================================================
@ -56,8 +42,9 @@ WidgetT *wgtVSeparator(WidgetT *parent) {
void widgetSeparatorCalcMinSize(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font) {
(void)font;
SeparatorDataT *d = (SeparatorDataT *)w->data;
if (w->as.separator.vertical) {
if (d->vertical) {
w->calcMinW = SEPARATOR_THICKNESS;
w->calcMinH = 0;
} else {
@ -67,14 +54,25 @@ void widgetSeparatorCalcMinSize(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font) {
}
// ============================================================
// widgetSeparatorDestroy
// ============================================================
static void widgetSeparatorDestroy(WidgetT *w) {
free(w->data);
w->data = NULL;
}
// ============================================================
// widgetSeparatorPaint
// ============================================================
void widgetSeparatorPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors) {
(void)font;
SeparatorDataT *sd = (SeparatorDataT *)w->data;
if (w->as.separator.vertical) {
if (sd->vertical) {
int32_t cx = w->x + w->w / 2;
drawVLine(d, ops, cx, w->y, w->h, colors->windowShadow);
drawVLine(d, ops, cx + 1, w->y, w->h, colors->windowHighlight);
@ -99,11 +97,55 @@ static const WidgetClassT sClassSeparator = {
.layout = NULL,
.onMouse = NULL,
.onKey = NULL,
.destroy = NULL,
.destroy = widgetSeparatorDestroy,
.getText = NULL,
.setText = NULL
};
void wgtRegister(void) {
widgetClassTable[WidgetSeparatorE] = &sClassSeparator;
// ============================================================
// Widget creation functions
// ============================================================
WidgetT *wgtHSeparator(WidgetT *parent) {
WidgetT *w = widgetAlloc(parent, sTypeId);
if (w) {
SeparatorDataT *d = calloc(1, sizeof(SeparatorDataT));
w->data = d;
}
return w;
}
WidgetT *wgtVSeparator(WidgetT *parent) {
WidgetT *w = widgetAlloc(parent, sTypeId);
if (w) {
SeparatorDataT *d = calloc(1, sizeof(SeparatorDataT));
w->data = d;
d->vertical = true;
}
return w;
}
// ============================================================
// DXE registration
// ============================================================
static const struct {
WidgetT *(*hSeparator)(WidgetT *parent);
WidgetT *(*vSeparator)(WidgetT *parent);
} sApi = {
.hSeparator = wgtHSeparator,
.vSeparator = wgtVSeparator
};
void wgtRegister(void) {
sTypeId = wgtRegisterClass(&sClassSeparator);
wgtRegisterApi("separator", &sApi);
}

21
widgets/widgetSeparator.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
// widgetSeparator.h -- Separator widget API
#ifndef WIDGET_SEPARATOR_H
#define WIDGET_SEPARATOR_H
#include "../core/dvxWidget.h"
typedef struct {
WidgetT *(*hSeparator)(WidgetT *parent);
WidgetT *(*vSeparator)(WidgetT *parent);
} SeparatorApiT;
static inline const SeparatorApiT *dvxSeparatorApi(void) {
static const SeparatorApiT *sApi;
if (!sApi) { sApi = (const SeparatorApiT *)wgtGetApi("separator"); }
return sApi;
}
#define wgtHSeparator(parent) dvxSeparatorApi()->hSeparator(parent)
#define wgtVSeparator(parent) dvxSeparatorApi()->vSeparator(parent)
#endif // WIDGET_SEPARATOR_H

270
widgets/widgetSlider.c
View file

@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
#define DVX_WIDGET_IMPL
// widgetSlider.c -- Slider (trackbar) widget
//
// A continuous-value selector with a draggable thumb on a groove track.
@ -20,58 +21,19 @@
// Home/End jump to min/max. This gives ~100 keyboard steps regardless
// of the actual value range.
#include "widgetInternal.h"
#include "dvxWidgetPlugin.h"
#define SLIDER_TRACK_H 4
#define SLIDER_THUMB_W 11
// ============================================================
// wgtSlider
// ============================================================
static int32_t sTypeId = -1;
// Default weight=100 so the slider stretches in its parent layout.
WidgetT *wgtSlider(WidgetT *parent, int32_t minVal, int32_t maxVal) {
WidgetT *w = widgetAlloc(parent, WidgetSliderE);
if (w) {
w->as.slider.value = minVal;
w->as.slider.minValue = minVal;
w->as.slider.maxValue = maxVal;
w->as.slider.vertical = false;
w->weight = 100;
}
return w;
}
// ============================================================
// wgtSliderGetValue
// ============================================================
int32_t wgtSliderGetValue(const WidgetT *w) {
VALIDATE_WIDGET(w, WidgetSliderE, 0);
return w->as.slider.value;
}
// ============================================================
// wgtSliderSetValue
// ============================================================
void wgtSliderSetValue(WidgetT *w, int32_t value) {
VALIDATE_WIDGET_VOID(w, WidgetSliderE);
if (value < w->as.slider.minValue) {
value = w->as.slider.minValue;
}
if (value > w->as.slider.maxValue) {
value = w->as.slider.maxValue;
}
w->as.slider.value = value;
wgtInvalidatePaint(w);
}
typedef struct {
int32_t value;
int32_t minValue;
int32_t maxValue;
bool vertical;
} SliderDataT;
// ============================================================
@ -83,8 +45,9 @@ void wgtSliderSetValue(WidgetT *w, int32_t value) {
// margin so the groove has visual breathing room around the thumb.
void widgetSliderCalcMinSize(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font) {
(void)font;
SliderDataT *d = (SliderDataT *)w->data;
if (w->as.slider.vertical) {
if (d->vertical) {
w->calcMinW = SLIDER_THUMB_W + 4;
w->calcMinH = SLIDER_THUMB_W * 5;
} else {
@ -100,8 +63,9 @@ void widgetSliderCalcMinSize(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font) {
void widgetSliderOnKey(WidgetT *w, int32_t key, int32_t mod) {
(void)mod;
SliderDataT *d = (SliderDataT *)w->data;
int32_t range = w->as.slider.maxValue - w->as.slider.minValue;
int32_t range = d->maxValue - d->minValue;
int32_t pageStep = range / 10;
if (pageStep < 1) {
@ -110,41 +74,41 @@ void widgetSliderOnKey(WidgetT *w, int32_t key, int32_t mod) {
// Arrow keys: step by 1. Page Up/Down: step by 10% of range.
// Home/End: jump to min/max.
if (w->as.slider.vertical) {
if (d->vertical) {
if (key == (0x48 | 0x100)) {
w->as.slider.value -= 1;
d->value -= 1;
} else if (key == (0x50 | 0x100)) {
w->as.slider.value += 1;
d->value += 1;
} else if (key == (0x49 | 0x100)) {
w->as.slider.value -= pageStep;
d->value -= pageStep;
} else if (key == (0x51 | 0x100)) {
w->as.slider.value += pageStep;
d->value += pageStep;
} else if (key == (0x47 | 0x100)) {
w->as.slider.value = w->as.slider.minValue;
d->value = d->minValue;
} else if (key == (0x4F | 0x100)) {
w->as.slider.value = w->as.slider.maxValue;
d->value = d->maxValue;
} else {
return;
}
} else {
if (key == (0x4B | 0x100) || key == (0x48 | 0x100)) {
w->as.slider.value -= 1;
d->value -= 1;
} else if (key == (0x4D | 0x100) || key == (0x50 | 0x100)) {
w->as.slider.value += 1;
d->value += 1;
} else if (key == (0x49 | 0x100)) {
w->as.slider.value -= pageStep;
d->value -= pageStep;
} else if (key == (0x51 | 0x100)) {
w->as.slider.value += pageStep;
d->value += pageStep;
} else if (key == (0x47 | 0x100)) {
w->as.slider.value = w->as.slider.minValue;
d->value = d->minValue;
} else if (key == (0x4F | 0x100)) {
w->as.slider.value = w->as.slider.maxValue;
d->value = d->maxValue;
} else {
return;
}
}
w->as.slider.value = clampInt(w->as.slider.value, w->as.slider.minValue, w->as.slider.maxValue);
d->value = clampInt(d->value, d->minValue, d->maxValue);
if (w->onChange) {
w->onChange(w);
@ -170,7 +134,8 @@ void widgetSliderOnKey(WidgetT *w, int32_t key, int32_t mod) {
void widgetSliderOnMouse(WidgetT *hit, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy) {
(void)root;
hit->focused = true;
int32_t range = hit->as.slider.maxValue - hit->as.slider.minValue;
SliderDataT *d = (SliderDataT *)hit->data;
int32_t range = d->maxValue - d->minValue;
if (range <= 0) {
return;
@ -180,9 +145,9 @@ void widgetSliderOnMouse(WidgetT *hit, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy) {
int32_t thumbPos;
int32_t mousePos;
if (hit->as.slider.vertical) {
if (d->vertical) {
thumbRange = hit->h - SLIDER_THUMB_W;
thumbPos = ((hit->as.slider.value - hit->as.slider.minValue) * thumbRange) / range;
thumbPos = ((d->value - d->minValue) * thumbRange) / range;
mousePos = vy - hit->y;
if (mousePos >= thumbPos && mousePos < thumbPos + SLIDER_THUMB_W) {
@ -191,12 +156,12 @@ void widgetSliderOnMouse(WidgetT *hit, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy) {
sDragOffset = mousePos - thumbPos;
} else {
// Click on track -- jump to position
int32_t newVal = hit->as.slider.minValue + ((mousePos - SLIDER_THUMB_W / 2) * range) / thumbRange;
int32_t newVal = d->minValue + ((mousePos - SLIDER_THUMB_W / 2) * range) / thumbRange;
if (newVal < hit->as.slider.minValue) { newVal = hit->as.slider.minValue; }
if (newVal > hit->as.slider.maxValue) { newVal = hit->as.slider.maxValue; }
if (newVal < d->minValue) { newVal = d->minValue; }
if (newVal > d->maxValue) { newVal = d->maxValue; }
hit->as.slider.value = newVal;
d->value = newVal;
if (hit->onChange) {
hit->onChange(hit);
@ -204,7 +169,7 @@ void widgetSliderOnMouse(WidgetT *hit, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy) {
}
} else {
thumbRange = hit->w - SLIDER_THUMB_W;
thumbPos = ((hit->as.slider.value - hit->as.slider.minValue) * thumbRange) / range;
thumbPos = ((d->value - d->minValue) * thumbRange) / range;
mousePos = vx - hit->x;
if (mousePos >= thumbPos && mousePos < thumbPos + SLIDER_THUMB_W) {
@ -213,12 +178,12 @@ void widgetSliderOnMouse(WidgetT *hit, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy) {
sDragOffset = mousePos - thumbPos;
} else {
// Click on track -- jump to position
int32_t newVal = hit->as.slider.minValue + ((mousePos - SLIDER_THUMB_W / 2) * range) / thumbRange;
int32_t newVal = d->minValue + ((mousePos - SLIDER_THUMB_W / 2) * range) / thumbRange;
if (newVal < hit->as.slider.minValue) { newVal = hit->as.slider.minValue; }
if (newVal > hit->as.slider.maxValue) { newVal = hit->as.slider.maxValue; }
if (newVal < d->minValue) { newVal = d->minValue; }
if (newVal > d->maxValue) { newVal = d->maxValue; }
hit->as.slider.value = newVal;
d->value = newVal;
if (hit->onChange) {
hit->onChange(hit);
@ -232,27 +197,20 @@ void widgetSliderOnMouse(WidgetT *hit, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy) {
// widgetSliderPaint
// ============================================================
// Paint: groove track centered in the cross-axis, thumb at value
// position. The thumb position formula is:
// thumbPos = ((value - minValue) * thumbRange) / range
// where thumbRange = widgetSize - SLIDER_THUMB_W.
// This maps value linearly to pixel position using integer math only.
// The groove is thin (SLIDER_TRACK_H = 4px) with a reversed bevel
// for the recessed look, while the thumb is the full widget height
// with a raised bevel for the 3D grab handle appearance.
void widgetSliderPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors) {
(void)font;
SliderDataT *sd = (SliderDataT *)w->data;
uint32_t fg = w->fgColor ? w->fgColor : colors->contentFg;
uint32_t tickFg = w->enabled ? fg : colors->windowShadow;
uint32_t thumbFg = w->enabled ? colors->buttonFace : colors->scrollbarTrough;
int32_t range = w->as.slider.maxValue - w->as.slider.minValue;
int32_t range = sd->maxValue - sd->minValue;
if (range <= 0) {
range = 1;
}
if (w->as.slider.vertical) {
if (sd->vertical) {
// Track groove
int32_t trackX = w->x + (w->w - SLIDER_TRACK_H) / 2;
BevelStyleT groove;
@ -264,7 +222,7 @@ void widgetSliderPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const Bitma
// Thumb
int32_t thumbRange = w->h - SLIDER_THUMB_W;
int32_t thumbY = w->y + ((w->as.slider.value - w->as.slider.minValue) * thumbRange) / range;
int32_t thumbY = w->y + ((sd->value - sd->minValue) * thumbRange) / range;
BevelStyleT thumb;
thumb.highlight = colors->windowHighlight;
@ -287,7 +245,7 @@ void widgetSliderPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const Bitma
// Thumb
int32_t thumbRange = w->w - SLIDER_THUMB_W;
int32_t thumbX = w->x + ((w->as.slider.value - w->as.slider.minValue) * thumbRange) / range;
int32_t thumbX = w->x + ((sd->value - sd->minValue) * thumbRange) / range;
BevelStyleT thumb;
thumb.highlight = colors->windowHighlight;
@ -306,24 +264,136 @@ void widgetSliderPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const Bitma
}
// ============================================================
// widgetSliderScrollDragUpdate
// ============================================================
//
// Called by the event loop during slider thumb drag. Computes the
// new value from mouse position and the stored drag offset.
static void widgetSliderScrollDragUpdate(WidgetT *w, int32_t orient, int32_t dragOff, int32_t mouseX, int32_t mouseY) {
(void)orient;
SliderDataT *d = (SliderDataT *)w->data;
int32_t range = d->maxValue - d->minValue;
if (range <= 0) {
return;
}
int32_t newVal;
if (d->vertical) {
int32_t thumbRange = w->h - SLIDER_THUMB_W;
int32_t relY = mouseY - w->y - dragOff;
newVal = d->minValue + (relY * range) / thumbRange;
} else {
int32_t thumbRange = w->w - SLIDER_THUMB_W;
int32_t relX = mouseX - w->x - dragOff;
newVal = d->minValue + (relX * range) / thumbRange;
}
newVal = clampInt(newVal, d->minValue, d->maxValue);
if (newVal != d->value) {
d->value = newVal;
if (w->onChange) {
w->onChange(w);
}
}
}
// ============================================================
// widgetSliderDestroy
// ============================================================
static void widgetSliderDestroy(WidgetT *w) {
free(w->data);
}
// ============================================================
// DXE registration
// ============================================================
static const WidgetClassT sClassSlider = {
.flags = WCLASS_FOCUSABLE,
.paint = widgetSliderPaint,
.paintOverlay = NULL,
.calcMinSize = widgetSliderCalcMinSize,
.layout = NULL,
.onMouse = widgetSliderOnMouse,
.onKey = widgetSliderOnKey,
.destroy = NULL,
.getText = NULL,
.setText = NULL
.flags = WCLASS_FOCUSABLE | WCLASS_SCROLLABLE,
.paint = widgetSliderPaint,
.paintOverlay = NULL,
.calcMinSize = widgetSliderCalcMinSize,
.layout = NULL,
.onMouse = widgetSliderOnMouse,
.onKey = widgetSliderOnKey,
.destroy = widgetSliderDestroy,
.getText = NULL,
.setText = NULL,
.scrollDragUpdate = widgetSliderScrollDragUpdate
};
// ============================================================
// Widget creation functions
// ============================================================
WidgetT *wgtSlider(WidgetT *parent, int32_t minVal, int32_t maxVal) {
WidgetT *w = widgetAlloc(parent, sTypeId);
if (w) {
SliderDataT *d = (SliderDataT *)calloc(1, sizeof(SliderDataT));
d->value = minVal;
d->minValue = minVal;
d->maxValue = maxVal;
w->data = d;
w->weight = 100;
}
return w;
}
int32_t wgtSliderGetValue(const WidgetT *w) {
VALIDATE_WIDGET(w, sTypeId, 0);
SliderDataT *d = (SliderDataT *)w->data;
return d->value;
}
void wgtSliderSetValue(WidgetT *w, int32_t value) {
VALIDATE_WIDGET_VOID(w, sTypeId);
SliderDataT *d = (SliderDataT *)w->data;
if (value < d->minValue) {
value = d->minValue;
}
if (value > d->maxValue) {
value = d->maxValue;
}
d->value = value;
wgtInvalidatePaint(w);
}
// ============================================================
// DXE registration
// ============================================================
static const struct {
WidgetT *(*create)(WidgetT *parent, int32_t minVal, int32_t maxVal);
void (*setValue)(WidgetT *w, int32_t value);
int32_t (*getValue)(const WidgetT *w);
} sApi = {
.create = wgtSlider,
.setValue = wgtSliderSetValue,
.getValue = wgtSliderGetValue
};
void wgtRegister(void) {
widgetClassTable[WidgetSliderE] = &sClassSlider;
sTypeId = wgtRegisterClass(&sClassSlider);
wgtRegisterApi("slider", &sApi);
}

23
widgets/widgetSlider.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
// widgetSlider.h -- Slider widget API
#ifndef WIDGET_SLIDER_H
#define WIDGET_SLIDER_H
#include "../core/dvxWidget.h"
typedef struct {
WidgetT *(*create)(WidgetT *parent, int32_t minVal, int32_t maxVal);
void (*setValue)(WidgetT *w, int32_t value);
int32_t (*getValue)(const WidgetT *w);
} SliderApiT;
static inline const SliderApiT *dvxSliderApi(void) {
static const SliderApiT *sApi;
if (!sApi) { sApi = (const SliderApiT *)wgtGetApi("slider"); }
return sApi;
}
#define wgtSlider(parent, minVal, maxVal) dvxSliderApi()->create(parent, minVal, maxVal)
#define wgtSliderSetValue(w, value) dvxSliderApi()->setValue(w, value)
#define wgtSliderGetValue(w) dvxSliderApi()->getValue(w)
#endif // WIDGET_SLIDER_H

50
widgets/widgetSpacer.c
View file

@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
#define DVX_WIDGET_IMPL
// widgetSpacer.c -- Spacer widget (invisible stretching element)
//
// A zero-sized invisible widget with weight=100, used purely for
@ -12,22 +13,9 @@
// no mouse, no keyboard, no state. The entire widget is effectively
// just a weight value attached to a position in the sibling list.
#include "widgetInternal.h"
#include "dvxWidgetPlugin.h"
// ============================================================
// wgtSpacer
// ============================================================
WidgetT *wgtSpacer(WidgetT *parent) {
WidgetT *w = widgetAlloc(parent, WidgetSpacerE);
if (w) {
w->weight = 100; // spacers stretch by default
}
return w;
}
static int32_t sTypeId = -1;
// ============================================================
@ -59,6 +47,34 @@ static const WidgetClassT sClassSpacer = {
.setText = NULL
};
void wgtRegister(void) {
widgetClassTable[WidgetSpacerE] = &sClassSpacer;
// ============================================================
// Widget creation functions
// ============================================================
WidgetT *wgtSpacer(WidgetT *parent) {
WidgetT *w = widgetAlloc(parent, sTypeId);
if (w) {
w->weight = 100;
}
return w;
}
// ============================================================
// DXE registration
// ============================================================
static const struct {
WidgetT *(*create)(WidgetT *parent);
} sApi = {
.create = wgtSpacer
};
void wgtRegister(void) {
sTypeId = wgtRegisterClass(&sClassSpacer);
wgtRegisterApi("spacer", &sApi);
}

19
widgets/widgetSpacer.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
// widgetSpacer.h -- Spacer widget API
#ifndef WIDGET_SPACER_H
#define WIDGET_SPACER_H
#include "../core/dvxWidget.h"
typedef struct {
WidgetT *(*create)(WidgetT *parent);
} SpacerApiT;
static inline const SpacerApiT *dvxSpacerApi(void) {
static const SpacerApiT *sApi;
if (!sApi) { sApi = (const SpacerApiT *)wgtGetApi("spacer"); }
return sApi;
}
#define wgtSpacer(parent) dvxSpacerApi()->create(parent)
#endif // WIDGET_SPACER_H

364
widgets/widgetSpinner.c
View file

@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
#define DVX_WIDGET_IMPL
// widgetSpinner.c -- Spinner (numeric up/down) widget
//
// A hybrid widget combining a single-line text editor with up/down
@ -29,11 +30,31 @@
// look like they're part of the border chrome. The up/down buttons
// split the widget height evenly.
#include "widgetInternal.h"
#include "dvxWidgetPlugin.h"
#include "../texthelp/textHelp.h"
static int32_t sTypeId = -1;
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
typedef struct {
int32_t value;
int32_t minValue;
int32_t maxValue;
int32_t step;
char buf[16];
int32_t len;
int32_t cursorPos;
int32_t scrollOff;
int32_t selStart;
int32_t selEnd;
char undoBuf[16];
int32_t undoLen;
int32_t undoCursor;
bool editing;
} SpinnerDataT;
#define SPINNER_BTN_W 14
#define SPINNER_BORDER 2
#define SPINNER_PAD 3
@ -43,26 +64,26 @@
// Prototypes
// ============================================================
static void spinnerClampAndFormat(WidgetT *w);
static void spinnerCommitEdit(WidgetT *w);
static void spinnerFormat(WidgetT *w);
static void spinnerStartEdit(WidgetT *w);
static void spinnerClampAndFormat(SpinnerDataT *d);
static void spinnerCommitEdit(SpinnerDataT *d);
static void spinnerFormat(SpinnerDataT *d);
static void spinnerStartEdit(SpinnerDataT *d);
// ============================================================
// spinnerClampAndFormat
// ============================================================
static void spinnerClampAndFormat(WidgetT *w) {
if (w->as.spinner.value < w->as.spinner.minValue) {
w->as.spinner.value = w->as.spinner.minValue;
static void spinnerClampAndFormat(SpinnerDataT *d) {
if (d->value < d->minValue) {
d->value = d->minValue;
}
if (w->as.spinner.value > w->as.spinner.maxValue) {
w->as.spinner.value = w->as.spinner.maxValue;
if (d->value > d->maxValue) {
d->value = d->maxValue;
}
spinnerFormat(w);
spinnerFormat(d);
}
@ -70,17 +91,17 @@ static void spinnerClampAndFormat(WidgetT *w) {
// spinnerCommitEdit
// ============================================================
static void spinnerCommitEdit(WidgetT *w) {
if (!w->as.spinner.editing) {
static void spinnerCommitEdit(SpinnerDataT *d) {
if (!d->editing) {
return;
}
w->as.spinner.editing = false;
w->as.spinner.buf[w->as.spinner.len] = '\0';
d->editing = false;
d->buf[d->len] = '\0';
int32_t val = (int32_t)strtol(w->as.spinner.buf, NULL, 10);
w->as.spinner.value = val;
spinnerClampAndFormat(w);
int32_t val = (int32_t)strtol(d->buf, NULL, 10);
d->value = val;
spinnerClampAndFormat(d);
}
@ -92,12 +113,12 @@ static void spinnerCommitEdit(WidgetT *w) {
// This is called after any value change to synchronize the text buffer
// with the numeric value. The cursor-at-end position matches user
// expectation after arrow-key increment/decrement.
static void spinnerFormat(WidgetT *w) {
w->as.spinner.len = snprintf(w->as.spinner.buf, sizeof(w->as.spinner.buf), "%d", (int)w->as.spinner.value);
w->as.spinner.cursorPos = w->as.spinner.len;
w->as.spinner.scrollOff = 0;
w->as.spinner.selStart = -1;
w->as.spinner.selEnd = -1;
static void spinnerFormat(SpinnerDataT *d) {
d->len = snprintf(d->buf, sizeof(d->buf), "%d", (int)d->value);
d->cursorPos = d->len;
d->scrollOff = 0;
d->selStart = -1;
d->selEnd = -1;
}
@ -109,14 +130,14 @@ static void spinnerFormat(WidgetT *w) {
// revert to the pre-edit formatted value. The snapshot is only taken
// on the transition to editing, not on every keystroke, so repeated
// typing within one edit session can be undone all at once.
static void spinnerStartEdit(WidgetT *w) {
if (!w->as.spinner.editing) {
w->as.spinner.editing = true;
static void spinnerStartEdit(SpinnerDataT *d) {
if (!d->editing) {
d->editing = true;
// Snapshot for undo
memcpy(w->as.spinner.undoBuf, w->as.spinner.buf, sizeof(w->as.spinner.buf));
w->as.spinner.undoLen = w->as.spinner.len;
w->as.spinner.undoCursor = w->as.spinner.cursorPos;
memcpy(d->undoBuf, d->buf, sizeof(d->buf));
d->undoLen = d->len;
d->undoCursor = d->cursorPos;
}
}
@ -136,7 +157,8 @@ void widgetSpinnerCalcMinSize(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font) {
// ============================================================
const char *widgetSpinnerGetText(const WidgetT *w) {
return w->as.spinner.buf;
const SpinnerDataT *d = (const SpinnerDataT *)w->data;
return d->buf;
}
@ -153,13 +175,14 @@ const char *widgetSpinnerGetText(const WidgetT *w) {
// Page Up/Down use step*10 for coarser adjustment, matching the
// convention used by Windows spin controls.
void widgetSpinnerOnKey(WidgetT *w, int32_t key, int32_t mod) {
int32_t step = w->as.spinner.step;
SpinnerDataT *d = (SpinnerDataT *)w->data;
int32_t step = d->step;
// Up arrow -- increment
if (key == (0x48 | 0x100)) {
spinnerCommitEdit(w);
w->as.spinner.value += step;
spinnerClampAndFormat(w);
spinnerCommitEdit(d);
d->value += step;
spinnerClampAndFormat(d);
if (w->onChange) {
w->onChange(w);
@ -171,9 +194,9 @@ void widgetSpinnerOnKey(WidgetT *w, int32_t key, int32_t mod) {
// Down arrow -- decrement
if (key == (0x50 | 0x100)) {
spinnerCommitEdit(w);
w->as.spinner.value -= step;
spinnerClampAndFormat(w);
spinnerCommitEdit(d);
d->value -= step;
spinnerClampAndFormat(d);
if (w->onChange) {
w->onChange(w);
@ -185,9 +208,9 @@ void widgetSpinnerOnKey(WidgetT *w, int32_t key, int32_t mod) {
// Page Up -- increment by step * 10
if (key == (0x49 | 0x100)) {
spinnerCommitEdit(w);
w->as.spinner.value += step * 10;
spinnerClampAndFormat(w);
spinnerCommitEdit(d);
d->value += step * 10;
spinnerClampAndFormat(d);
if (w->onChange) {
w->onChange(w);
@ -199,9 +222,9 @@ void widgetSpinnerOnKey(WidgetT *w, int32_t key, int32_t mod) {
// Page Down -- decrement by step * 10
if (key == (0x51 | 0x100)) {
spinnerCommitEdit(w);
w->as.spinner.value -= step * 10;
spinnerClampAndFormat(w);
spinnerCommitEdit(d);
d->value -= step * 10;
spinnerClampAndFormat(d);
if (w->onChange) {
w->onChange(w);
@ -213,8 +236,8 @@ void widgetSpinnerOnKey(WidgetT *w, int32_t key, int32_t mod) {
// Enter -- commit edit
if (key == '\r' || key == '\n') {
if (w->as.spinner.editing) {
spinnerCommitEdit(w);
if (d->editing) {
spinnerCommitEdit(d);
if (w->onChange) {
w->onChange(w);
@ -228,9 +251,9 @@ void widgetSpinnerOnKey(WidgetT *w, int32_t key, int32_t mod) {
// Escape -- cancel edit, revert to current value
if (key == 27) {
if (w->as.spinner.editing) {
w->as.spinner.editing = false;
spinnerFormat(w);
if (d->editing) {
d->editing = false;
spinnerFormat(d);
wgtInvalidatePaint(w);
}
@ -247,33 +270,33 @@ void widgetSpinnerOnKey(WidgetT *w, int32_t key, int32_t mod) {
}
// Minus only at position 0 (and only if min is negative)
if (isMinus && (w->as.spinner.cursorPos != 0 || w->as.spinner.minValue >= 0)) {
if (isMinus && (d->cursorPos != 0 || d->minValue >= 0)) {
return;
}
// Enter edit mode on first text-modifying key
if (isDigit || isMinus || key == 8 || key == 127 || key == (0x53 | 0x100)) {
spinnerStartEdit(w);
spinnerStartEdit(d);
}
// Delegate to shared text editing logic (handles cursor movement,
// selection, cut/copy/paste, undo/redo, backspace, delete, etc.)
widgetTextEditOnKey(w, key, mod,
w->as.spinner.buf, (int32_t)sizeof(w->as.spinner.buf),
&w->as.spinner.len, &w->as.spinner.cursorPos,
&w->as.spinner.scrollOff,
&w->as.spinner.selStart, &w->as.spinner.selEnd,
w->as.spinner.undoBuf, &w->as.spinner.undoLen,
&w->as.spinner.undoCursor);
d->buf, (int32_t)sizeof(d->buf),
&d->len, &d->cursorPos,
&d->scrollOff,
&d->selStart, &d->selEnd,
d->undoBuf, &d->undoLen,
&d->undoCursor);
// Validate buffer after paste -- reject non-numeric content.
// Allow optional leading minus and digits only.
bool valid = true;
for (int32_t i = 0; i < w->as.spinner.len; i++) {
char c = w->as.spinner.buf[i];
for (int32_t i = 0; i < d->len; i++) {
char c = d->buf[i];
if (c == '-' && i == 0 && w->as.spinner.minValue < 0) {
if (c == '-' && i == 0 && d->minValue < 0) {
continue;
}
@ -285,11 +308,11 @@ void widgetSpinnerOnKey(WidgetT *w, int32_t key, int32_t mod) {
if (!valid) {
// Revert to the undo buffer (pre-paste state)
memcpy(w->as.spinner.buf, w->as.spinner.undoBuf, sizeof(w->as.spinner.buf));
w->as.spinner.len = w->as.spinner.undoLen;
w->as.spinner.cursorPos = w->as.spinner.undoCursor;
w->as.spinner.selStart = 0;
w->as.spinner.selEnd = 0;
memcpy(d->buf, d->undoBuf, sizeof(d->buf));
d->len = d->undoLen;
d->cursorPos = d->undoCursor;
d->selStart = 0;
d->selEnd = 0;
}
wgtInvalidatePaint(w);
@ -310,21 +333,22 @@ void widgetSpinnerOnKey(WidgetT *w, int32_t key, int32_t mod) {
// make sense for numbers), entering edit mode to allow replacement.
void widgetSpinnerOnMouse(WidgetT *hit, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy) {
hit->focused = true;
SpinnerDataT *d = (SpinnerDataT *)hit->data;
int32_t btnX = hit->x + hit->w - SPINNER_BORDER - SPINNER_BTN_W;
int32_t midY = hit->y + hit->h / 2;
if (vx >= btnX) {
// Click on button area
spinnerCommitEdit(hit);
spinnerCommitEdit(d);
if (vy < midY) {
hit->as.spinner.value += hit->as.spinner.step;
d->value += d->step;
} else {
hit->as.spinner.value -= hit->as.spinner.step;
d->value -= d->step;
}
spinnerClampAndFormat(hit);
spinnerClampAndFormat(d);
if (hit->onChange) {
hit->onChange(hit);
@ -332,8 +356,8 @@ void widgetSpinnerOnMouse(WidgetT *hit, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy) {
} else {
// Click on text area
AppContextT *ctx = (AppContextT *)root->userData;
widgetTextEditMouseClick(hit, vx, vy, hit->x + SPINNER_BORDER + SPINNER_PAD, &ctx->font, hit->as.spinner.buf, hit->as.spinner.len, hit->as.spinner.scrollOff, &hit->as.spinner.cursorPos, &hit->as.spinner.selStart, &hit->as.spinner.selEnd, false, false);
spinnerStartEdit(hit);
widgetTextEditMouseClick(hit, vx, vy, hit->x + SPINNER_BORDER + SPINNER_PAD, &ctx->font, d->buf, d->len, d->scrollOff, &d->cursorPos, &d->selStart, &d->selEnd, false, false);
spinnerStartEdit(d);
}
wgtInvalidatePaint(hit);
@ -355,7 +379,8 @@ void widgetSpinnerOnMouse(WidgetT *hit, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy) {
// button area into the widget's right border so they visually merge
// with the outer bevel -- this is why btnW is btnW + SPINNER_BORDER
// in the drawBevel calls.
void widgetSpinnerPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors) {
void widgetSpinnerPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *disp, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors) {
SpinnerDataT *d = (SpinnerDataT *)w->data;
uint32_t fg = w->enabled ? (w->fgColor ? w->fgColor : colors->contentFg) : colors->windowShadow;
uint32_t bg = w->bgColor ? w->bgColor : colors->contentBg;
@ -368,7 +393,7 @@ void widgetSpinnerPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const Bitm
bevel.shadow = colors->windowHighlight;
bevel.face = bg;
bevel.width = SPINNER_BORDER;
drawBevel(d, ops, w->x, w->y, w->w, w->h, &bevel);
drawBevel(disp, ops, w->x, w->y, w->w, w->h, &bevel);
// Text area
int32_t textX = w->x + SPINNER_BORDER + SPINNER_PAD;
@ -381,14 +406,14 @@ void widgetSpinnerPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const Bitm
}
// Scroll to keep cursor visible
if (w->as.spinner.cursorPos < w->as.spinner.scrollOff) {
w->as.spinner.scrollOff = w->as.spinner.cursorPos;
} else if (w->as.spinner.cursorPos > w->as.spinner.scrollOff + maxChars) {
w->as.spinner.scrollOff = w->as.spinner.cursorPos - maxChars;
if (d->cursorPos < d->scrollOff) {
d->scrollOff = d->cursorPos;
} else if (d->cursorPos > d->scrollOff + maxChars) {
d->scrollOff = d->cursorPos - maxChars;
}
int32_t off = w->as.spinner.scrollOff;
int32_t len = w->as.spinner.len - off;
int32_t off = d->scrollOff;
int32_t len = d->len - off;
if (len > maxChars) {
len = maxChars;
@ -398,14 +423,14 @@ void widgetSpinnerPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const Bitm
len = 0;
}
widgetTextEditPaintLine(d, ops, font, colors, textX, textY, &w->as.spinner.buf[off], len, off, w->as.spinner.cursorPos, w->as.spinner.selStart, w->as.spinner.selEnd, fg, bg, w->focused, w->x + SPINNER_BORDER, btnX - SPINNER_PAD);
widgetTextEditPaintLine(disp, ops, font, colors, textX, textY, &d->buf[off], len, off, d->cursorPos, d->selStart, d->selEnd, fg, bg, w->focused, w->x + SPINNER_BORDER, btnX - SPINNER_PAD);
// Up button (top half)
int32_t btnTopH = w->h / 2;
int32_t btnBotH = w->h - btnTopH;
BevelStyleT btnBevel = BEVEL_RAISED(colors, 1);
drawBevel(d, ops, btnX, w->y, btnW + SPINNER_BORDER, btnTopH, &btnBevel);
drawBevel(disp, ops, btnX, w->y, btnW + SPINNER_BORDER, btnTopH, &btnBevel);
// Up arrow triangle
{
@ -413,12 +438,12 @@ void widgetSpinnerPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const Bitm
int32_t cy = w->y + btnTopH / 2;
for (int32_t i = 0; i < 3; i++) {
drawHLine(d, ops, cx - i, cy - 1 + i, 1 + i * 2, fg);
drawHLine(disp, ops, cx - i, cy - 1 + i, 1 + i * 2, fg);
}
}
// Down button (bottom half)
drawBevel(d, ops, btnX, w->y + btnTopH, btnW + SPINNER_BORDER, btnBotH, &btnBevel);
drawBevel(disp, ops, btnX, w->y + btnTopH, btnW + SPINNER_BORDER, btnBotH, &btnBevel);
// Down arrow triangle
{
@ -426,13 +451,13 @@ void widgetSpinnerPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const Bitm
int32_t cy = w->y + btnTopH + btnBotH / 2;
for (int32_t i = 0; i < 3; i++) {
drawHLine(d, ops, cx - i, cy + 1 - i, 1 + i * 2, fg);
drawHLine(disp, ops, cx - i, cy + 1 - i, 1 + i * 2, fg);
}
}
// Focus rect around entire widget
if (w->focused) {
drawFocusRect(d, ops, w->x + 1, w->y + 1, w->w - 2, w->h - 2, fg);
drawFocusRect(disp, ops, w->x + 1, w->y + 1, w->w - 2, w->h - 2, fg);
}
}
@ -442,82 +467,19 @@ void widgetSpinnerPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const Bitm
// ============================================================
void widgetSpinnerSetText(WidgetT *w, const char *text) {
SpinnerDataT *d = (SpinnerDataT *)w->data;
int32_t val = (int32_t)strtol(text, NULL, 10);
w->as.spinner.value = val;
spinnerClampAndFormat(w);
d->value = val;
spinnerClampAndFormat(d);
}
// ============================================================
// wgtSpinner
// widgetSpinnerDestroy
// ============================================================
WidgetT *wgtSpinner(WidgetT *parent, int32_t minVal, int32_t maxVal, int32_t step) {
WidgetT *w = widgetAlloc(parent, WidgetSpinnerE);
if (w) {
w->as.spinner.minValue = minVal;
w->as.spinner.maxValue = maxVal;
w->as.spinner.step = step > 0 ? step : 1;
w->as.spinner.value = minVal;
w->as.spinner.editing = false;
w->as.spinner.selStart = -1;
w->as.spinner.selEnd = -1;
w->as.spinner.undoLen = 0;
w->as.spinner.undoCursor = 0;
spinnerFormat(w);
}
return w;
}
// ============================================================
// wgtSpinnerGetValue
// ============================================================
int32_t wgtSpinnerGetValue(const WidgetT *w) {
VALIDATE_WIDGET(w, WidgetSpinnerE, 0);
return w->as.spinner.value;
}
// ============================================================
// wgtSpinnerSetRange
// ============================================================
void wgtSpinnerSetRange(WidgetT *w, int32_t minVal, int32_t maxVal) {
VALIDATE_WIDGET_VOID(w, WidgetSpinnerE);
w->as.spinner.minValue = minVal;
w->as.spinner.maxValue = maxVal;
spinnerClampAndFormat(w);
wgtInvalidate(w);
}
// ============================================================
// wgtSpinnerSetStep
// ============================================================
void wgtSpinnerSetStep(WidgetT *w, int32_t step) {
VALIDATE_WIDGET_VOID(w, WidgetSpinnerE);
w->as.spinner.step = step > 0 ? step : 1;
}
// ============================================================
// wgtSpinnerSetValue
// ============================================================
void wgtSpinnerSetValue(WidgetT *w, int32_t value) {
VALIDATE_WIDGET_VOID(w, WidgetSpinnerE);
w->as.spinner.value = value;
spinnerClampAndFormat(w);
wgtInvalidate(w);
void widgetSpinnerDestroy(WidgetT *w) {
free(w->data);
}
@ -526,19 +488,105 @@ void wgtSpinnerSetValue(WidgetT *w, int32_t value) {
// ============================================================
static const WidgetClassT sClassSpinner = {
.flags = WCLASS_FOCUSABLE,
.flags = WCLASS_FOCUSABLE | WCLASS_SCROLLABLE,
.paint = widgetSpinnerPaint,
.paintOverlay = NULL,
.calcMinSize = widgetSpinnerCalcMinSize,
.layout = NULL,
.onMouse = widgetSpinnerOnMouse,
.onKey = widgetSpinnerOnKey,
.destroy = NULL,
.destroy = widgetSpinnerDestroy,
.getText = widgetSpinnerGetText,
.setText = widgetSpinnerSetText
};
void wgtRegister(void) {
widgetClassTable[WidgetSpinnerE] = &sClassSpinner;
// ============================================================
// Widget creation functions
// ============================================================
WidgetT *wgtSpinner(WidgetT *parent, int32_t minVal, int32_t maxVal, int32_t step) {
WidgetT *w = widgetAlloc(parent, sTypeId);
if (w) {
SpinnerDataT *d = (SpinnerDataT *)calloc(1, sizeof(SpinnerDataT));
if (!d) {
return w;
}
w->data = d;
d->minValue = minVal;
d->maxValue = maxVal;
d->step = step > 0 ? step : 1;
d->value = minVal;
d->selStart = -1;
d->selEnd = -1;
spinnerFormat(d);
}
return w;
}
int32_t wgtSpinnerGetValue(const WidgetT *w) {
VALIDATE_WIDGET(w, sTypeId, 0);
const SpinnerDataT *d = (const SpinnerDataT *)w->data;
return d->value;
}
void wgtSpinnerSetRange(WidgetT *w, int32_t minVal, int32_t maxVal) {
VALIDATE_WIDGET_VOID(w, sTypeId);
SpinnerDataT *d = (SpinnerDataT *)w->data;
d->minValue = minVal;
d->maxValue = maxVal;
spinnerClampAndFormat(d);
wgtInvalidate(w);
}
void wgtSpinnerSetStep(WidgetT *w, int32_t step) {
VALIDATE_WIDGET_VOID(w, sTypeId);
SpinnerDataT *d = (SpinnerDataT *)w->data;
d->step = step > 0 ? step : 1;
}
void wgtSpinnerSetValue(WidgetT *w, int32_t value) {
VALIDATE_WIDGET_VOID(w, sTypeId);
SpinnerDataT *d = (SpinnerDataT *)w->data;
d->value = value;
spinnerClampAndFormat(d);
wgtInvalidate(w);
}
// ============================================================
// DXE registration
// ============================================================
static const struct {
WidgetT *(*create)(WidgetT *parent, int32_t minVal, int32_t maxVal, int32_t step);
void (*setValue)(WidgetT *w, int32_t value);
int32_t (*getValue)(const WidgetT *w);
void (*setRange)(WidgetT *w, int32_t minVal, int32_t maxVal);
void (*setStep)(WidgetT *w, int32_t step);
} sApi = {
.create = wgtSpinner,
.setValue = wgtSpinnerSetValue,
.getValue = wgtSpinnerGetValue,
.setRange = wgtSpinnerSetRange,
.setStep = wgtSpinnerSetStep
};
void wgtRegister(void) {
sTypeId = wgtRegisterClass(&sClassSpinner);
wgtRegisterApi("spinner", &sApi);
}

27
widgets/widgetSpinner.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
// widgetSpinner.h -- Spinner widget API
#ifndef WIDGET_SPINNER_H
#define WIDGET_SPINNER_H
#include "../core/dvxWidget.h"
typedef struct {
WidgetT *(*create)(WidgetT *parent, int32_t minVal, int32_t maxVal, int32_t step);
void (*setValue)(WidgetT *w, int32_t value);
int32_t (*getValue)(const WidgetT *w);
void (*setRange)(WidgetT *w, int32_t minVal, int32_t maxVal);
void (*setStep)(WidgetT *w, int32_t step);
} SpinnerApiT;
static inline const SpinnerApiT *dvxSpinnerApi(void) {
static const SpinnerApiT *sApi;
if (!sApi) { sApi = (const SpinnerApiT *)wgtGetApi("spinner"); }
return sApi;
}
#define wgtSpinner(parent, minVal, maxVal, step) dvxSpinnerApi()->create(parent, minVal, maxVal, step)
#define wgtSpinnerSetValue(w, value) dvxSpinnerApi()->setValue(w, value)
#define wgtSpinnerGetValue(w) dvxSpinnerApi()->getValue(w)
#define wgtSpinnerSetRange(w, minVal, maxVal) dvxSpinnerApi()->setRange(w, minVal, maxVal)
#define wgtSpinnerSetStep(w, step) dvxSpinnerApi()->setStep(w, step)
#endif // WIDGET_SPINNER_H

237
widgets/widgetSplitter.c
View file

@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
#define DVX_WIDGET_IMPL
// widgetSplitter.c -- Splitter (draggable divider between two panes)
//
// A container that divides its area between exactly two child widgets
@ -27,7 +28,17 @@
// nothing. The clamp also ensures the divider can't be dragged past
// where the second pane would violate its minimum.
#include "widgetInternal.h"
#include "dvxWidgetPlugin.h"
#define SPLITTER_BAR_W 5
#define SPLITTER_MIN_PANE 20
static int32_t sTypeId = -1;
typedef struct {
int32_t dividerPos;
bool vertical;
} SplitterDataT;
// ============================================================
@ -36,6 +47,8 @@
static WidgetT *spFirstChild(WidgetT *w);
static WidgetT *spSecondChild(WidgetT *w);
static void widgetSplitterDestroy(WidgetT *w);
static void widgetSplitterScrollDragUpdate(WidgetT *w, int32_t orient, int32_t dragOff, int32_t mouseX, int32_t mouseY);
// ============================================================
@ -83,10 +96,11 @@ static WidgetT *spSecondChild(WidgetT *w) {
// ============================================================
void widgetSplitterClampPos(WidgetT *w, int32_t *pos) {
WidgetT *c1 = spFirstChild(w);
WidgetT *c2 = spSecondChild(w);
bool vert = w->as.splitter.vertical;
int32_t totalSize = vert ? w->w : w->h;
SplitterDataT *d = (SplitterDataT *)w->data;
WidgetT *c1 = spFirstChild(w);
WidgetT *c2 = spSecondChild(w);
bool vert = d->vertical;
int32_t totalSize = vert ? w->w : w->h;
int32_t minFirst = c1 ? (vert ? c1->calcMinW : c1->calcMinH) : SPLITTER_MIN_PANE;
int32_t minSecond = c2 ? (vert ? c2->calcMinW : c2->calcMinH) : SPLITTER_MIN_PANE;
@ -126,7 +140,9 @@ void widgetSplitterCalcMinSize(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font) {
int32_t m2w = c2 ? c2->calcMinW : 0;
int32_t m2h = c2 ? c2->calcMinH : 0;
if (w->as.splitter.vertical) {
SplitterDataT *d = (SplitterDataT *)w->data;
if (d->vertical) {
w->calcMinW = m1w + m2w + SPLITTER_BAR_W;
w->calcMinH = DVX_MAX(m1h, m2h);
} else {
@ -147,14 +163,15 @@ void widgetSplitterCalcMinSize(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font) {
// user hasn't dragged yet (dividerPos=0 from construction gets
// clamped to minFirst).
void widgetSplitterLayout(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font) {
WidgetT *c1 = spFirstChild(w);
WidgetT *c2 = spSecondChild(w);
int32_t pos = w->as.splitter.dividerPos;
SplitterDataT *d = (SplitterDataT *)w->data;
WidgetT *c1 = spFirstChild(w);
WidgetT *c2 = spSecondChild(w);
int32_t pos = d->dividerPos;
widgetSplitterClampPos(w, &pos);
w->as.splitter.dividerPos = pos;
d->dividerPos = pos;
if (w->as.splitter.vertical) {
if (d->vertical) {
// Left pane
if (c1) {
c1->x = w->x;
@ -215,12 +232,13 @@ void widgetSplitterLayout(WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font) {
// generic hit-test would find the splitter but not recurse into its
// clipped children).
void widgetSplitterOnMouse(WidgetT *hit, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy) {
int32_t pos = hit->as.splitter.dividerPos;
SplitterDataT *d = (SplitterDataT *)hit->data;
int32_t pos = d->dividerPos;
// Check if click is on the divider bar
bool onDivider;
if (hit->as.splitter.vertical) {
if (d->vertical) {
int32_t barX = hit->x + pos;
onDivider = (vx >= barX && vx < barX + SPLITTER_BAR_W);
} else {
@ -232,7 +250,7 @@ void widgetSplitterOnMouse(WidgetT *hit, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy)
// Start dragging
sDragSplitter = hit;
if (hit->as.splitter.vertical) {
if (d->vertical) {
sDragSplitStart = vx - hit->x - pos;
} else {
sDragSplitStart = vy - hit->y - pos;
@ -282,46 +300,47 @@ void widgetSplitterOnMouse(WidgetT *hit, WidgetT *root, int32_t vx, int32_t vy)
// a tiny raised bump. 11 bumps spaced 3px apart center vertically
// (or horizontally) on the bar. This is purely decorative but
// provides the expected visual affordance for "draggable".
void widgetSplitterPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors) {
int32_t pos = w->as.splitter.dividerPos;
void widgetSplitterPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *disp, const BlitOpsT *ops, const BitmapFontT *font, const ColorSchemeT *colors) {
SplitterDataT *d = (SplitterDataT *)w->data;
int32_t pos = d->dividerPos;
// Paint first child with clip rect
WidgetT *c1 = spFirstChild(w);
WidgetT *c2 = spSecondChild(w);
int32_t oldClipX = d->clipX;
int32_t oldClipY = d->clipY;
int32_t oldClipW = d->clipW;
int32_t oldClipH = d->clipH;
int32_t oldClipX = disp->clipX;
int32_t oldClipY = disp->clipY;
int32_t oldClipW = disp->clipW;
int32_t oldClipH = disp->clipH;
if (c1) {
if (w->as.splitter.vertical) {
setClipRect(d, w->x, w->y, pos, w->h);
if (d->vertical) {
setClipRect(disp, w->x, w->y, pos, w->h);
} else {
setClipRect(d, w->x, w->y, w->w, pos);
setClipRect(disp, w->x, w->y, w->w, pos);
}
widgetPaintOne(c1, d, ops, font, colors);
setClipRect(d, oldClipX, oldClipY, oldClipW, oldClipH);
widgetPaintOne(c1, disp, ops, font, colors);
setClipRect(disp, oldClipX, oldClipY, oldClipW, oldClipH);
}
if (c2) {
if (w->as.splitter.vertical) {
setClipRect(d, w->x + pos + SPLITTER_BAR_W, w->y, w->w - pos - SPLITTER_BAR_W, w->h);
if (d->vertical) {
setClipRect(disp, w->x + pos + SPLITTER_BAR_W, w->y, w->w - pos - SPLITTER_BAR_W, w->h);
} else {
setClipRect(d, w->x, w->y + pos + SPLITTER_BAR_W, w->w, w->h - pos - SPLITTER_BAR_W);
setClipRect(disp, w->x, w->y + pos + SPLITTER_BAR_W, w->w, w->h - pos - SPLITTER_BAR_W);
}
widgetPaintOne(c2, d, ops, font, colors);
setClipRect(d, oldClipX, oldClipY, oldClipW, oldClipH);
widgetPaintOne(c2, disp, ops, font, colors);
setClipRect(disp, oldClipX, oldClipY, oldClipW, oldClipH);
}
// Draw divider bar -- raised bevel
BevelStyleT bevel = BEVEL_RAISED(colors, 1);
if (w->as.splitter.vertical) {
if (d->vertical) {
int32_t barX = w->x + pos;
drawBevel(d, ops, barX, w->y, SPLITTER_BAR_W, w->h, &bevel);
drawBevel(disp, ops, barX, w->y, SPLITTER_BAR_W, w->h, &bevel);
// Gripper -- row of embossed 2x2 bumps centered vertically
int32_t gx = barX + 1;
@ -330,12 +349,12 @@ void widgetSplitterPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const Bit
for (int32_t i = -count; i <= count; i++) {
int32_t dy = midY + i * 3;
drawHLine(d, ops, gx, dy, 2, colors->windowHighlight);
drawHLine(d, ops, gx + 1, dy + 1, 2, colors->windowShadow);
drawHLine(disp, ops, gx, dy, 2, colors->windowHighlight);
drawHLine(disp, ops, gx + 1, dy + 1, 2, colors->windowShadow);
}
} else {
int32_t barY = w->y + pos;
drawBevel(d, ops, w->x, barY, w->w, SPLITTER_BAR_W, &bevel);
drawBevel(disp, ops, w->x, barY, w->w, SPLITTER_BAR_W, &bevel);
// Gripper -- row of embossed 2x2 bumps centered horizontally
int32_t gy = barY + 1;
@ -344,48 +363,82 @@ void widgetSplitterPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const Bit
for (int32_t i = -count; i <= count; i++) {
int32_t dx = midX + i * 3;
drawHLine(d, ops, dx, gy, 1, colors->windowHighlight);
drawHLine(d, ops, dx + 1, gy, 1, colors->windowShadow);
drawHLine(d, ops, dx, gy + 1, 1, colors->windowHighlight);
drawHLine(d, ops, dx + 1, gy + 1, 1, colors->windowShadow);
drawHLine(disp, ops, dx, gy, 1, colors->windowHighlight);
drawHLine(disp, ops, dx + 1, gy, 1, colors->windowShadow);
drawHLine(disp, ops, dx, gy + 1, 1, colors->windowHighlight);
drawHLine(disp, ops, dx + 1, gy + 1, 1, colors->windowShadow);
}
}
}
// ============================================================
// wgtSplitter
// widgetSplitterGetCursorShape
// ============================================================
WidgetT *wgtSplitter(WidgetT *parent, bool vertical) {
WidgetT *w = widgetAlloc(parent, WidgetSplitterE);
int32_t widgetSplitterGetCursorShape(const WidgetT *w, int32_t vx, int32_t vy) {
SplitterDataT *d = (SplitterDataT *)w->data;
if (w) {
w->as.splitter.vertical = vertical;
w->as.splitter.dividerPos = 0;
w->weight = 100;
// During active drag, always show resize cursor
if (sDragSplitter == w) {
return d->vertical ? CURSOR_RESIZE_H : CURSOR_RESIZE_V;
}
return w;
int32_t pos = d->dividerPos;
if (d->vertical) {
int32_t barX = w->x + pos;
if (vx >= barX && vx < barX + SPLITTER_BAR_W) {
return CURSOR_RESIZE_H;
}
} else {
int32_t barY = w->y + pos;
if (vy >= barY && vy < barY + SPLITTER_BAR_W) {
return CURSOR_RESIZE_V;
}
}
return 0;
}
// ============================================================
// wgtSplitterGetPos
// widgetSplitterDestroy
// ============================================================
int32_t wgtSplitterGetPos(const WidgetT *w) {
return w->as.splitter.dividerPos;
static void widgetSplitterDestroy(WidgetT *w) {
free(w->data);
}
// ============================================================
// wgtSplitterSetPos
// widgetSplitterScrollDragUpdate
// ============================================================
void wgtSplitterSetPos(WidgetT *w, int32_t pos) {
w->as.splitter.dividerPos = pos;
wgtInvalidate(w);
static void widgetSplitterScrollDragUpdate(WidgetT *w, int32_t orient, int32_t dragOff, int32_t mouseX, int32_t mouseY) {
(void)orient;
SplitterDataT *d = (SplitterDataT *)w->data;
int32_t pos;
if (d->vertical) {
pos = mouseX - w->x - dragOff;
} else {
pos = mouseY - w->y - dragOff;
}
widgetSplitterClampPos(w, &pos);
if (pos != d->dividerPos) {
d->dividerPos = pos;
if (w->onChange) {
w->onChange(w);
}
wgtInvalidate(w);
}
}
@ -394,20 +447,70 @@ void wgtSplitterSetPos(WidgetT *w, int32_t pos) {
// ============================================================
static const WidgetClassT sClassSplitter = {
.flags = WCLASS_PAINTS_CHILDREN | WCLASS_NO_HIT_RECURSE,
.paint = widgetSplitterPaint,
.paintOverlay = NULL,
.calcMinSize = widgetSplitterCalcMinSize,
.layout = widgetSplitterLayout,
.onMouse = widgetSplitterOnMouse,
.onKey = NULL,
.destroy = NULL,
.getText = NULL,
.setText = NULL
.flags = WCLASS_PAINTS_CHILDREN | WCLASS_NO_HIT_RECURSE,
.paint = widgetSplitterPaint,
.paintOverlay = NULL,
.calcMinSize = widgetSplitterCalcMinSize,
.layout = widgetSplitterLayout,
.onMouse = widgetSplitterOnMouse,
.onKey = NULL,
.destroy = widgetSplitterDestroy,
.getText = NULL,
.setText = NULL,
.getCursorShape = widgetSplitterGetCursorShape,
.scrollDragUpdate = widgetSplitterScrollDragUpdate
};
void wgtRegister(void) {
widgetClassTable[WidgetSplitterE] = &sClassSplitter;
sSplitterClampPosFn = widgetSplitterClampPos;
// ============================================================
// Widget creation functions
// ============================================================
WidgetT *wgtSplitter(WidgetT *parent, bool vertical) {
WidgetT *w = widgetAlloc(parent, sTypeId);
if (w) {
SplitterDataT *d = (SplitterDataT *)calloc(1, sizeof(SplitterDataT));
d->vertical = vertical;
d->dividerPos = 0;
w->data = d;
w->weight = 100;
}
return w;
}
int32_t wgtSplitterGetPos(const WidgetT *w) {
SplitterDataT *d = (SplitterDataT *)w->data;
return d->dividerPos;
}
void wgtSplitterSetPos(WidgetT *w, int32_t pos) {
SplitterDataT *d = (SplitterDataT *)w->data;
d->dividerPos = pos;
wgtInvalidate(w);
}
// ============================================================
// DXE registration
// ============================================================
static const struct {
WidgetT *(*create)(WidgetT *parent, bool vertical);
void (*setPos)(WidgetT *w, int32_t pos);
int32_t (*getPos)(const WidgetT *w);
} sApi = {
.create = wgtSplitter,
.setPos = wgtSplitterSetPos,
.getPos = wgtSplitterGetPos
};
void wgtRegister(void) {
sTypeId = wgtRegisterClass(&sClassSplitter);
wgtRegisterApi("splitter", &sApi);
}

23
widgets/widgetSplitter.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
// widgetSplitter.h -- Splitter widget API
#ifndef WIDGET_SPLITTER_H
#define WIDGET_SPLITTER_H
#include "../core/dvxWidget.h"
typedef struct {
WidgetT *(*create)(WidgetT *parent, bool vertical);
void (*setPos)(WidgetT *w, int32_t pos);
int32_t (*getPos)(const WidgetT *w);
} SplitterApiT;
static inline const SplitterApiT *dvxSplitterApi(void) {
static const SplitterApiT *sApi;
if (!sApi) { sApi = (const SplitterApiT *)wgtGetApi("splitter"); }
return sApi;
}
#define wgtSplitter(parent, vertical) dvxSplitterApi()->create(parent, vertical)
#define wgtSplitterSetPos(w, pos) dvxSplitterApi()->setPos(w, pos)
#define wgtSplitterGetPos(w) dvxSplitterApi()->getPos(w)
#endif // WIDGET_SPLITTER_H

88
widgets/widgetStatusBar.c
View file

@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
#define DVX_WIDGET_IMPL
// widgetStatusBar.c -- StatusBar widget
//
// A horizontal container that draws a sunken border around each visible
@ -16,25 +17,12 @@
// No mouse/key handlers -- the status bar is purely display. Children
// that are interactive (e.g., a clickable label) handle their own events.
#include "widgetInternal.h"
#include "dvxWidgetPlugin.h"
#define TOOLBAR_PAD 2
#define TOOLBAR_GAP 2
// ============================================================
// wgtStatusBar
// ============================================================
// Tight 2px padding and spacing keeps the status bar compact, using
// minimal vertical space at the bottom of a window.
WidgetT *wgtStatusBar(WidgetT *parent) {
WidgetT *w = widgetAlloc(parent, WidgetStatusBarE);
if (w) {
w->padding = wgtPixels(2);
w->spacing = wgtPixels(2);
}
return w;
}
static int32_t sTypeId = -1;
// ============================================================
@ -63,24 +51,68 @@ void widgetStatusBarPaint(WidgetT *w, DisplayT *d, const BlitOpsT *ops, const Bi
}
// ============================================================
// widgetStatusBarGetLayoutMetrics
// ============================================================
void widgetStatusBarGetLayoutMetrics(const WidgetT *w, const BitmapFontT *font, int32_t *pad, int32_t *gap, int32_t *extraTop, int32_t *borderW) {
(void)w;
(void)font;
*pad = TOOLBAR_PAD;
*gap = TOOLBAR_GAP;
*extraTop = 0;
*borderW = 0;
}
// ============================================================
// DXE registration
// ============================================================
static const WidgetClassT sClassStatusBar = {
.flags = WCLASS_BOX_CONTAINER | WCLASS_HORIZ_CONTAINER,
.paint = widgetStatusBarPaint,
.paintOverlay = NULL,
.calcMinSize = NULL,
.layout = NULL,
.onMouse = NULL,
.onKey = NULL,
.destroy = NULL,
.getText = NULL,
.setText = NULL
.flags = WCLASS_BOX_CONTAINER | WCLASS_HORIZ_CONTAINER,
.paint = widgetStatusBarPaint,
.paintOverlay = NULL,
.calcMinSize = NULL,
.layout = NULL,
.onMouse = NULL,
.onKey = NULL,
.destroy = NULL,
.getText = NULL,
.setText = NULL,
.getLayoutMetrics = widgetStatusBarGetLayoutMetrics
};
// ============================================================
// Widget creation functions
// ============================================================
WidgetT *wgtStatusBar(WidgetT *parent) {
WidgetT *w = widgetAlloc(parent, sTypeId);
if (w) {
w->padding = wgtPixels(2);
w->spacing = wgtPixels(2);
}
return w;
}
// ============================================================
// DXE registration
// ============================================================
static const struct {
WidgetT *(*create)(WidgetT *parent);
} sApi = {
.create = wgtStatusBar
};
void wgtRegister(void) {
widgetClassTable[WidgetStatusBarE] = &sClassStatusBar;
sTypeId = wgtRegisterClass(&sClassStatusBar);
wgtRegisterApi("statusbar", &sApi);
}

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show more